BIDDING DOCUMENTS
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
CONSTRUCTION WORKS FOR THE
REHABILITATION OF CENTRALIZED IRRIGATION
SYSTEMS ALONG NISTRU RIVER
LOT #1 – CIS ‘JORA DE JOS’
LOT #2 – CIS ‘COSNITA’
LOT #3 – CIS ‘PUHACENI’ & CIS ‘ROSCANI’
Section IX
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
________________________________________________________________________________
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
GENERAL SPECIFICATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................... 1
1.1.. SCOPE OF THE WORKS
1.1.1
Scope of the Contract ............................................................................................ 1
1.1.2
Relations between Different Contracts ................................................................. 1
1
1.2.. GENERAL INFORMATION
1.2.1
Base Data .............................................................................................................. 1
1.2.2
Power, Current and Voltage .................................................................................. 1
1
1.3.. INFORMATION AND OBLIGATIONS RELATING TO SITE
ARRANGEMENTS
1.3.1
Working Conditions .............................................................................................. 2
1.3.2
Safety Regulations and General Order of the Site ................................................ 2
1.3.3
Workmanship, Materials, Designs, Standards and Norms to be applied .............. 3
1.3.4
Weights and Measures, Abbreviations, Labelling and Symbols .......................... 6
1.4.. DRAWINGS
1.4.1
Engineer’s Drawings ............................................................................................. 7
1.4.2
Drawings and other submissions by the Contractor.............................................. 7
1.4.3
Timing of submissions .......................................................................................... 7
1.4.4
Additional drawings for use by Contractor’s employees ...................................... 8
1.4.5
Temporary Works designs .................................................................................... 8
1.4.6
Revisions to typical detail Drawings .................................................................... 8
1.4.7
Fabrication and installation drawings ................................................................... 8
1.4.8
Contractor’s record drawings ................................................................................ 9
1.4.9
Right to change ..................................................................................................... 9
1.4.10
Drawing standards................................................................................................. 9
2
7
1.5.. SITE ORGANISATION
10
1.5.1
Setting out ........................................................................................................... 10
1.5.2
Temporary Working Areas ................................................................................. 10
1.5.3
Reinstatement of Temporary Working Areas ..................................................... 11
1.5.4
Work in public roads ........................................................................................... 11
1.5.5
Access to adjoining property............................................................................... 11
1.5.6
Site roads and access ........................................................................................... 11
1.5.7
Amenities to be preserved ................................................................................... 11
1.5.8
Advertisements.................................................................................................... 11
1.5.9
Sanitation ............................................................................................................ 12
1.5.10
Works to be kept clear of water .......................................................................... 12
1.5.11
Disposal of water and waste products ................................................................. 12
1.5.12
Fire hazard (naked lights) ................................................................................... 12
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
i
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
1.5.13
1.5.14
1.5.15
1.5.16
1.5.17
1.5.18
1.5.19
1.5.20
1.5.21
1.5.22
1.5.23
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Water supplies ..................................................................................................... 13
Work in the vicinity of electrical equipment ...................................................... 13
Electricity supplies .............................................................................................. 13
Contractor’s offices, etc. ..................................................................................... 13
Employer’s offices .............................................................................................. 14
Engineer’s offices ............................................................................................... 14
Vehicles for the Engineer’s staff ......................................................................... 15
Assistance for the Engineer’s staff ...................................................................... 16
Instruments for the Engineer’s staff .................................................................... 16
Engineer’s telephone (public system) ................................................................. 17
Signboards ........................................................................................................... 18
1.6.. TEMPORARY WATER, POWER AND SANITARY FACILITIES
21
1.6.1
General ................................................................................................................ 21
1.6.2
Temporary Water ................................................................................................ 21
1.6.3
Temporary Wastewater Piping............................................................................ 21
1.6.4
Temporary Power ................................................................................................ 21
1.6.5
Sanitary Services ................................................................................................. 22
1.7.. PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
22
1.7.1
General ................................................................................................................ 22
1.7.2
Underground Services ......................................................................................... 22
1.7.3
Temporary Removal of Existing Services .......................................................... 23
1.7.4
Permanent Diversion of Existing Services .......................................................... 24
1.7.5
Permanent Support for Existing Services, Etc. ................................................... 24
1.7.6
Responsible Authority or Owners May Carry Out Work ................................... 24
1.7.7
Care of Boundary Walls and Fences ................................................................... 25
1.7.8
Protection of Property ......................................................................................... 25
1.7.9
Pre-inspection/Approval Requirements .............................................................. 26
1.7.10
Open Excavations ............................................................................................... 26
1.7.11
Fire Protection ..................................................................................................... 26
1.7.12
Explosives and Blasting ...................................................................................... 26
1.7.13
Tree and Green Area Protection.......................................................................... 27
1.8.. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT, APPROVALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
28
1.8.1
General ................................................................................................................ 28
1.8.2
Substitutions ........................................................................................................ 28
1.8.3
Storage and Protection of Equipment and Materials .......................................... 29
1.8.4
Installation and Testing of Equipment and Construction Work ......................... 30
1.9.. CLEANING
32
1.9.1
General ................................................................................................................ 32
1.9.2
Final Cleaning ..................................................................................................... 32
1.9.3
Employer's Right to Clean .................................................................................. 32
1.9.4
Pipe Network Final Cleaning Timing Constraints .............................................. 32
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
ii
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
1.10 SITE RECORDS AND PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE WORK
32
1.11 PROJECT PLANNING
33
1.11.1
Form of Progress Planning Schedule .................................................................. 33
1.12 HEALTH AND SAFETY
33
1.13 COMPLIANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT
PLAN
35
1.13.1
General Environmental and Social Management Requirements ........................ 35
1.13.2
Contractor’s Environmental and Social Management Plan (CESMP) ............... 37
1.13.3
Management Acknowledgement......................................................................... 50
1.13.4
Organization and Staffing ................................................................................... 51
1.13.5
Reporting Procedures .......................................................................................... 52
1.14 REMOVAL, HANDLING, CUTTING, DISTURBANCE AND DISPOSAL OF
ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE AND OTHER ASBESTOS CEMENT MATERIALS
54
1.14.1
Scope of Work .................................................................................................... 54
1.14.2
Contractor’s Environmental & Social and Health & Safety Manager and
Submittal ............................................................................................................. 54
1.14.3
Personal Protective Equipment ........................................................................... 55
1.14.4
Employee Training .............................................................................................. 56
1.14.5
ACM Handling .................................................................................................... 56
1.14.6
Specific Removal Work Practice Requirements ................................................. 58
1.15 AS BUILT DRAWINGS
60
1.16 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
60
1.17 TESTING AND COMMISIONNING
62
1.17.1
General ................................................................................................................ 62
1.17.2
Material Approval ............................................................................................... 63
1.17.3
Factory Inspection and Test for Equipment ........................................................ 63
1.17.4
Tests during Installation ...................................................................................... 63
1.17.5
Commissioning ................................................................................................... 63
1.17.6
Testing Equipment .............................................................................................. 65
1.18 TRAINING
65
1.18.1
General ................................................................................................................ 65
1.18.2
Training of Operation and Maintenance Staff .................................................... 65
1.19 SPAREPARTS
66
1.20 TOOLS
66
2
DEMOLITION AND SITE CLEARANCE ....................................................... 1
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
iii
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
2.1.. SITE CLEARANCE
1
2.2.. DEMOLITION OF STRUCTURES
1
3
EARTHWORKS – EXCAVATION, FILLING, COMPACTION,
DISPOSAL AND LANDSCAPING....................................................................................... 2
3.1.. SCOPE OF WORK
2
3.2.. LEVEL OF THE COMMENCING SURFACE
2
3.3.. FOUNDATION METHODS
3.3.1
Excavation for foundations ................................................................................... 2
3.3.2
Preparation of Foundation ..................................................................................... 3
2
3.4.. TESTING FACILITIES
4
3.5.. EARTHWORKS
3.5.1
Working Width or Area ........................................................................................ 4
3.5.2
Embankments and General Fill Areas .................................................................. 5
3.5.3
Excavation ............................................................................................................. 5
3.5.4
Excess Excavation................................................................................................. 6
3.5.5
Keeping Excavations Free of Water ..................................................................... 6
3.5.6
Backfilling and Surplus Excavated Material ........................................................ 6
3.5.7
Testing of Backfill Material and Backfilling ........................................................ 7
4
3.6.. EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION FOR STRUCTURAL
WORKS
3.6.1
Buildings and Structures ....................................................................................... 8
3.6.2
Subdrains to Structures ......................................................................................... 9
3.6.3
Excavation and Filling for Subgrade .................................................................... 9
3.7.. SITE CLEARANCE, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION
FOR UNDERGROUND PIPE
3.7.1
Site clearance ........................................................................................................ 9
3.7.2
Excavation of the Upper topsoil.......................................................................... 10
3.7.3
Excavation of Trenches ....................................................................................... 10
3.7.4
Backfilling of Trenches ....................................................................................... 11
3.7.5
Bedding Material................................................................................................. 12
3.7.6
Pipe Backfilling for HDPE pipes with ND ≤ 355 mm (Class A bedding) .......... 13
3.7.7
Pipe Backfilling for HDPE pipes with ND > 355 mm (Class B bedding) .......... 14
3.7.8
Pipe Backfilling for Steel pipes .......................................................................... 15
3.7.9
Disposal of the surplus material .......................................................................... 15
3.7.10
Backfill in vehicular traffic and other surfaced areas ......................................... 15
3.7.11
Underground Cables ........................................................................................... 15
3.7.12
Compaction ......................................................................................................... 15
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
iv
8
9
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
3.7.13
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Trench excavations on riverbeds ......................................................................... 16
3.8.. DEWATERING
17
3.8.1
Scope of Work .................................................................................................... 17
3.8.2
General Information ............................................................................................ 18
3.8.3
Submittals............................................................................................................ 18
3.9.. ROADS AND YARDS
19
3.9.1
General ................................................................................................................ 19
3.9.2
Aggregate Sub-base and Road Base ................................................................... 19
3.9.3
Bituminous Road Base ........................................................................................ 20
3.9.4
Wearing Courses of Roads and Yards ................................................................ 21
3.9.5
Tolerances ........................................................................................................... 22
3.9.6
Curbs and Gutters................................................................................................ 22
3.10 GROUND IMPROVEMENT MEASURES
22
3.10.1
Geotextiles or Filter Fabric ................................................................................. 22
3.11 FINISH GRADING AND LANDSCAPING
23
3.11.1
General ................................................................................................................ 23
3.11.2
Grading of Unsurfaced Areas ............................................................................. 23
3.11.3
Soft Landscaping................................................................................................. 23
4
CONCRETE WORKS ....................................................................................... 25
4.1.. GENERAL
25
4.2.. MATERIALS
25
4.2.1
Cement ................................................................................................................ 25
4.2.2
Aggregates .......................................................................................................... 26
4.3.. EXECUTION OF WORKS
32
4.3.1
General ................................................................................................................ 32
4.3.2
Formwork ............................................................................................................ 33
4.4.. CONCRETING
35
4.4.1
General ................................................................................................................ 35
4.4.2
Pouring ................................................................................................................ 35
4.4.3
Hot Weather Concreting (for Temperature above +20°C).................................. 36
4.4.4
Wet Weather Concreting ..................................................................................... 37
4.4.5
Cold Weather Concreting.................................................................................... 37
4.4.6
Protection and Curing ......................................................................................... 37
4.4.7
Construction Joints .............................................................................................. 38
4.4.8
Waterstops and Jointing Materials ...................................................................... 38
4.4.9
Internal Epoxy paint for concrete works in contact with aggressive chemicals . 39
4.4.10
Concrete Finish without Formwork .................................................................... 40
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
v
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
4.4.11
4.4.12
4.4.13
4.4.14
Removal and Replacement of Unsatisfactory Concrete ..................................... 40
Test of Water-Water retaining structure/Open Reservoirs ................................. 41
Concrete protecting coating ................................................................................ 42
Tolerances for prefabricated concrete units ........................................................ 42
5
SPECIFICATION FOR UNDERGROUND PIPEWORK ............................ 43
5.1.. GENERAL
43
5.1.1
Scope of Work .................................................................................................... 43
5.1.2
Quality Assurance ............................................................................................... 43
5.1.3
Submittals............................................................................................................ 43
5.2.. MATERIALS
44
5.2.1
General ................................................................................................................ 44
5.2.2
Pipes and Pipe Fittings ........................................................................................ 45
5.2.3
Pipe Jointing, Saddles and Repair Clamps.......................................................... 48
5.2.4
Valves.................................................................................................................. 49
5.2.5
Miscellaneous Fittings and Appurtenances ......................................................... 49
5.3.. EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND RESTORATION
50
5.3.1
Excavation ........................................................................................................... 50
5.3.2
Backfilling ........................................................................................................... 50
5.3.3
Surface Reinstatement......................................................................................... 51
5.4.. INSTALLATION
51
5.4.1
General ................................................................................................................ 51
5.4.2
Thrust Blocks for Pressure Pipelines .................................................................. 52
5.4.3
Welded Joints in Steel Pipes ............................................................................... 52
5.4.4
Cutting of Pipes ................................................................................................... 52
5.4.5
Chambers ............................................................................................................ 52
5.4.6
Step Irons and Miscellaneous Ironwork .............................................................. 52
5.5.. CROSSING UNDER ROADS AND RAILWAY TRACKS
52
5.5.1
General ................................................................................................................ 52
5.5.2
Crossing using existing pipes as sleeves ............................................................. 53
5.5.3
Crossing by Non-Disruptive methods ................................................................. 53
5.6.. TESTING
56
5.6.1
General ................................................................................................................ 56
5.6.2
Testing of Non-Pressure Pipelines ...................................................................... 56
5.6.3
Testing of Pressure Pipelines .............................................................................. 57
6
STRUCTURAL WORKS .................................................................................. 61
6.1.. GENERAL
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
vi
61
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
6.1.1
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Work Included..................................................................................................... 61
6.2.. STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS
61
6.2.1
General ................................................................................................................ 61
6.2.2
Materials.............................................................................................................. 62
6.2.3
Fabrication and Manufacture .............................................................................. 62
6.2.4
Installation ........................................................................................................... 63
6.3.. MISCELLANEOUS METAL WORKS
64
6.3.1
General ................................................................................................................ 64
6.3.2
Materials.............................................................................................................. 64
6.3.3
Pipes and Sleeves Embedded in Walls or Other Structural Members ................ 64
6.3.4
Maintenance Access Doors, Frames and Covers ................................................ 64
6.4.. MASONRY AND BRICKWORK
65
6.4.1
General ................................................................................................................ 65
6.4.2
Materials.............................................................................................................. 65
6.4.3
Masonry Work .................................................................................................... 66
6.4.4
Samples ............................................................................................................... 66
6.5.. HANDRAILSS, STAIRS AND PLATFORMS
66
6.5.1
Handrails ............................................................................................................. 66
6.5.2
Metal Stairs and Platforms .................................................................................. 67
7
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS .......................................................................... 69
7.1.. Submittals and Approval of Materials
69
7.2.. Doors and Windows
69
7.2.1
General ................................................................................................................ 69
7.2.2
Aluminium Windows .......................................................................................... 70
7.2.3
Steel Doors .......................................................................................................... 70
7.2.4
Glazing ................................................................................................................ 70
7.2.5
Locking system ................................................................................................... 70
7.3.. Roof covering
71
7.4.. Finishes
71
7.4.1
General ................................................................................................................ 71
7.4.2
Plaster .................................................................................................................. 71
7.4.3
Ceramic Tiling, ................................................................................................... 72
7.4.4
Sheet Metal Works .............................................................................................. 73
7.4.5
Painting ............................................................................................................... 73
8
MISCELLANEOUS WORKS .......................................................................... 76
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
vii
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
8.1.. GEO-TEXTILES
9
76
GENERAL MECHANICAL SPECIFICATION ............................................ 77
9.1.. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND WORKMANSHIP
77
9.2.. PUMPS
78
9.2.1
General ................................................................................................................ 78
9.2.2
Centrifugal Pumps............................................................................................... 78
9.2.3
Submersible Pumps ............................................................................................. 81
9.2.4
Testing of Pumping Equipment .......................................................................... 81
9.2.5
Installation of Pumping Units ............................................................................. 81
9.2.6
Installation of Submersible Pumps ..................................................................... 82
9.3.. PIPE WORK
82
9.3.1
Piping .................................................................................................................. 82
9.3.2
Valves.................................................................................................................. 87
9.3.3
Testing ................................................................................................................. 90
9.4.. HOISTING EQUIPMENT
90
9.5.. WATER HAMMER PROTECTION SYSTEM
91
9.5.1
Operation Principle ............................................................................................. 91
9.5.2
Applicable Standards .......................................................................................... 92
9.5.3
Ratings ................................................................................................................ 92
9.5.4
Materials.............................................................................................................. 92
9.5.5
Ancillaries ........................................................................................................... 92
9.5.6
Compressors ........................................................................................................ 93
9.6.. VENTILATION
93
9.7.. SURFACE PROTECTION
93
9.7.1
General ................................................................................................................ 93
9.7.2
Paint Materials and Storing ................................................................................. 94
9.7.3
Steel Surfaces ...................................................................................................... 94
9.7.4
Painting ............................................................................................................... 94
9.7.5
Transportation and Handling of Painted Structures ............................................ 95
10
GENERAL ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION .............................................. 96
10.1 PREAMBLE
96
10.2 STANDARDS, RULES AND REGULATIONS
96
10.3 PERMITS
96
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
viii
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
10.4 DRAWINGS
96
10.4.1
Employer’s Drawings ......................................................................................... 96
10.4.2
Contractor’s Drawings ........................................................................................ 97
10.5 CO-ORDINATION WITH LOCAL ELECTRICAL NETWORK COMPANY
97
10.6 ELECTRIC DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
98
10.6.1
High Voltage (10 kV) Power System ................................................................. 98
10.6.2
Low Voltage (0.4 kV) Distribution System ........................................................ 98
10.7 GROUNDING AND EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDING
98
10.8 LIGHTNING PROTECTION
99
10.8.1
General ................................................................................................................ 99
10.8.2
Outside building protection ................................................................................. 99
10.8.3
Inside building protection ................................................................................... 99
10.8.4
Equipment protection ........................................................................................ 100
10.9 AUTOMATIC POWER FACTOR CORRECTION SYSTEM
100
10.10
ILLUMINANCE
100
10.11
AREA CLASSIFICATION AND ENCLOSURES
101
10.12
10.12.1
10.12.2
10.12.3
10.12.4
10.12.5
10.12.6
REQUIREMENTS FOR SITE EQUIPMENT
101
Motors ............................................................................................................... 101
Socket Outlets ................................................................................................... 102
Light Switches................................................................................................... 103
Junction Boxes .................................................................................................. 103
Luminaries and Lamps ...................................................................................... 103
Emergency Luminaries ..................................................................................... 103
10.13
CONTROL CIRCUIT PRINCIPLES
10.14
10.14.1
10.14.2
10.14.3
LOW VOLTAGE CABLES
104
0.4 kV Power Cables ......................................................................................... 104
Instrument Cables ............................................................................................. 105
Marking ............................................................................................................. 106
10.15
10.15.1
10.15.2
10.15.3
10.15.4
10.15.5
10.15.6
10.15.7
CABLE INSTALLATION
106
General .............................................................................................................. 106
Channels ............................................................................................................ 107
Conduits ............................................................................................................ 107
Cable Trays ....................................................................................................... 108
Trenches ............................................................................................................ 109
Surface Installation ........................................................................................... 109
Cables on Steelwork.......................................................................................... 109
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
ix
103
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
10.16
CABLE TERMINATION
110
10.17
CABLE PROTECTION
110
10.18
10.18.1
10.18.2
10.18.3
10.18.4
10.18.5
10.18.6
10.18.7
10.18.8
10.18.9
10.18.10
10.18.11
10.18.12
10.18.13
10.18.14
10.18.15
10.18.16
10.18.17
10.18.18
10.18.19
10.18.20
10.18.21
10.18.22
10.18.23
10.18.24
10.18.25
10.18.26
10.18.27
10.18.28
SWITCH- AND CONTROLGEARS
111
General .............................................................................................................. 111
Construction ...................................................................................................... 113
Busbar ............................................................................................................... 114
Heaters and Cooling Fans ................................................................................. 114
Contactors ......................................................................................................... 115
Thermal Relays ................................................................................................. 115
Soft Starter ........................................................................................................ 115
Frequency Converter for Variable Speed Drive ............................................... 116
Control voltage transformer .............................................................................. 117
Main circuit breaker .......................................................................................... 117
Motor circuit breaker ........................................................................................ 118
Miniature circuit breaker ................................................................................... 118
Changeover switch ............................................................................................ 118
Relays ................................................................................................................ 119
Time Relays ...................................................................................................... 119
Operation Hours Meters .................................................................................... 119
Totalizers ........................................................................................................... 119
Selector/ Operating Switches ............................................................................ 120
Push Buttons ..................................................................................................... 120
Current Transformers ........................................................................................ 120
Current Transducers .......................................................................................... 120
Indicator Lights ................................................................................................. 120
Indication Displays ........................................................................................... 121
Locks ................................................................................................................. 121
Alarm Bells ....................................................................................................... 121
Ammeters .......................................................................................................... 121
Voltmeters ......................................................................................................... 122
kWh and kVAR Meters..................................................................................... 122
10.19
10.19.1
10.19.2
10.19.3
10.19.4
10.19.5
WORKMANSHIP
122
Safety Features .................................................................................................. 122
Precautions during Construction ....................................................................... 122
Cleaning ............................................................................................................ 122
Switches, Socket Outlets and Boards ................................................................ 122
Unused Openings .............................................................................................. 123
10.20
10.20.1
10.20.2
INSPECTION OF ELECTRICAL WORK
123
General .............................................................................................................. 123
Certificate of Inspection .................................................................................... 123
10.21
MEASURING INSTRUMENTATION
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
x
124
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
10.21.1
10.21.2
10.21.3
10.21.4
10.21.5
10.21.6
10.21.7
10.21.8
10.21.9
General .............................................................................................................. 124
Electrical measurement circuits ........................................................................ 124
Ultrasonic Flow meters ..................................................................................... 124
Pressure Switch ................................................................................................. 125
Pressure Sensors ................................................................................................ 125
Temperature sensors ......................................................................................... 126
Water Level Switch ........................................................................................... 126
Water Level Sensors ......................................................................................... 126
Pressure Gauges ................................................................................................ 126
10.22
10.22.1
10.22.2
10.22.3
AUTOMATION AND REMOTE CONTROL DEVICES
127
Programmable Logic Controller ....................................................................... 127
Remote Terminal Unit ...................................................................................... 128
Uninterruptible Power Supply .......................................................................... 129
10.23
10.23.1
10.23.2
10.23.3
SUPERVISORY CONTROL AND DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM
129
SCADA Workstation ........................................................................................ 129
SCADA Software .............................................................................................. 130
Training ............................................................................................................. 133
11
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ................................... 135
11.1 INTRODUCTION
135
11.2 INCLUDED WORKS
136
11.3 PAYMENT
138
11.4 GENERAL ITEMS
138
11.4.1
Measurement& Payment ................................................................................... 138
11.5 EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORKS
138
11.5.1
Measurement ..................................................................................................... 138
11.5.2
Payment ............................................................................................................. 140
11.6 CONCRETE WORK
141
11.6.1
Measurement ..................................................................................................... 141
11.6.2
Payment ............................................................................................................. 142
11.7 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE
143
11.7.1
Measurement ..................................................................................................... 143
11.7.2
Payment ............................................................................................................. 144
11.8 UNIT MASONRY
144
11.8.1
Measurement ..................................................................................................... 144
11.8.2
Payment ............................................................................................................. 144
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
xi
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
11.9 ROOFING
145
11.9.1
Measurement ..................................................................................................... 145
11.9.2
Payment ............................................................................................................. 145
11.10
11.10.1
11.10.2
INSULATION
146
Measurement ..................................................................................................... 146
Payment ............................................................................................................. 146
11.11
11.11.1
11.11.2
METALWORK
147
Measurement ..................................................................................................... 147
Payment ............................................................................................................. 147
11.12
11.12.1
11.12.2
FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING FINISHES
149
Measurement ..................................................................................................... 149
Payment ............................................................................................................. 149
11.13
11.13.1
11.13.2
PAINTING (DECORATION)
150
Measurement ..................................................................................................... 150
Payment ............................................................................................................. 150
11.14
11.14.1
11.14.2
GLAZING
151
Measurement ..................................................................................................... 151
Payment ............................................................................................................. 151
11.15
11.15.1
11.15.2
FENCES
151
Measurement ..................................................................................................... 151
Payment ............................................................................................................. 152
11.16
11.16.1
11.16.2
LANDSCAPING
152
Measurement ..................................................................................................... 152
Payment ............................................................................................................. 152
11.17
11.17.1
11.17.2
ROAD WORKS
152
Measurement ..................................................................................................... 152
Payment ............................................................................................................. 152
11.18
11.18.1
11.18.2
11.18.3
PIPES AND, PIPE LAYING
153
Piping Works..................................................................................................... 153
VALVES AND APPURTENANCES .............................................................. 154
Manholes ........................................................................................................... 155
11.19
11.19.1
11.19.2
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTALLATION
155
Measurement ..................................................................................................... 155
Payment ............................................................................................................. 155
11.20
11.20.1
EQUIPMENT
156
Measurement ..................................................................................................... 156
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
xii
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
11.20.2
Payment ............................................................................................................. 156
11.21
11.21.1
11.21.2
CRANES AND LIFTING SYSTEMS
156
Measurement ..................................................................................................... 156
Payment ............................................................................................................. 156
11.22
11.22.1
11.22.2
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
157
Measurement ..................................................................................................... 157
Payment ............................................................................................................. 157
11.23
11.23.1
11.23.2
PROVISIONAL SUM AND DAYWORKS
159
Provisional Sums............................................................................................... 159
Dayworks .......................................................................................................... 159
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
xiii
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
1
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.1
SCOPE OF THE WORKS
1.1.1 Scope of the Contract
The Project works include the furnishing of all labour, plant and equipment, materials
required to complete the entire works, pre-commissioning, commissioning, testing,
reinstatement of the Sites, preparation of working, shop and as-built drawings, training of
operation and maintenance staff and the undertaking of the maintenance of the Facilities for
the period specified in the Contract.
All the works are as determined in detail in the Particular Specifications and as shown on
the Drawings. The List of Drawings and the Drawings are enclosed in Volume 4. Clauses
included in the present General Specification are intended to indicate the minimum standard
of design, workmanship and materials acceptable for this project.
1.1.2 Relations between Different Contracts
The Contractor shall determine if any other establishments, organizations and the like are or
will be carrying out any work or activity simultaneously with the work of the Contractor and
shall co-ordinate his work with this.
The Contractor shall as required deliver all necessary information and measures in the form
of working drawings to ensure correct location of embedded items, dimensions of structures
etc. and other necessary information for carrying out the works of the other related contracts.
The Employer shall pay no extra compensation for possible inconvenience incurred by the
Contractor in relation to this matter.
1.2
GENERAL INFORMATION
1.2.1 Base Data
Basic Contract data including scope of work and site information are detailed in the Clause 1
of Particular Specifications.
1.2.2 Power, Current and Voltage
Nominal operating voltage is 400/230V AC and frequency 50 Hz.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
1
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The Contractor shall remain responsible for supplying temporary power to the entire extent
of the works. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits related to electrical work,
arrange for all electrical inspections covering his work, pay all fees and charges, and make all
deposits that are in any way connected with the installation of the systems included in the
Contract. He shall give all necessary notices to authorities having jurisdiction and shall be
responsible for complying with all applicable public ordinances.
The materials, equipment and installation shall comply with the regulations laid down by the
Electricity Authorities.
1.3
INFORMATION AND OBLIGATIONS RELATING TO SITE
ARRANGEMENTS
1.3.1 Working Conditions
The work shall be carried out during normal working hours and if the work is temporarily
performed as over-time work, the performance and supervision of work has to be agreed
upon with the Engineer in advance;
First-aid facilities shall be provided by the Contractor;
The Contractor shall provide safety and protective clothing for persons under his control on
the Site;
The Contractor shall organize the Site and his methods of working such that all are safe;
Adequate lighting of the work places and Sites shall be provided by the Contractor; and
Fire-fighting equipment shall be arranged by the Contractor.
1.3.2 Safety Regulations and General Order of the Site
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for complying with the safety regulations and
requirements for general order on Site in accordance with the applicable laws, regulations,
instructions of the local authorities and as provided in the Contract.
The Employer will notify the Contractor in full of the safety regulations which the Employer
imposes on his own employees and the Contractor shall comply with such regulations.
The Contractor shall inform the Employer in writing in full of any special risks anticipated
during the execution of the Works.
For each working area the Contractor shall designate a foreman who will, besides supervision
of the work in progress, be responsible for safety and security in the working area.
The Employer’s property, such as machines and instruments, shall when necessary be
protected against damage.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
2
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The following noise levels measured at a distance of approximately 1m from mechanical and
electrical facilities are permitted for the following standards and regulations:

Hydraulic and pneumatic equipment
max. NR 80

Gears and drives
max. NR 80

Water pumps
max. NR 80

Rotary piston blowers
max. NR 85
where NR 80 and 85 are noise rating numbers of the EN ISO 8253 Standard 1998.
1.3.3 Workmanship, Materials, Designs, Standards and Norms to be applied
All workmanship and materials shall be of the best quality appropriate to each category of
work.
The drawings generally refer to the official standards, norms and regulations applicable in
Moldova, as these are required to obtain the relevant approvals from the concerned
authorities.
These technical specifications refer both to locally-applied and international specifications
with the following clarifications:

With reference to the pipes, hydraulic equipment and electromechanical equipment,
and generally to all materials which are expected to be procured on the international
market, these specifications make large use of international norms and standards as
defined below. However the Contractor may propose material and equipment
produced according to equivalent locally-applied norms and standards provided that
he demonstrates that these are equal or better than the specified norms.

With reference to materials which are expected to be procured on the local market,
such as all materials required for the civil works, or with reference to the general and
particular requirements for workmanship, handling, storing and installation of pipes
and equipment, these specifications refer generally to the prevailing norms and
standards applicable in Moldova as defined and listed below. In the case that the
Contractor elects to supply such materials from the international market, he shall
prove that the quality of such materials are equal or higher compared to the specified
norms.
The Engineer will determine whether the equivalent standard or requirement proposed by the
Contractors considered equal or better than the specified standard.
The hydraulic and electromechanical material and workmanship, unless otherwise specified
shall be in accordance with ISO standards respectively IEC standards where such standards
or recommendation exist.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
3
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
In the absence of applicable ISO or IEC standards or recommendations, the workmanship
and material shall comply with the relevant and latest editions of the standard specifications
and codes of practice issued by the following organization:
Name of Organisation
Address
International Organisation for Standardisation
P.O. Box 56, 1211 Geneva 20,
Switzerland
www.iso.org
International Electrotechnical Commission
P.O. Box 131, 1211 Geneva 20
Switzerland
www.iec.ch
In the absence of applicable EN, IEC and ISO standards or recommendations, the
workmanship and material shall comply with the relevant equivalent Standards of other
European countries, e.g. BS, DIN, ONORM, etc.
Contractor’s proposals concerning usage of any other norms and standards should be handed
to the Engineer 28 days prior to the time when the Contractor anticipates their use. The
proposal shall contain a full description of the proposed standard and its difference from the
standards identified in the Technical Specifications.
Any proposal which cannot guarantee design quality will be declined unconditionally. The
Contractor should provide certificates for all materials in use and should have at the
construction site all the copies of the Building Codes and GOSTs (State Standards) relevant
to the work done.
The standards and norms that shall be used shall include but not be limited to the following.
(Note the titles given are unofficial translations.)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
SNiP 2.06.03-85
Meliorativnye sistemy i soorujeniya. (Drainage system and
installations).
SNiP 2.03.11-85
Zaschita stroitel'nyh konstruktii ot korrozii (Impedance
engineering structures from corrosion)
SNiP III-18-75 Metallicheskie konstrukcii. Pravila proizvodstva i priemki rabot. Metal
structures.The rules of execution and acceptance of work)
SNiP 3.02.01-87
Zemlyanye soorujeniya, osnovaniya i fundamenty (Earthwork
structure, bases and foundation) .
SNiP III-4-80* Tehnika bezopasnosti v stroitelistve (Construction safety)
SNiP 3.05.04-85
Narujnye seti i soorujeniya vodosnabjeniya i
kanalizatii""External network and installations of aqueduct and sewerage "
SNiP 3.02.01-87
Zemleanie soorujenia, osnovania I fundamenti( Earthwork
structures and foundations.)
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
4
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
SNiP 3.01.01-85
Organizatia stroitelinogo proizvodstva ( Organization of
construction operations)
SNiP 2.04.02-84
Vodosnabjenie. Narujnie seti I soorujenia. (Water supply
network. External network and installations.)
SNiP II-23-81 Stalinie konstruktii (Steel installations.)
SNiP 3.07.01-85
Gidrotehniceskie soorujenia recinie (Hydro-technical river
installations)
SN 370-78
Instruktia po organizatii operativno-dispetcerskogo upravlenia
stroitelinim proizvodstvom.(Instruction on organization of dispatching control of
construction)
SNiP 3.05.06-85
Instalatii electrotehnice Electrical installations NCM
NCM D.01.03-2007
Construcţii hidrotehnice. Principiile de bază (Hydrotechnical
Installations .Fundamental principles.)
NCM A.01.02-96
Sistemul de documente normative în construcţii (The system of
construction regulations)
NCM A.01.03-96
Modul de elaborare a documentelor normative(The principles
of elaborating construction Regulations)
NCM A.01.04-96
Reguli de redactare a documentelor normative.(Rules of editing
of design regulations.)
NCM A.01.05-96
Modul de elaborare a documentelor normative interstatale şi
naţionale ale altorţări.(The principles of elaboration of international and foreign
construction regulations)
NCM C.02.02-04
Clădiri de producţie ( Industial buildings)
NCM C.04.03-05
Învelitori. Norme de proiectare(Roofing. Design regulations)
NCM E.03.02-01
Protecţia împotriva incendiilor a clădirilor şi instalaţiilor (Fire
protection of the buildings and equipment)
NCM E.03.04-04
Determinarea categoriilor de pericol de explozie -incendiu şi
de incendiu a încăperilor şi clădirilor (Determining the fire and explosion risk classes
of the buildings and rooms)
NCM B.01.03-2005
Planuri generale a interprindelor industriale (General plans
of industrial installations
NCM A.07.02-99
Instructiuni cu privire la procedura de
elaborare,avizare,aprobare si continutul cadru al documentatiei de proiect pentru
constructii
NCM D.01.01-97
Hidrologie,hidrogeologie, lucrari de amenajare a bazinelor
hidrografice ale torentilor si de imbunatairi funiciare. Terminologie
NCM D01.02-2003.
Regulament-tip de exploatare a lacurilor de acumulare.
NCM E .03.05.2004
Instalatii automate de stingere si semnalizare a
Incendiilor.Normativ pentru proiectare
NCM G.04.02-99
Instalatii termice, de ventilare si conditionare a aerului.
Termotehnica constructiilor.
NCM G.04.03-99
Instalatii termice, de ventilare si conditionare a aerului.
Proiectarea si executarea retelelor termice subterane fara canal din conducte preizolate
cu poliuretan expandat si manta din polietilena.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
5
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
CP H.04.01-2004
Betoane si mortare. Ghid de preparare si utilizare a betoanelor
celulare.
Seria 3.001.1-3 Upory dlya narujnyh napornyh truboprovodov vodoprovoda i
kanalizatii (Supports for external network of aqueduct pressure pipes and sewerage.)
Meliorativnye sistemy i soorujeniya. Nasosnye stantii.Normy proektirovaniya
VSN 33-2.2.12-87
(Мelioration system and installations. Pumping stations.
Standards for design. )
TP 902-09-11.84
Kolodty vodoprovodnye (Aqueduct manholes)
4.900-10 Alibom oborudovaniya,fasonnyh chastei armatury dlya setei i soorujenii
vodoprovoda i kanalizatii.( The album of equipment, molded pieces and armature for
the network and installations of aqueduct and sewerage.)
GOST 16037-80Soedinenia svarnie stalinih truboprovodov. Osnovnie tipi,
konstruktivnie elementi I razmeri.
GOST 10704-95
Truba elektrosvarnaia
GOST 7338-90 Plastini rezinovie I rezinotkanevie.Tehniceskie uslovia.
GOST 7512-82 Kontroli nerazrushaiushii.Soedinenia svarnie.radiograficeskii metod.
GOST 6617-76 Bitumi nefteannie stroitelinie.
GOST 2246-70 Provoloka stalinaia svarocinaia.tehniceskie uslovia
GOST 22237-85
Tementi. Upakovka, markirovka, trasportirovanie I hranenie.
GOST 23464-79
Tementi. Classificatia
GOST 23732-79
Voda dlea betonov I rastvorov . Tehniceskie uslovia.
GOST 8736-95 Pesok dlea stroitelinih rabot. Tehniceskie uslovia.
GOST 8267-95 Shebeni I gravii iz plotnih gornih porod dlea stroitelinih rabot.
Tehniceskie uslovia
GOST 8268-82 Gravii dlea stroitelinih rabot. Tehniceskie uslovia.
GOST 21.613-88 / IEC 60364 Echipament electric de putere Power electric equipment
GOST 21.614-88 /IEC 60617Simbolurile grafice in proiect (Graphic symbols
on plans)
1.3.4 Weights and Measures, Abbreviations, Labelling and Symbols
All material and equipment shall be referred to in the metric/SI international standards with
regard to their weights and measures.
Pipes and valves shall be labeled to indicate the direction and type of flowing substance in
the system. The size and shape of the label shall be as defined in EN standards. All text shall
be in English and Moldovan.
Machines, equipment, control valves and panels shall be fitted with a non-corrosive label
setting out the item number, make, model, serial number, key performance data and the like.
Warning signs and colours shall be no substitute for protective appliances and devices. The
warning signs and colours shall all be approved by the Engineer. Warning signs and colours
where used shall warn about:
 danger of explosion or fire in the area;
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
6
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova






IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
noise which exceeds safety levels;
poison or toxic substance if stored in the area, including first aid instructions;
automatically started and operated appliances;
appliances having moving parts which can cause accidents;
structures which obstruct the walkways; and
danger of slip or fall.
1.4
DRAWINGS
1.4.1 Engineer’s Drawings
The Drawings prepared by the Engineer and as defined in Clause 1.1.1.6 of the Conditions of
Contract are listed in Volume 4. They may be modified or added to as provided by that
Clause.
1.4.2 Drawings and other submissions by the Contractor
In so far as the Contract may require, the Contractor shall provide the following to be
submitted in the first instance to the Engineer’s Representative unless otherwise stated:
 Additional drawings (for use by Contractor’s employees):
1 copy
 Temporary Works designs:
2 copies
 Revisions to typical details:
2 copies
 Change in Manufacturing or Production
Drawings / installation drawings:
2 copies
 Contractor’s record drawings:
2 copies
All submissions shall comply with the requirements of the relevant clauses, and shall where
stated be subject to the approval of the Engineer.
1.4.3 Timing of submissions
Subject to any specific requirements in the Contract, all submissions shall be made
sufficiently early to allow the Engineer time for review and approval and for the Contractor
to provide and submit revisions or alternatives or carry out further tests if, in the opinion of
the Engineer, the initial submissions do not meet the requirements of the Contract.
Unless otherwise specified or agreed before submission, the Contractor shall allow not less
than 30 calendar days for review by the Engineer of designs documents and samples which
are required to be approved before manufacture or construction commences as part of the
Permanent Works.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
7
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
1.4.4 Additional drawings for use by Contractor’s employees
Any additional drawings which the Contractor requires to interpret the Drawings for the use
of his employees shall be prepared by the Contractor with a copy to the Engineer’s
Representative for information.
1.4.5 Temporary Works designs
If required by the Engineer’s Representative, the Contractor shall submit for approval full
particulars, including drawings, of any of the Temporary Works. If required the Contractor
shall also submit calculations of the stresses strains and deflections which will arise in
falsework or other Temporary Works and these calculations shall be accompanied by
detailed working drawings to show the Contractor’s proposals. Approval by the Engineer
or his Representative of the Contractor’s proposals, calculations or drawings shall not
relieve the Contractor of any of his duties or responsibilities under the Contract.
1.4.6 Revisions to typical detail Drawings
Where Drawings provided by the Engineer show typical details for the positions,
dimensions or levels of foundations, supports, holes or openings through walls or floors, for
items of equipment or Plant to be provided by the Contractor as part of the Works the
Contractor shall satisfy himself before construction that such positions, levels or
dimensions are correct for the actual items, being supplied by him. In the event that such
Drawings require to be changed to suit the items being supplied, the Contractor shall
prepare drawings of such changes and submit them for approval.
1.4.7 Fabrication and installation drawings
Where drawings are required for fabrication or installation of items of Plant or equipment
provided by the Contractor or his sub-contractors, or for planning and performance of the
work under the Contract, such drawings shall be provided by the Contractor and submitted
for approval.
These drawings shall include, but not be limited to, shop fabrication detail drawings
including details of welding, match-marks, erection diagrams, and other details such as
connections, all as necessary for proper installation and erection of the equipment and
performance of the work.
The drawings of a specific piece of equipment shall identify components with the
manufacturer’s part number or reference drawing number clearly indicated. If reference
drawings are used, the approval date of such drawings shall be included.
The drawings shall indicate dimensions and allowable tolerances.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
8
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
1.4.8 Contractor’s record drawings
The Contractor shall provide a complete and accurate ‘record’ set of all drawings provided
by him to detail parts of the Permanent Works, regardless of whether such drawings were
originally prepared by the Contractor or by his sub-contractors or suppliers. This set of
drawings is referred to as Contractor’s record drawings.
During manufacture installation or construction the original drawings shall be progressively
marked up to show any changes which may become necessary, and to show correct
dimensions, sizes, equipment details and the like so as to provide a complete and accurate
record of the part of the Permanent Works covered by such drawings.
Each Contractor’s record drawing shall be completed and submitted to the Engineer within
one month of the time that the work detailed in it is completed. Each drawing shall be
certified by the Contractor as being a complete and accurate record of the work detailed in it.
After approval of the Contractor’s record drawings by the Engineer, the Contractor shall
provide one reproducible on plastic film of each drawing.
1.4.9 Right to change
When additional information regarding the geological formations or other conditions
becomes available as a result of excavation, testing, model studies or exploratory work, the
Engineer may find it desirable to change dimensions or design of one or more of the features
of the Works to conform to the newly disclosed conditions. To this end the Engineer
reserves the right to make such reasonable changes, and the Contractor's Plant shall be laid
out and his operations shall be conducted so as to accommodate any such reasonable changes
in the Works with no increase in cost to the Employer.
1.4.10 Drawing standards
Drawings submitted by the Contractor shall be clearly printed with black lines on white
paper, and shall be resistant to fading on exposure to light.
Sheet sizes shall be in accordance with A series to ISO 216 standard, and shall not be larger
than A1 size unless otherwise agreed by the Engineer.
All drawings submitted by the Contractor shall use the English language and SI units.
All drawings shall be clearly and fully cross-referenced to the Specification and the
Engineer’s Drawings as relevant.
Where drawings are revised, the revision letter or number shall be incorporated in the title
block and the revision shall be clearly indicated on the drawing with the revision letter or
number shown in an adjacent triangle.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
9
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
All drawings submitted by the Contractor shall be certified and signed by the Contractor to
be correct.
1.5
SITE ORGANISATION
1.5.1 Setting out
The Contractor shall carry out all survey and leveling work to establish reference points in
order to fulfill his obligations under Clause 4.7 of the Conditions of Contract.
Whereas key levels and dimensions of the rehabilitation works have been surveyed during
the design stage, the Contractor shall carry out his own topographic surveys on which to base
the final lines and levels of the Works. The Contractor shall be responsible for checking the
levels and dimensions given in the Drawings and shall draw to the attention of the Engineer
any discrepancies.
The Engineer may make checks as the work progresses to verify lines and grades established
by the Contractor and to determine the conformity of the work with the requirements of
Technical Specifications and Drawings. Such checking by the Engineer shall not relieve the
Contractor of his responsibility to perform the work in accordance with the Specifications
and Drawings and the lines and grades given therein.
The Contractor shall provide all survey and measuring instruments of every kind necessary
for his own use in the execution of the Works.
1.5.2 Temporary Working Areas
Where any parts of the Works are to be constructed on over under in or through land other
than the Designated Areas or public highways and subject to any proviso stated below the
Employer will arrange for temporary occupation by the Contractor of Temporary Working
Areas and such areas shall be deemed to be part of the Site during the period of occupation.
The Employer will arrange also for the serving of any Statutory Notices in connection with
Temporary Working Area but the Contractor shall give to the occupier of each such area
7 days’ written notice of his intention to enter and shall ensure that his methods of working
cause the minimum of disturbance to the land and to its owners and occupiers. Where
necessary, similar arrangements shall apply to provide the Contractor with access routes to
Temporary Working Areas and such routes shall be deemed to form part of the Temporary
Working Areas.
The extent of each Temporary Working Area and the period of time for its occupation shall
be such as the Engineer’s Representative considers necessary having regard to the
Contractor’s reasonable requirements which shall be submitted to the Engineer’s
Representative as soon as practicable after commencement of the Works and having regard to
the Contractor’s programme furnished pursuant to Clause 8.3 of the Conditions of Contract.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
10
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
1.5.3 Reinstatement of Temporary Working Areas
The Contractor shall reinstate Temporary Working Areas to the standards specified in the
Contract as soon as possible after work in those Areas has been completed so as to keep the
period of occupation to a minimum. If the standards of reinstatement are not so specified the
Contractor shall in any event restore the Areas to a tidy and workmanlike condition and shall
carry out such additional reinstatement work as may be ordered by the Engineer’s
Representative and shall be paid such amount as the Engineer certifies to be reasonable in
respect of the cost of the additional work.
1.5.4 Work in public roads
Where any work is to be carried out in or adjacent to a public road (which for the purposes of
the Specification shall be deemed to mean any street road or footpath maintainable at public
expense) the Contractor shall comply with, inter alia, any requirements and recommendations
of the police or other authority regarding traffic safety measures for roadworks.
1.5.5 Access to adjoining property
If the Contractor’s work will cause unavoidable interference with access to adjoining
property the Contractor shall first give seven days’ notice in writing to the occupier of such
property and shall provide temporary means of access for vehicles, animals and pedestrians.
1.5.6 Site roads and access
Except as may be otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall arrange for,
construct, maintain and afterwards remove and reinstate all temporary site roads and accesses
required for and in connection with the execution of the Works. Reinstatement shall include
restoring the area of such roads and accesses to at least the degree of safety stability and
drainage that existed before the Contractor commenced work.
1.5.7 Amenities to be preserved
The Contractor shall cause the least possible interference with existing amenities, whether
natural or man-made. No trees shall be felled except as authorised by the Engineer’s
Representative.
1.5.8 Advertisements
The Contractor shall not except with the written authority of the Engineer exhibit or permit to
be exhibited on the Site any advertisement board. Any such advertisement may also be
subject to the approval of the local planning authority before it is put up and it shall be
removed if the Engineer so demands.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
11
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
1.5.9 Sanitation
The Contractor shall maintain the Site and all working areas in a hygienic condition and in all
matters of health and sanitation shall comply with the requirements of the local Medical
Officer of Health or other competent authority.
1.5.10 Works to be kept clear of water
The Contractor shall keep the Works well-drained until the Engineer certifies that the whole
of the Works is substantially complete and shall ensure that so far as is practicable all work is
carried out in the dry. Excavated areas shall be kept well-drained and free from standing
water except where this is impracticable having regard to methods of Temporary Works
properly adopted by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall construct, operate and maintain all temporary dams, watercourses and
other works of all kinds including pumping and well-point dewatering plant that may be
necessary to exclude water from the Works while construction (including installation work
by other contractors) is in progress. Such Temporary Works and Contractor’s Equipment
shall not be removed without the approval of the Engineer’s Representative.
Notwithstanding any approval by the Engineer’s Representative of the Contractor’s
arrangements for the exclusion of water the Contractor shall be responsible for the
sufficiency thereof and for keeping the Works safe at all times particularly during any floods
and for making good at his own expense any damage to the Works including any that may be
attributable to floods. Any loss of production or additional costs of any kind that may result
from floods shall be at the Contractor’s own risk. (Floods shall not be an ‘Employer’s risk’
under Clause 17.3 of the Conditions of Contract).
1.5.11 Disposal of water and waste products
The Contractor shall make provision for the discharge or disposal from the Works of all
water and waste products howsoever arising and the methods of disposal shall be to the
satisfaction of the Engineer’s Representative and of any authority or person having an
interest in any land or watercourse over or in which water and waste products may be so
discharged. The requirements of this clause shall not limit any of the Contractor’s
obligations or liabilities, particularly as to Clauses 17.2 and 17.3 of the Conditions of
Contract.
1.5.12 Fire hazard (naked lights)
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
12
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
No naked light shall be used by the Contractor on or about the Site otherwise than in the open
air without the permission in writing of the Engineer’s Representative. If in the Engineer’s
Representative's opinion the use of naked lights may cause a fire hazard the Contractor shall
at no extra cost to the Employer take such additional precautions and provide such additional
firefighting equipment (including breathing apparatus) as the Engineer’s Representative
considers necessary.
The term ‘naked light’ shall be deemed to include electric arcs and oxy-acetylene or other
flames used in welding or cutting metals.
Compliance with the requirements of the Engineer’s Representative shall not relieve the
Contractor of any of his obligations under the Contract.
1.5.13 Water supplies
The Contractor shall provide suitable piped supplies of water for drinking, washing,
sanitation and general cleaning-down in addition to any required for the construction, testing
and maintenance of the Works.
1.5.14 Work in the vicinity of electrical equipment
Any permanent fencing or other safeguards required to be erected around electrical
equipment shall be completed as far as practicable before connection is made to the
electricity supply. In so far as this is not practicable, the Engineer’s Representative may
permit the use of temporary fencing or other safeguards.
If further work adjacent to electrical equipment is necessary after connection has been made
to the electricity supply the Contractor shall put into operation a ‘Permit to Work’ system to
the approval of the Engineer’s Representative.
1.5.15 Electricity supplies
The Contractor shall install, operate, maintain and subsequently remove sufficient temporary
supplies of electricity for the heating, lighting and ventilation of all offices, stores,
laboratories and other temporary buildings used by the Contractor and by the Engineer’s staff
in addition to any supplies he may require in connection with the construction, testing and
maintenance of the Works.
1.5.16 Contractor’s offices, etc.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
13
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
For the use of his own staff and workforce, the Contractor shall provide, erect, construct,
maintain and subsequently remove all temporary offices, sanitary arrangements, stores,
workshops, compounds, parking areas and the like necessary for the completion of the Works
and maintenance of the Permanent Works and the siting and layout of these shall be to the
general approval of the Engineer’s Representative.
The Contractor shall also provide, maintain and subsequently remove temporary
accommodation and living facilities including all necessary services for water supply,
drainage, lighting and heating, roads, paths, parking places and refuse disposal for his staff
and other employees and for the employees of his sub-contractors. The Contractor will be
permitted to lease areas within his labour camp or staff quarter’s area, or space in buildings
constructed by him in these areas, for conducting such business or services as may be
necessary for the convenience of his labour or staff. Details and layout of buildings and
services shall be to the general approval of the Engineer’s Representative and the Contractor
shall also obtain any necessary approval from any local or other authorities concerned.
1.5.17 Employer’s offices
The Contractor shall provide erect, furnish, equip, clean, maintain, heat, light and
subsequently remove temporary buildings for the use of the Employer’s Representative and
his staff, together with access for cars, car park (hard standing), and suitable footpaths.
Before providing any of these facilities, the Contractor shall submit detailed proposals
including drawings and specifications for the approval of the Employer’s Representative.
All the above-mentioned office furniture and equipment shall be returned to the property of
the Contractor upon the satisfactory completion of the work.
Offices shall be sited at a fixed location and with usable internal floor area of not less than 30
m2. Offices shall have their own washroom, lavatory and a secure store in addition to the
specified usable area. Offices shall be provided with heating and ventilation and washable
floor covering, and the following furniture:

4 Nos. desks (at least 0.8 x 1.6 m)

8 Nos. chairs

1 No. table (at least 1.8 m x 1.2 m)

1 No. steel lockable filing cabinet (4 drawers)
1.5.18 Engineer’s offices
The Contractor shall provide offices for the use of the Engineer’s Representative and his
staff, of similar size, standard and furnishing as those provided for the Employer.
In addition, the Contractor shall provide erect, furnish, equip, clean, maintain, heat, light and
subsequently remove two (2) mobile offices for the use of the Engineer’s Representative and
his site supervision staff.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
14
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Mobile offices shall be located as directed by the Engineer and each shall have a usable
internal floor area of not less than 30 m2. Offices shall have their own washroom, lavatory
and a secure store in addition to the specified usable area. Each office shall be provided with
heating and ventilation and washable floor covering, and the following furniture:

2 No. desks

5 No. chairs

1 No. table (at least 1.8 m x 1.2 m)

1 No. steel lockable filing cabinet (4 drawers)

Two (2) Personal computers of last generation, including monitor of 17” and
Microsoft Office 2009 package;

One (1) ink jet A3/A4 format;

One (1) digital laser photocopy machine A3/A4 format, including Ethernet
interface.
After first setting up, mobile offices shall be moved to alternative locations as and when
directed by the Engineer.
All the above-mentioned office furniture and equipment shall be returned to the property of
the Contractor upon the satisfactory completion of the work.
1.5.19 Vehicles for the Engineer’s staff
The Contractor shall provide vehicles, to be kept available at all times, for the sole use of the
Engineer’s staff in connection with the Works and as directed by the Engineer. Vehicles will
be returned to the Contractor as and when the Engineer directs and in any event no later than
at the issue of the Defects Liability Certificate. The Contractor shall submit for approval
details of the make and model of the vehicles he proposes to provide.
The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the running and upkeep of the transport
including taxes, insurances, licenses, fuel, oils, lubricants, repairs and maintenance, and he
shall also provide competent drivers when ordered by the Engineer’s Representative.
Should any vehicle be out of order for repair or maintenance, a replacement shall
immediately be made available.
The road vehicles shall be insured all-risk for driving by any fully-licensed driver authorized
by the Engineer, on and off site, both inside and outside the Contractor’s working hours.
Vehicles which, in the Engineer’s opinion, fail or cease to provide a satisfactory standard of
reliability or safety shall be replaced by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Employer.
Requirements for vehicles are listed hereunder:
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
15
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova


IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Two (2) No 4WD vehicles suitable for off-road travel – when provided, each
vehicle shall be no more than two (2) years old;
The Contractor shall provide all fuel and lubricants for the vehicles to travel
within the Site and its vicinity.
The Contractor shall pay a salary, inclusive of all overtime and out-of-station allowances, and
provide accommodation to an experienced and licensed driver approved by the Engineer for
each vehicle for the duration of the Works.
The vehicle shall be returned to the property of the Contractor upon the satisfactory
completion of the work.
1.5.20 Assistance for the Engineer’s staff
The Contractor shall provide every assistance to the Engineer’s Representative and his staff
in carrying out their duties and shall provide a sufficient supply of pegs, poles, paint, lines,
spirit levels and other materials and small tools for checking and setting out and for the
measurement of work.
The Contractor shall also provide on loan for the Engineer’s Representative and his staff such
waterproof and other protective clothing, safety helmets and other safety equipment, rubber
boots, torches and the like as may reasonably be required by them. When required by the
Engineer’s Representative, the Contractor shall submit samples for approval.
All such articles shall remain the property of the Contractor, but they shall be repaired or
replaced by him to the extent necessitated by fair wear and tear.
1.5.21 Instruments for the Engineer’s staff
The Contractor shall provide on loan for the use of the Engineer’s staff all survey and other
instruments necessary for checking the Contractor’s work, such instruments to be maintained
in good order by the Contractor for the duration of the contract. All instruments will provided
with all necessary accessories in sufficient number to allow normal continuous operation.
Requirements for these instruments are listed hereunder:
Surveying instruments:
 No two (2) digital still cameras with minimum 8 Megapixel resolution, Memory 4Mb
complete with software for transfer to PC
 No one (1)total station theodolite with:
o angular standard deviation 2 seconds
o distance standard deviation 5mm & 5ppm
o complete with survey software
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
16
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
carrying case,
6 tripods,
4 tribrachs,
4 carriers,
cables
6 prisms,
6 prism holders,
2 extendable ranging poles,
all accessories
spare battery pack
Battery charger and spare charger
4 units of hand held two way radios
 No two (2) automatic levels with approved standard deviation 0.4mm with tripod, carrying
case and all accessories
o 4 No metric leveling staves 4m long
o 6 No steel measuring tape, 5 m long
o 4 No spirit levels 1000 mm long
o 24 No ranging rods 2.5m length
o 4 No plumb bobs
o 6 No survey umbrellas
Other instruments
 1 No minimum-maximum thermometer installed as recommended for accurate
measurement
 1 No rain gauge capacity 55 mm installed as recommended for accurate measurement
 1 No transmitter 4 to 20 mA
 1 No insulation tester
 1 No multimeter (V-A-)
 1 No Clamp-On Ammeter /Power meter /power factor meter
 1 No rotation direction indicator
 1 No illuminance meter (Lux)
 1 No Earth resistance measuring devices
 1 No Temperature scanner (thermal imagining device)
 1 No Vibration meter
 1 No Coating thickness meter
 1 No Thickness meter (steel, HDPE)
1.5.22 Engineer’s telephone (public system)
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
17
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The Contractor shall arrange for the installation of a telephone and extensions thereto
connected to the public telephone system all as directed by the Engineer’s Representative and
for his sole use. The Contractor shall pay for the installation and rental of such equipment
and for calls made by the Engineer’s Representative, but the Employer shall repay or allow to
the Contractor all such sums as the Engineer shall certify to have been properly payable and
paid by the Contractor as aforesaid.
1.5.23 Signboards
1.5.23.1 Permanent Signboard
The Contractor shall provide, erect, maintain during the works period Permanent Signboards
at CIS’s locations, as per following specification.
The Permanent Signboards shall be handed over to the property of the Client upon the
satisfactory completion of the Defect Liability Period.
Numbers and location of the Permanent Signboards are detailed in the Particular Technical
Specification clause 2.5.
a)-General requirement
Design, content and colour
The signs shall be conform to the specifications given in PTS clause 2.5 “Signboards”.
Size
The works signs shall measure 304 cm. (width) by 213 cm. (height) and each component of
the sign shall conform to the measurement specifications given in PTS. For signs smaller or
larger than the standard sign measurements given in PTS, all sign elements (e.g., logos, type)
shall be adjusted proportionally.
b)-Materials
Sign materials
Project signs shall be fabricated of 0.081inch minimum extruded aluminum panels. The
maximum allowable deviation from flatness shall not exceed 0.010 inch per inch width of the
panel.
Reflective sheeting
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
18
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Project signs should be highly visible both by day and night. In order to achieve this, sign
surfaces must be covered with engineer-grade retro reflective material that has a smooth,
sealed outer surface over a microstructure that reflects light. Retro reflective sheeting shall
be in accordance ASTM D 4956. Colour and luminance values for all types of reflective
sheeting shall be in accordance with ASTM D 4956. Retro reflective sheeting shall have
sufficient adhesion, strength and flexibility such that the sheeting can be handled, processed
and applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations without appreciable stretching,
tearing, cracking or other damage. Adhesive performance for retro reflective sheeting shall
be in accordance with ASTM D 4956. The sheeting surface shall be in condition to be readily
screen processed and compatible with transparent overlay films, plus recommended
transparent and opaque screen process colours. The retro reflective sheeting manufacturer
shall furnish information as to the type of solvent or solvents that may be used to clean the
surface of the sheeting without detrimental loss of performance and durability. Signs should
have a flat surface free of air bubbles, wrinkles or other blemishes.
Sign posts
Sign posts, foundations, and mountings shall be so constructed as to hold signs in a proper
and permanent position, and to resist swaying in the wind or displacement by vandalism. All
free standing signs will be supported by two posts made of galvanized metal of appropriate
size meeting the latest edition of American Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials (AASHTO) Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs or
international equivalent. The sign post shall be framed together to make the sign durable. The
sign post shall be embedded in a 75 cm diameter drilled shaft of 305 cm depth and placed in
concrete.
c)-Maintenance
Signs should be inspected by the Contractor during the construction period on a quarterly
basis to ensure that they are structurally sound and not in need of repair. To assure adequate
maintenance, a schedule for inspecting, and cleaning signs should be established. Weeds,
trees, shrubbery, and construction, maintenance, and utility materials and equipment should
not obscure the face of any sign. The signs should be maintained throughout the contract
performance period, including Defect Liability Period. Damaged or stolen signs should be
replaced as soon as possible.
The Permanent Signboards shall be handed over to the property of the Client upon the
satisfactory completion of the Defect Liability Period.
d)-Timing of installation and duration of placement
All project signs shall be in place within the first six months of contract award, and remain in
place indefinitely (e.g. until local authorities decide to remove them after compact closure).
e)-Location of the signboard
Placement
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
19
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Signs should be placed at the entrance to irrigation work sites from major approach roads, as
detailed in the PTS clause 2.5 “Signboards”. Sign placement shall not obstruct the visibility
of regulatory, safety, and guide signs, or other applicable traffic control devices. Signs
should be aligned with the road user’s line of vision. Where irrigation and/or drainage canals
are adjacent to rural roadways, signs should be placed every 20 kilometers along the
roadway.
Distance from road to sign
For signs along roadways, signs shall be placed at least 4 meters from the edge of the road
pavement (or 2 meters from shoulder) unless prescribed otherwise by local law. All supports
should be located as far as practical from the edge of the shoulder. Signs should be placed
behind existing roadside barriers where possible. Signs should be vertically mounted at right
angles to the direction of, and facing, the traffic that they are intended to serve. Where
mirror reflection from the sign face is encountered to such a degree as to reduce legibility, the
sign should be turned slightly away from the road. Signs that are placed 9 meters or more
from the pavement edge should be turned toward the road.
On curved alignments, the angle of placement should be determined by the direction of
approaching traffic rather than by the roadway edge at the point where the sign is located.
On grades, sign faces may be tilted forward or back from the vertical position to improve the
viewing angle.
Sign height
The minimum sign height, unless prescribed otherwise by local law, measured vertically
from the bottom of the sign to ground elevation, shall be 2.5 meters.
1.5.23.2 Temporary Signboard
The Contractor shall provide, erect, maintain and remove on completion 3 (three) signboards,
at each CIS’s locations, as shall be determined by the Engineer.
The signboards shall be constructed as follows:
a)
Material:

Galvanised steel.
b)
Construction:

Board - the board shall be made in six sections, each 3.0 m x 250 mm x 25
mm, spaced 100mm apart, with the lowest board 600 mm above ground level.

Posts - the boards are to be supported by 2 posts, each 150 mm square, set at
least l m into the ground with well rammed backfill or Grade C12/15 concrete
surround.

Joints - all joints shall be glued and screwed.
c)
Inscriptions:
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
20
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova






IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Top Board – in 150 mm high white capital letters on a blue background (to be
decided by Engineer upon consultation with Client) .
Second Board - in 150 mm high white capital letters on a blue background (to
be decided by Engineer upon consultation with Client).
Third Board - in 150 mm high white capital letters on a blue background (to
be decided by Engineer upon consultation with Client).
Fourth Board - "ENGINEER: (to be named)" in 150 mm high capital, and 75
mm lower case white letters on a blue background.
Fifth Board - "CONSULTING ENGINEERS (to be named)": in 150 mm high
capitals and 75 mm lower case white letters on a blue background.
Bottom Board - "CONTRACTOR: (to be named)" in 150 mm high capital
letters and 75 mm lower case white letters on a blue background.
The signboards shall be erected within one month of the Commencement of the Works. The
Contractor shall remove the signboards at the end of the Defects Liability Period.
1.6
TEMPORARY WATER, POWER AND SANITARY FACILITIES
1.6.1 General
All temporary facilities shall be provided by the Contractor in a manner as hereinafter
specified. The Contractor shall co-ordinate and install all temporary facilities in accordance
with the requirements of the local authorities or utility companies having jurisdiction and in
accordance with all local codes and regulations.
All costs in connection with the temporary facilities including but not limited to, installation
maintenance, relocation and removal shall be borne by the Contractor.
1.6.2 Temporary Water
The Contractor will make water available for construction purposes. The Contractor shall
bear all the related costs.
1.6.3 Temporary Wastewater Piping
The Contractor shall provide and pay for all temporary piping arrangements including
pumping, if any, for temporary conveyance of wastewater during the construction works to
the satisfaction of the Employer. The arrangements shall be submitted in advance to the
Employer for approval.
1.6.4 Temporary Power
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
21
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The Contractor, at his own expense, shall furnish install, operate and maintain all necessary
temporary power system required for construction, field offices and testing purposes. The
Contractor shall make all the arrangements with the local Electrical Network Company for
the temporary electrical power. The Contractor shall pay the local Electrical Network
Company for all charges for service connection and furnish all labor, material and equipment
for the installation of the temporary power supply. The Contractor shall de-energies and
remove the temporary power supply system in co-ordination with the local Electrical
Network Company upon the completion of the work in the area. When the temporary power
system utilizes engine generators stations, then these stations shall be acoustically shielded
with special enclosures from neighboring residences.
1.6.5 Sanitary Services
The Contractor shall provide and pay all costs for temporary toilet and washroom facilities in
sufficient numbers for his employees. The facilities shall be maintained in clean condition
and sewered in a satisfactory manner.
1.7
PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
1.7.1 General
The Contractor shall be responsible for protection against vandalism, theft or malicious
mischief of all of the Facilities at all times from the start to completion of the facilities.
1.7.2 Underground Services
1.7.2.1 General
Before starting any construction at the Site the Contractor shall arrange with the Employer
and owners of the underground services to show and/ or locate their services so as to avoid
damage during construction.
The Contractor shall temporarily support all underground services during the excavation of
and whilst working in trench and also provide permanent and adequate support for services
as required and all costs associated with this are deemed to be included in the Contractor’s
rates and prices.
1.7.2.2 Unknown Underground Services and Installations
The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions, including but not necessarily limited to
the use of cable detection equipment, to ensure that unknown underground services within
and near the confines of excavations are detected and safeguarded from damage.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
22
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
If, despite such precautions having been taken, damage to unknown underground services
occurs, the Contractor must take appropriate measures to minimise such damage and
immediately inform the Engineer and the owner or Responsible Authority.
If the Engineer so instructs, after consultation with the owner or Responsible Authority, the
Contractor shall make good the damage in a manner and at times to be approved by such
Authority or owner or the Engineer. Payment for such additional work will be made in
accordance with the Contract, provided always that the necessity for such repair work has not
arisen due to the fault of the Contractor.
However, if the Contractor fails to take appropriate precautions and damage to unknown
underground services occurs as a result of such negligence, then the Contractor will be held
responsible for making good the damage, as if presence of the service had in fact been known
beforehand.
1.7.2.3 Known Services and Installations
The Contractor shall take every precaution to ensure that all known existing services, pipes,
culverts, cables, boundary walls and fences, retaining walls, drainage and irrigation ditches
and the like, within and near the confines of excavations are located, supported and
safeguarded from damage. Any damage caused to any such services, pipes, culverts, cables,
boundary walls and fences, retaining walls, drainage and irrigation ditches and the like
attributable to the Contractor’s operations, his constructional traffic or his negligence shall be
made good by or for the Contractor at his own expense to the satisfaction of the Engineer,
owner or Responsible Authority.
In the event of the owner or Responsible Authority electing to repair such damage, the
Contractor shall pay the cost of doing the work. Should the Contractor fail to pay the cost of
the said work within a reasonable period of the account being presented, the Employer
reserves the right to settle the account and deduct the sum paid by him from money due or
which may become due to the Contractor.
1.7.3 Temporary Removal of Existing Services
If it should become necessary for the proper execution of the work to temporarily remove or
divert any existing pipe, sewer, field drain cable, drainage ditch or irrigation pipeline or other
service, the Contractor shall obtain permission from the Responsible Authority or owner or
Engineer and shall carry out the work at his own expense in a manner and at times to be
approved by such Authority or owner or the Engineer and shall subsequently reinstate the
work to the satisfaction of such Authority or owner or Engineer.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
23
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
In the event of the owner or Responsible Authority or Engineer electing to arrange for the
temporary removal of an existing service, the Contractor shall pay the cost of his or their
doing the work. Should the Contractor fail to pay the cost of the said work within a
reasonable period of the account being presented, the Employer reserves the right to settle the
account and deduct the sum paid by him from money due or which may become due to the
Contractor.
The Contractor's attention is particularly drawn to the requirement to maintain drainage
ditches and irrigation pipelines in order to avoid any interruption of flow of water therein to
the satisfaction of the Engineer, owner or Responsible Authority and the Contractor shall be
deemed to have included in his rates and prices for all temporary works so required.
1.7.4 Permanent Diversion of Existing Services
If, in the opinion of the Engineer and / or of the Responsible Authority or owner, it should
become necessary to permanently remove or realign any existing pipe, sewer, field-drain,
cable, ditch or other service, other than allowed for in the Bill of Quantities, the Contractor
shall obtain permission, where necessary from the Engineer or Authority or owner and shall
carry out and complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer and such Authority or
owner. Payment for such additional work will be made in accordance with the Contract,
provided always that the necessity for such permanent diversion has not arisen due to the
fault of the Contractor.
In the event of the owner or Responsible Authority electing to arrange for the permanent
diversion of an existing service, the permanent diversion of which has become necessary due
to the fault of the Contractor, the Contractor shall pay the cost of them doing the work.
Should the Contractor fail to pay the cost of the said work within a reasonable period of the
account being presented, the Employer reserves the right to settle the account and deduct the
sum paid by him from moneys due or which may become due to the Contractor.
1.7.5 Permanent Support for Existing Services, Etc.
If, in the opinion of the Engineer and / or the Responsible Authority or owner, it should
become necessary to provide permanent support for any existing pipe, sewer, cable, structure
or other things exposed or injured during or after the execution of the Works, the Contractor
shall carry out promptly such additional works as the Engineer may require to provide such
permanent support.
1.7.6 Responsible Authority or Owners May Carry Out Work
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
24
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Any of the work involving repair, replacement or realignment of existing pipes, sewers or
other services may be carried out by the Responsible Authority or owner if they so desire. In
such case, the Contractor shall allow them the facilities and assistance they may require and
shall bear the full expense of work except in the case of permanent removal or re-alignment
which will be paid for by the Employer, provided that the necessity for such removal or realignment has not arisen due to the fault of the Contractor.
1.7.7 Care of Boundary Walls and Fences
The Contractor shall not cut through or remove any section of any boundary wall or fence
without the prior approval of the Engineer who will determine the limits of such cutting or
removal.
Approval for the cutting through or removal of boundary walls and fences will normally be
limited to those crossing the route of mains and pipelines and the Contractor shall so conduct
his operations as to minimize the extent of such cutting through or removal.
The Contractor shall repair and reinstate in a manner similar to the original or by other
approved means any wall or fence which he may have cut through or remove with or without
the approval of the Engineer or damaged during his operations and all such repairs and
reinstatement shall be the Contractor’s sole liability and shall be carried out to the
satisfaction of the Engineer and the Responsible Authority.
The Contractor shall, at his own expense, provide temporary fencing and security measures at
all times to protect any affected properties.
1.7.8 Protection of Property
The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation and protection of property, private or
public, on or adjacent to the work Site against damage or injury as a result of his operations
under this Contract.
Any damage or injury occurring on account of any act, omission or neglect on the part of the
Contractor shall be restored in a proper and satisfactory manner or replaced by and at the
expense of the Contractor to an equal or superior condition than previously existed.
The Contractor shall restore all surfaces and property damaged or disturbed by his operations
and shall bear full responsibility for the protection of all finished exterior and interior
surfaces, fixtures and equipment from stains, marks, dirt or damage of any kind whatsoever
from the time of their construction, finishing or installation until the time of handing over.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
25
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
In the event of any claims for damage or alleged damage to property as a result of work
under this Contract, the Contractor shall be responsible for all costs in connection with the
settlement of or defense against such claims. Prior to commencement of work in the vicinity
of property adjacent to the work Site, the Contractor at his own expense shall take such
surveys as may necessary to establish the existing condition of the property. Before final
certificate can be made, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all claims for
damage have been legally settled.
1.7.9 Pre-inspection/Approval Requirements
Before requesting an inspection of the completed works, the Contractor shall do all necessary
cleaning, making good, and touching up that may be required to leave all finished surface,
fixtures and equipment in accordance with the full intent and meaning of these specifications.
1.7.10 Open Excavations
All open excavations shall be adequately safeguarded by providing temporary barricades,
caution signs, cones and warning lights to prevent accidents to persons, and damage to
property. All signs with script shall be in both Moldovan and English language and shall
comply with regulations of the local authorities.
The Contractor shall take precautions to prevent injury to the public due to open trenches. All
trenches, excavated material, equipment, or other obstacles which could be dangerous to the
public shall be well illuminated from half an hour before sunset until half an hour after
sunrise and other times when the visibility is poor. The position and the number of lamps
shall be such that the extent and position of the works is clearly defined.
1.7.11 Fire Protection
Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent fires at or adjacent to the work,
buildings, etc., and shall provide adequate facilities for extinguishing fires which may occur.
No burning of trash or debris will be permitted at the Site.
When fire or explosion hazards are created in the vicinity of the work as a result of the
locations of fuel tanks, or similar hazardous utilities or devices, the Contractor shall
immediately alert the local authorities and the Engineer of such hazards. The Contractor shall
exercise all safety precautions and shall comply with all instructions issued by the local
authorities and the Engineer to prevent the occurrence of fire or explosion.
1.7.12 Explosives and Blasting
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
26
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The Contractor shall be allowed to use explosives only in open, rural areas and with the
express permission of the Engineer. After having obtained the said permission, all blasting
shall be done only by properly trained and qualified workmen under the supervision of an
experienced foreman, who shall be in possession of an official and authenticated current
blasting certificate.
The Contractor shall provide a special store for explosives in accordance with existing
regulations. Transporting and storing of explosives and blasting shall also be in accordance
with the Laws regulating their use.
The greatest care shall be taken when blasting to protect persons, the works and any other
property. No blasting shall be done within 10 m of any existing structure. The last 15 cm of
rock above foundation level shall be removed by use of power tools or by hand.
1.7.13 Tree and Green Area Protection
The Contractor shall not be allowed to remove, relocate, or cut down any trees located in the
working areas without the approval by the Engineer. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility
to protect all existing trees and green areas located in his working area. If in the opinion of
the Engineer a tree or a green area has been unnecessarily destroyed or damaged to any
degree by the Contractor then the Contractor shall replace the damaged tree and/ or green
area with a new one of equal quality and characteristics.
Branches and roots of protected three (e.g. walnut) which hamper works will be carefully
pruned to allow proper work.
Branches and roots which are to be removed shall be cut with a chain saw only. Ripping,
tearing, breaking, splitting etc. using blades, buckets or other parts of machinery is strictly
forbidden.
Cuts shall be made in such a way that a minimum cut surface is obtained avoiding splitting of
the branch stub and tearing of bark.
The cut will be located so that the branch collar remains intact. Cutting branches flush to the
stem will not be allowed.
Wounds shall be evenly covered with an approved horticultural wound paste of an approved
kind applied as recommended by the manufacturer.
The threes wood obtained from branches must be collected and stored with minimum damage
and handed over to the owner to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
27
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
1.8
MATERIALS AND
SUBSTITUTIONS
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
EQUIPMENT,
APPROVALS
AND
1.8.1 General
The Contractor shall state the particular materials and equipment offered to satisfy the
Specifications. Manufacturer’s catalogues, technical data and samples when appropriate,
shall be submitted. This technical documentation will assist for approval of the Engineer for
materials and equipment to be supplied/ built in.
1.8.2 Substitutions
Unless otherwise specified, all materials and equipment incorporated in the work under the
Contract shall be new meaning previously unused and of recent manufacture.
Whenever specific references are made in the Specifications, to manufacturers or brand
names, or standards, the intent is to establish a standard of type, quality and function of the
required material or equipment. The products of the manufacturers must be equivalent to the
product so specified. The fact that one or more manufacturers might be listed in a List of
Approved Sub-contractors, Suppliers and Vendors, shall not relieve the Contractor of the
responsibility for providing materials complying with the Technical Specifications. The fact
that manufacturers' names are specified or approved for any item shall not be construed as
implying that such item need not comply with the performance, construction or other
requirements specified for the item. In all cases, the Technical Specifications requirements
shall take precedence over the manufacturers’ standard.
Only those products originally specified and/or approved upon the Contractor’s requests as
substitutions may be used in the work. Whenever requests for substitutions are approved, it
shall be understood that such approval is conditional upon strict conformance with all
requirements of the Contract and further subject to the following:
 Any material or article submitted for approval in accordance with the above
procedure must be equal, in the sole opinion of the Engineer, to the material or
article specified. It must be readily available in sufficient quality and quantity not
to delay of any work, inspection or tests; it must be available in a reasonably
equivalent range of colours, textures, dimensions, gauges, types and finishes as
the material or article specified; it must be equal to the specified item in strength,
durability, efficiency, serviceability, compatibility with existing systems, ease
and cost of maintenance; it must be compatible with the design; its use must not
impose additional work, or require changes in, the work of any other Contractor
without the written agreement of such Contractor.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
28
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova







IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Request for all substitutions shall be accompanied by all information needed for
the Engineer to make an evaluation, including manufacturer's brand or trade
names, model numbers, description or specification of item, performance data,
test reports, designs, calculations, samples, history of service, and other data as
applicable.
Additionally the Contractor shall revise and provide to the Engineer for approval
all drawings that are affected by any request for substitution.
All requests for substitution of materials or other changes from the Contract
requirements shall be accompanied by an itemised list of all other items affected
by such substitution or change. The Engineer shall have the right, if such is not
done, to rescind any approval for substitutes or changes and to order such work
removed and replaced with work conforming to requirements of the Contract, all
at the Contractor's expense, or to assess and charge all additional costs resulting
from the substitution to the Contractor.
All substituted manufactured articles, materials and equipment shall be applied,
installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with
the manufacturer's printed instructions, unless otherwise specified.
The Contractor shall have and make no claim for an extension of time or for
damages by reason of the time taken by the Engineer in considering a substitution
proposed by the Contractor or by reason of the failure of the Engineer to approve
a substitution proposed by the Contractor. Any delays arising out of consideration
for an approval of a substitution shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor
requesting that substitution and he shall arrange his operations to make up the
time lost.
Acceptance of any proposed substitution shall in no way release the Contractor
from any of the provisions of the Contract Documents.
The Engineer shall have the right to obtain any information he may require
regarding the supplied materials and equipment directly from any supplier of the
Contractor.
1.8.3 Storage and Protection of Equipment and Materials
The Contractor shall minimize the storage periods for material and equipment at the Site by
scheduling deliveries to coincide with construction needs. The Contractor shall not store
unnecessary materials or equipment at the Site and shall take care to prevent any structure
from being loaded with a weight which will endanger its integrity or the safety of persons.
The Contractor shall post and follow regulatory signs for allowed loading on structures and
other safety precautions. The Contractor shall obtain from the manufacturers information
detailing the method of storage and the maintenance of the stored items and shall comply
with these requirements. Any costs associated with the storage and protection of materials
and equipment shall be deemed to be included under the Contract and no additional payment
will be made. No material shall be brought to the Site until the following conditions are met:
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
29
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova


IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The manufacturer's recommendation for Site storage have been received by the Engineer;
and
The area in which the material is to be stored is identified and approved by the Engineer.
1.8.4 Installation and Testing of Equipment and Construction Work
1.8.4.1 General
The Contractor shall have on hand sufficient qualified personnel, proper equipment, and
machinery to facilitate the work.
The Contractor shall be responsible for locating, aligning and leveling and shall employ an
experienced surveyor to set all lines and levels to the accuracy required.
Complete manufacturer's installation instructions, including permissible tolerances, shall be
furnished with the shop drawings.
All work shall be installed in accordance with the drawings; inclusive of manufacturer's
specifications, drawings and tolerances.
Testing procedures and methodology to be adopted shall be submitted to the Engineer for
approval before any tests commence.
1.8.4.2 Damage during Tests and Training Periods
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the proper operation of the Works during tests
that are carried out on it and during the training with it.
1.8.4.3 Services of Manufacturers’ Specialists
The contract price shall include when required by the manufacturer all costs of furnishing
manufacturer’s specialists to the Project Site for:
 Assisting the Contractor to install, adjust and/ or test the equipment in conformity
with the Contract; and
 Supervising start-up operations and adequately instruct the employees of the
Employer in the proper operation and maintenance procedures.
1.8.4.4 Tests in General
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
30
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Various clauses of the Technical Specifications state the types of tests which the Contractor
shall carry out for the quality control of the Works, together with the frequencies at which
each type of test shall be conducted. The Contractor's attention is drawn to the fact that the
frequencies of testing specified in the relevant clauses are intended to represent only a
general guide. The Engineer shall be empowered to vary the frequencies at which tests are
conducted should he deem this necessary for the proper control of the quality of the Works.
For manufactured materials or goods the Contractor shall obtain Test Certificates which are
representative of the delivered materials or goods from the suppliers of such materials and
shall send two copies of certificates to the Engineer. Such certificates shall certify that the
materials or goods concerned have been tested in accordance with the requirements of the
Contract and shall give the results of all tests carried out. The Contractor shall provide
adequate means of identifying the materials and goods delivered to the Site with the
corresponding certificates.
1.8.4.5 Testing of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment
(1)
General
Testing of all equipment shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements of all the
relevant standards.
Where tests and inspection have been completed to the Engineer's satisfaction and when the
test certificates, curves, etc. have been checked, the Engineer will confirm approval in
writing and none of the equipment shall be incorporated in the Facilities or delivered until
this approval has been received.
Two copies of all test certificates and curves shall be supplied to the Engineer within two
weeks of any witness tests.
Where witness tests are not required the test certificates shall be forwarded to the Engineer
within four weeks after the decision to waive witness tests has been received.
All apparatus, instruments and connections required for the tests of the Facilities shall in all
respects comply with the appropriate safety regulations and/ or requirements regarding
electrical apparatus for the safety of the Facilities and the persons working thereon.
(2)
Site testing and commissioning
In the field the vibration amplitude due to the physical imbalance of rotating parts of the
pumps, measured at top of electric motor and pump bearings, shall not exceed the
requirements of the Hydraulic Institute Standards for horizontal, centrifugal and vertical
turbine pumps. The vibration shall be measured at rated speeds and within plus or minus ten
percent (10 %) of rated capacity. Sound levels shall not exceed 85 decibels for the motor
measured at a distance not exceeding 1.5 m from any point of the motor.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
31
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
1.9
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
CLEANING
1.9.1 General
The Contractor shall remove from the Site and dispose of, all debris and rubbish resulting
from his work at least each day and at once if the same interferes with the work under any
contract or the work of other service, or presents a fire or accident hazard.
The Contractor shall thoroughly clean and eliminate mortar droppings, marks of concrete
leakage, formwork marks, tar spatters and paint droppings.
All debris, rubbish and scrap pieces resulting from clean-up operations shall become the
property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the Site in such a manner as to create
no nuisance in the streets nor to the adjoining property owners and legally disposed of.
1.9.2 Final Cleaning
After completing and testing a section of the Facilities the Contractor shall remove all
rubbish and excess material from and about the Site including all temporary structures,
construction signs, tools, scaffolding, materials, supplies and construction machinery or
equipment which he or any of his subcontractors may have used in the performance of the
work. The Contractor shall clean all the Works and leave the Site in a neat condition.
1.9.3 Employer's Right to Clean
Should the Contractor fail, refuse or neglect to remove rubbish and waste materials and
temporary work or clean the paved areas or pedestrian sidewalks as required herein, then the
Employer may or shall, without obligation to do so, remove and dispose of the said rubbish,
waste materials and temporary work, clean the paved areas or pedestrian sidewalks and
deduct the cost thereof from any money due, or to become due to the Contractor under this
Contract.
1.9.4 Pipe Network Final Cleaning Timing Constraints
Final cleaning of work areas shall be finished within seven (7) days of reinstatement of the
surfaces.
1.10 SITE RECORDS AND PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE
WORK
The Contractor shall ensure that records to the Works are kept up to date. These records shall
include labour, plant, material on site, excavation, additional work ordered, price fluctuation if
applicable, etc.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
32
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The records shall meet the requirements of Moldovan law.
The Contractor shall take a series of colour photographs illustrating the progress of the work for
each 200 meters length of pipeline. The number of photographs taken for each 200 meters
length of pipeline shall show focused good views of the Work before commencement, once
during progress and at completion. The views to be taken shall be decided by the Engineer.
The electronic files in JPEG format shall be supplied on CD-ROM, together with a Word file
including a complete listing of all photographs and captions, as required below:
 Photo number and date when taken;
 Short description of view including location;
 Contractor’s name;
 Project name and contract number.
 All photos should be numbered consecutively throughout.
1.11 PROJECT PLANNING
1.11.1 Form of Progress Planning Schedule
A schedule shall be prepared based on a Network Analysis Critical Path Program or equal in
the form of a bar chart showing in detail the proposed sequence of the work and identifying
construction activities for each structure.
The schedule shall be time scaled, identifying the first day of each week, with the estimated
date of starting and completion of each stage of the work.
The schedule shall be comprehensive and shall cover all portions of the work. The Contractor
shall supply information including work activity descriptions, sequence of work and time
estimates for each activity.
1.12 HEALTH AND SAFETY
Before commencing construction, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a
formal document entitled “Plan for Safety and Health”. This Plan shall describe clearly the
measures which the Contractor will be taking to obtain a good health and safety standard
throughout the site of the Works.
The H&S Plan will strictly follow provisions of Law on Occupational Safety and Health No.
186-XVI of 10.07.2008 (Monitorul Oficial No.143-144/587 of 05.08.2008) in force as of
January 1, 2000.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
33
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The Contractor shall designate a competent engineer especially trained and experienced, to
act as Environmental & Social and Health & Safety Manager (ESHS), who will administer
and be responsible for the implementation of the Safety and Health Program. He shall carry
out frequent and regular safety inspections on the working areas, materials and equipment.
The name and qualifications of the Environmental & Social and Health & Safety Manager
shall be submitted for approval to the Engineer prior to his appointment.
The Plan must include for, but is not limited to, the following provisions with respect to
management of the various health and safety matters:

Welfare measures at the site, including at the accommodation including access
to fresh drinking water, washing facilities, toilets, shelters for use on breaks, etc.

Means of separation of working areas and trafficked areas (Speed restrictions,
marking, fencing, etc.)

Demolishing existing structures which entail exposure to high noise levels,
vibration, dust and falling debris explaining how machinery is noise and vibration
damped and the personal protection measures to be taken. (Ear protectors, dust
masks, protective clothing, etc.)

Handling raw materials (soils, aggregates, gravels, etc.) in trench excavation all
entail exposure to dust, noise, vibration and heavy manual handling. The Plan
shall describe measures providing detailed asbestos specific safety and work
plans for ensuring worker and community protection.

Working with ACM, including removal, handling, disturbance, cutting, and
disposal of existing asbestos cement (AC) pipe, joints, wrappings and other
asbestos containing materials (ACM), as detailed on next section 1.14 and Annex
D of ESMP.

Working with more flammable materials, especially fuels similar
consideration must be given in addition to first aid, etc. The Plan shall describe
safe refuelling procedures to be employed for all static and mobile plant and for
vehicles.

Handling of lime (especially quick lime), cement and other activators and
additives is potentially hazardous. The Plan shall describe adequate measures
which will be taken to avoid eye and skin contact and inhalation (goggles,
protective clothing and masks) and to minimize manual handling.

Maintenance of vehicles and machinery frequently involves contact with
solvents. The Plan shall describe how skin and eye contact with and inhalation
of solvents will be minimized through the provision of protective clothing and
good working practices.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
34
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03

Provide suitable measures of protection from dust. Dust masks are to be
provided and should preferably be of the type with exhaust valves, making them
easier to use. Rubber masks with removable filters are preferable to paper masks
as they generally fit better and they can be used with different filters for different
purposes (dust, solvents, etc.)

To ensure that workers understand the occupational health and safety risks on the
work site, and that they are aware of the measures available to minimise these
risks, instruction and training must be given. The Plan shall describe the
instruction and training to be given and explain how it will actually be delivered
to the workforce. As a minimum, of direct relevance to operations on the site,
instruction and training must include the dangers of noise, vibration, dust, fumes,
traffic, heavy equipment and heavy manual handling and must explain what
measures are available to minimise these dangers, including masks, protective
clothing, protective footwear, ear defenders and good working practices.

In addition to the direct dangers resulting from working on a construction site, the
other dangers arising from living on the site must also be covered. The Plan shall
explain how information relating to everyday health matters will be
comprehensively conveyed to the workforce. Information to be disseminated
must include, but is not necessarily limited to, warnings concerning the health
risks of hepatitis, meningitis, tape worms, intestinal worms, , venereal diseases,
HIV-AIDS,

The Contractor shall acknowledge in the Plan his responsibility for the health and
safety of his workforce and describe these responsibilities in detail.
As well as preparing the Plan for Safety and Health the Contractor shall provide, equip and
maintain adequate first aid stations throughout the Works. The Contractor shall erect
conspicuous notice boards directing where first aid stations are situated and shall provide all
requisite first aid transport. The Contractor shall comply with the government medical or
labor requirements at all times and provide equip and maintain base dressing stations in
easy reach of all his operational areas and wherever else directed and shall at all times have
experienced first-aid men and dressers available throughout the Works for attending minor
injuries.
1.13 COMPLIANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL
MANAGEMENT PLAN
1.13.1 General Environmental and Social Management Requirements
The Contractor shall abide by the requirements of the Employer’s Environmental and Social
Management Plan (ESMP) provided with the Tender Documents. The Contractor shall
develop a Contractor’s Environmental and Social Management Plan (CESMP) for approval
by the Engineer prior to start of the permanent works.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
35
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The structure of CESMP is presented in the ESMP. The main components of the CESMP are:

Site specific Environmental Management Plan (SEMP);

Social Management Plan (SMP);and

Health & Safety Plan (H&SP).
The Contractor’s requirements with respect to H&SP are provided in section 1.12.
With recommendations outlined in the Employer’s ESMP, the Contractor is responsible to
comply with the following key requirements:

Prepare a Site specific Environmental Management Plan (SEMP) – For each area
(both on and off the Site) of environmental impact resulting from Contractor’s
operations, a SEMP will be developed to be approved by the Engineer.

Take comprehensive initial land/boundary condition photos of all construction
sites, borrow pit areas, quarries, etc., and submit these together with the CESMP.
These will be used by the Engineer in conjunction with the final environmental
and social inspections at the end of the construction period.

Develop and implement MAFP (see section 6.1.2.1 of the ESMP), Social &
Gender Plan (see section 6.1.2.2 of the ESMP), TIP (see section 6.1.2.3 of the
ESMP) and HIV/AIDS (see Section 6.1.2.4 of the ESMP) plans as specified in
the ESMP, and as approved by the Engineer;

Develop and implement an Safety and Health Plan as specified in section 1.12,
and as approved by the Engineer;

Inform the Engineer should significant environmental issues or non-compliance
to the ESMP occur, e.g., dumping, pollution, littering, and other damage to the
environment beyond the scope of the works;

Find solutions to environmental and social problems that may arise during
construction;

Carry out and oversee the mitigation and rehabilitation measures presented in the
ESMP and CESMP and ensure compliance with any conditions of authorization
from relevant Government agencies;

Perform all tasks as specified in the CESMP to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
This will include, but not be limited to, aspects such as restoration and revegetation of disturbed areas, tree planting, slope treatment, implementation of
specific mitigation measures as laid out in the ESMP, and reporting on final
monitoring results and close out complaints from communities or other
stakeholders;

Provide education and awareness-raising of the staff regarding the environmental
and social sensitivity of each work area;
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
36
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova

IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Develop and implement a reporting and communication system that addresses
compliance with the ESMP and CESMP. This system will have to be agreed on
by the Engineer.
The CESMP will be used by the Engineer to assess the Contractor’s compliance with the
ESMP.
In addition, the Contractor is advised that all locations where the Contractor will establish its
construction site installations shall be subject to environmental and social impact assessments
and must be covered in the CESMP and be in accordance with all applicable permitting
requirements.
1.13.2 Contractor’s Environmental and Social Management Plan (CESMP)
The Contractor shall prepare and submit for the Engineer’s approval the Contractor’s
Environmental and Social Management Plan (CESMP) within 28 days of the
Commencement Date.
The CESMP shall include a Site specific Environmental Management Plan (SEMP) and
Social Management Plan (SMP).
In addition, the CESMP shall be formulated to meet the requirements specified below under
the following headings:





Management Acknowledgements
Organization & Staffing, including on social issues
Communications And Reporting
Environmental Control Provisions
Mitigation of negative social impacts
The Engineer may require periodic reviews, including updating of the CESMP during the
Works.
1.13.2.1 Requirements for Site specific Environmental Management Plan (SEMP)
Under the CESMP, the Contractor shall develop Site specific Environmental Management
Plan (SEMP) to be approved by the Engineer. The SEMP will include a methodology
statement and a drawing at a suitable scale to allow easy interpretation of the location and
function of the following items:
 Construction area foot print, including security fencing as appropriate;
 Location of all support facilities areas such as offices, storage containers or
buildings, toilets, eating areas, smoking areas, potable water, etc.;
 Location and plan sketch of any required detours;
 Traffic control plan;
 Borrow pit sites and access to them, together with an indication of the extent of
dust control, rehabilitation, and other mitigation specified in the ESMP;
 Mobility and access plan for highway users and adjoining land owners;
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
37
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova







IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Materials stockpiles;
Construction waste stockpiling and handling areas;
Hazardous materials storage and handling;
Hazardous waste handling, storage, and disposal including ACM as per section
1.14;
Storm water management and erosion control measures for the construction site,
ensuring that storm water runoff from construction sites will not negatively affect
adjacent land owners;
Location and layout of work camps, batch plants;
Any other features that may impact or be impacted by the construction and the
requirements of the ESMP, such as utilities, trees, wetlands, streams, fences,
buildings, etc.
The SEMP shall contain:
 A site plan for each construction site indicating the major environmental
requirements as in section (i) below;
 Environmental Baseline Work Programs;
 Monitoring Schedules;
 Verification of Arrangements for Required Equipment; and
 Additional Provisions as noted below.
(i) Site Plans
The SEMP shall include site plans for each construction site and staging area, indicating
the locations and arrangements of all storage areas and work sites subject to activities
that may result in environmental impacts. At a minimum, the site plans must indicate the
following:
 The Basic Site Organization. The basic site organization shall be provided by a
site plan at a scale of 1:1,000.
 Hard Surface Areas. Areas within the site where there is a regular movement of
vehicles shall have an acceptable hard surface and be kept clear of loose surface
material and shall be so indicated on the required site plan.
 Waste Disposal and Site Drainage Systems. The following conditions shall apply:
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
38
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Waste Disposal. All water and waste products arising on the site shall be
collected, removed from the site via a suitable and properly designed temporary
drainage system and disposed off at a location and in a manner that will cause
neither pollution nor nuisance, and is acceptable to the Engineer and the State
Environmental Inspectorate (SEI) and the local authorities as required by national
legislation. The site plan shall indicate the system proposed and the locations of
related facilities in the site, including latrines, holding areas, etc. There shall be
no direct discharge of sanitary or wash water to surface water. Disposal of
materials such as, but not limited to, lubricating oil and onto the ground or water
bodies shall be prohibited. Liquid material storage containment areas shall not
drain directly to surface water. Liquid material storage containment areas
equipped with drains shall be valved, and the valve shall be maintained locked in
the closed position with supervisory control of the key. Lubricating and fuel oil
spills shall be cleaned up immediately and spill clean-up materials shall be
stocked and maintained at the storage area.
Drainage. The site plan shall be devised to ensure that run-off from excavations
in the different parts of the Works is not deposited directly into any watercourse,
stream, or canal and shall indicate the system proposed, including the locations of
retention ponds and other facilities. There shall be no direct discharge of sanitary
wastewater, wash water, chemicals, spoil, waste oil or solid waste generated in
connection with the Works to surface water bodies.
 Locations of Fueling Operations. Fueling operations shall occur only within
containment areas
 Temporary Construction Facilities Relative to Watercourses. The site plans shall
be devised to ensure that, insofar as possible, all temporary construction facilities
are located at least 50 meters away from an existing water course, stream, or
canal.
 Other Water-Related Facilities. Site Plans must indicate adequate precautions to
ensure that no spoil or debris of any kind are allowed to be pushed, washed
down, fallen or be deposited on land or water bodies adjacent to the Site.
 Location of Batching Plant(s). Dry mix batching shall be carried out in a totally
enclosed area with exhaust to suitable fabric filters. The locations of these
facilities should be clearly illustrated by the site plans.
 Location of Wheel Washing Facilities. The Contractor shall provide a wash place
for wheel washing and/or vehicle cleaning at the exits from the excavation sites.
The Contractor shall ensure that all vehicle are properly cleaned (bodies and tires
are free of sand and mud) prior to leaving the construction site and entering
public areas and ensure that water or debris from such cleaning operations is
contained and not deposited into nearby drains and watercourses. The locations
of these facilities shall be clearly illustrated by the site plans.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
39
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
 Location of Sand and Aggregate Storage Provisions. The Contractor shall
implement dust suppression measures that shall include, but not be limited to the
following:
- Stockpiles of sand and aggregate greater than 20 cubic meters for use in
concrete manufacture shall be enclosed on three sides, with walls extending
above the pile and two (2) meters beyond the front of the piles.
- Cement and other such fine-grained materials delivered in bulk shall be stored
in closed silos fitted with a high-level alarm indicator. The high-level alarm
indicators shall be interlocked with the filling line such that in the event of the
hopper approaching an overfull condition, an audible alarm will operate, and
the pneumatic line to the filling tanker will close.
 Conveying Systems. Where dusty materials are being discharged to vehicles from
a conveying system at a fixed transfer point, a three-sided roofed enclosure with a
flexible curtain across the entry shall be provided. Exhaust fans shall be provided
for this enclosure and vented to a suitable fabric filter system. Locations and
essential details for these facilities shall be indicated on the site plan as
warranted.
 Conformance with the Montréal Protocol. All refrigerants and fire extinguishing
materials shall be in accordance with Montréal Protocol which specifies
acceptable materials for these purposes.
 Locations of Hazardous and Toxic Material Storage Areas. The site plans shall
specify the locations for the storage of hazardous and toxic materials including
the following such conditions to avoid adverse impacts due to improper fuel and
chemical storage:
- All fuel and chemical storage (if any) shall be sited on an impervious base
within a bund and secured by fencing. The storage area shall be located
away from any watercourse or wetlands. The base and bund walls shall be
impermeable and of sufficient capacity to contain 110 percent of the
volume of tanks.
- Filling and refueling shall be strictly controlled and subject to formal
procedures and will take place within areas surrounded by bunds to contain
spills / leaks of potentially contaminating liquids.
- All valves and trigger guns shall be resistant to unauthorized interference
and vandalism and be turned off and securely locked when not in use.
- The contents of any tank or drum shall be clearly marked. Measures shall
be taken to ensure that no contaminated discharges enter any drain or
watercourses.
- Disposal of lubricating oil and other potentially hazardous liquids onto the
ground or water bodies will be prohibited.
- Should any accidental spills occur, immediate cleanup will be undertaken
and all cleanup materials stored in a secure area for disposal to a site
authorized for disposal of hazardous waste.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
40
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
 Explanations of Proposed Site Drainage Systems. Locations likely to be subject
to water quality impacts or significant runoff (construction camps, staging areas,
etc.) and an explanation of the proposed site drainage system shall be indicated
on the site plans.
 Noise Monitoring Stations. The Contractor will carry out noise monitoring at
such points within the Site or outside the Site and at times as shall be determined
by the Engineer.

(ii) Standards and Required Equipment
The Contractor shall comply with prevailing standards and regulations of the
Government of Moldova. In instances in which the requirements of the Specifications
and those of the Government of Moldova differ (if any), the more stringent shall apply.
Instrumented monitoring as called for herein will require subcontractor services for
which the following should be noted:
 Air Quality. Air quality monitoring will require:
- A direct reading dust meter capable of reading one-hour TSP in the range
0.1-100 mg/m3. The dust (TSP) levels will be measured by the High
Volume Method for Total Suspended Particulates.
 Noise. Equipment as necessary to ensure monitoring meeting the requirements of
the Government of Moldova is required. Baseline noise monitoring shall conform
to standard methods and standards of the Government of Moldova, and shall be
acceptable to the Engineer.
(iii) Environmental Baseline Work Program
The following are required as a part of the Environmental Baseline Survey (EBS):
 Air Quality Baseline. Air quality baseline monitoring shall be carried out within
thirty (30) days of notification of the commencement date, to determine ambient
levels of the air pollutants indicated by below at specified monitoring stations.
The baseline monitoring is required to be carried out for a one-week period with
measurements to be taken at each monitoring station according to the frequency
schedule below. The CESMP shall indicate when the Contractor proposes to
undertake the required baseline air quality survey and shall provide references to
locations of each monitoring station indicated on the accompanying site plan(s)
as appropriate. The locations shall be approved by the Engineer.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
41
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
Pre-Construction Monitoring: Air Quality
Parameters
Frequency
 Particulates (TSP)
Within a one-week
period:
 A continuous period
of at least 24 hours;
 Second
measurement for at
least one two-hour
period.
 Third measurement
for at least one twohour period.
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Locations
Standards
Not less than
two points in
each
Construction
Package.
Additional
locations to be
determined on
the basis of the
SEMP.
As agreed with
Engineer Some
baseline
information can
be obtained
from SEI and
Hidrometeo
Service.
 Noise Baselines. Baseline noise monitoring will be conducted at agreed upon
areas continuously over a period of seven (7) days at sensitive locations. Hourly
Leq, dBA shall be reported. The SEMP shall indicate when and where the
Contractor proposes to undertake the required baseline noise survey and provide
references to locations indicated by the accompanying site plan(s) as appropriate.
The proposed locations shall be approved by the Engineer.
(iv) Monitoring Schedules
The following scheduling provisions shall apply in regard to routine periodic monitoring
during the Contract:
 Air Quality. Air quality impact shall be monitored not less than once per month
during the course of the Works. Monitoring results shall be submitted to the
Engineer two (2) working days of the completion of the monitoring period for
analysis and review. Actions taken in response to the monitoring results shall also
be required. Additional monitoring shall be undertaken as deemed warranted by
the Engineer.
 Noise Monitoring. Based on WHO guideline noise levels, off-site noise levels
due to construction activities shall not exceed a Leq of 70 dBA at any time and,
insofar as possible, shall not exceed 55 dBA during the day (06:00 to 20:00) and
45 dBA at night (20:00 to 06:00). The national legislation (NCM E.04.02-2006,
Noise protection; Requirements for environmental protection during design,
construction, rehabilitation, repairing and maintaining of roads and bridges,
1996) contains almost same requirements and depends on the type of works and
distance from the site, type of buildings (for. Ex: near hospitals 25 dB,
kindergarten 30 dB, etc.). Noise shall be monitored not less than once per month
and more frequently if determined warranted by the Engineer.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
42
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
In all cases, monitoring results shall be submitted to the Engineer within two (2) working
days of the completion of the monitoring period for analysis and review. The Contractor
shall, at the same time, propose any action to be taken or needed in response to the
monitoring results for the approval by the Engineer.
(v) Additional Requirements
(a) Related to Air Quality
The SEMP shall indicate understanding that:

No furnaces, boilers or other similar plant or equipment using any fuel that
may produce air pollutants will be installed without prior written consent of
the Engineer.

There will be no burning of debris or other materials, which shall be taken to
approved disposal sites

Dust suppression measures including but not limited to the following shall be
implemented:
- Stockpiles of sand and aggregate greater than 20 cubic meters for use in
concrete manufacture shall be enclosed on three sides, with walls extending
above the pile and two (2) meters beyond the front of the piles. Locations
shall be indicated by the SEMP.
- Effective water sprays shall be used during the delivery and handling of all
raw sand and aggregate, and other similar materials, when dust is likely to
be created and to dampen all stored materials during dry and windy
weather.
- Areas within the Site where there is a regular movement of vehicles shall
have an acceptable hard surface and be kept clear of loose surface material.
Locations shall be indicated by the SEMP.
- Conveyor belts shall be fitted with wind-boards, and conveyor transfer
points and hopper discharge areas shall be enclosed to minimize dust
emission. All conveyors carrying materials that have the potential to create
dust shall be totally enclosed and fitted with belt cleaners. Locations shall
be indicated by the SEMP.
- Cement and other such fine-grained materials delivered in bulk shall be
stored in closed silos fitted with a high-level alarm indicator. The highlevel alarm indicators shall be interlocked with the filling line such that in
the event of the hopper approaching an overfull condition, an audible alarm
will operate, and the pneumatic line to the filling tanker will close.
Locations shall be indicated by the SEMP.
- Cement manufactured from dredging of off-shore coral reef resources will
not be used in the Project.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
43
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
- All air vents on cement silos shall be fitted with suitable fabric filters
provided with either shaking or pulse-air cleaning mechanisms. The fabric
filter area shall be determined using an air-cloth ratio (filtering velocity) of
0.01 - 0.03 m/s also based on Moldovan constructions sanitary norms
(ОНД-86).
- Weigh hoppers shall be vented to a suitable filter.
- The filter bags in the cement silo dust collector must be thoroughly shaken
after cement is blown into the silo to ensure adequate dust collection for
subsequent loading.
- Adequate dust suppression including water tank trucks with spray bars.
- Areas of reclamation shall be completed, including final compaction, as
quickly as possible consistent with good practice to limit the creation of
wind-blown dust.
- All non-bituminous / unsurfaced roads forming access to parts of the
construction areas of the Site shall be kept moist by spraying.
- All vehicles, while parked on the Site, will be required to have their engines
turned off.
- All equipment and machinery on the Site will be checked at least weekly
and make all necessary corrections and or repairs to ensure compliance
with safety and air pollution requirements.
- All vehicles will be properly cleaned (bodies and tires are free of sand and
mud) prior to leaving the site areas. The necessary cleaning facilities will
be provided on site to ensure that no water or debris from such cleaning
operations is deposited off-site. Locations should be indicated by the
SEMP.
- All trucks used for transporting materials to and from the site will be
covered with canvas tarpaulins, or other acceptable type cover (which shall
be properly secured) to prevent debris and/or materials from falling from or
being blown off the vehicle(s).
- Construction walls will be provided in all locations where strong winds
could cause the blowing of dust and debris.

At any concrete batching plant or crushing plant being operated on the Site,
the following additional conditions shall be complied with:
- Dust nuisance as a result of construction activities will be avoided. An air
pollution control system shall be installed and shall be operated whenever
the plant is in operation.
- Where dusty materials are being discharged to vehicles from a conveying
system at a fixed transfer point, a three-sided roofed enclosure with a
flexible curtain across the entry shall be provided. Exhaust fans shall be
provided for this enclosure and vented to a suitable fabric filter system.
Locations shall be indicated by the SEMP
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
44
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
- Any vehicles with an open load carrying area used for moving potentially
dust-producing materials shall have properly fitting side and tailboards.
Materials having the potential to create dust shall not be loaded to a level
higher than the side and tail boards, and shall be covered by a clean
tarpaulin in good condition. The tarpaulin shall be properly secured and
shall extend at least 300 mm over the edges of the side and tailboards.
- The concrete batching plant and crushing plant sites and ancillary areas will
be frequently cleaned and watered to minimize any dust emissions.
- Dry mix batching shall be carried out in a totally enclosed area with
exhaust to suitable fabric filters.
(b) Related to Water Quality
Other water quality provisions will include, but will not be limited to, the
following:

All existing stream courses and drains within, and adjacent to, the Site will be
kept safe and free from any debris and any excavated materials arising from
the Works. Chemicals, sanitary wastewater, spoils, waste oil and concrete
agitator washings will not be deposited in the watercourses.

All water and waste products arising on the Site will be collected, removed
from the Site via a suitable and properly designed temporary drainage system
and disposed of at a location and in a manner that will cause neither pollution
nor nuisance.

Drainage works will be constructed, maintained, removed and reinstated as
necessary and all other precautions necessary for the avoidance of damage by
flooding and silt washed down from the Works will be taken. Adequate
precautions will be taken to ensure that no spoil or debris of any kind are
allowed to be pushed, washed down, fallen or be deposited on land adjacent to
the Site.

In the event of any spoil or debris from construction works being deposited on
adjacent land or any silt washed down to any area, then all such spoil, debris
or material and silt shall be immediately removed and the affected land and
areas restored to their natural state by the Contractor.

Downstream slopes will be stabilized with concrete, rock gabions or walls to
avoid erosion where warranted as directed by the Engineer.

Construction camps and other potential sources waste and debris are properly
sited and provided with drainage and wastewater facilities.
(c) Related to Soil Quality
Other soil quality provisions will include, but will not be limited to, the
following:
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
45
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03

All exposed soil areas within, and immediately adjacent to, the Site will be
kept safe and free from any materials arising from the Works likely to
contaminate soils.

All solid and liquid wastes, including but not limited to excavated spoils and
old pavement materials removed as part of construction, will be collected,
removed from the Site, and disposed of at a location and in a manner that will
cause neither soil pollution nor nuisance, and acceptable to the Engineer.

Refueling stations and bitumen batch plants will be designed with suitable
berms or other measures so as to prevent soil contamination from spills or
other accidental discharges to the soil.
(d) Related to Noise and Vibration
To avoid potential adverse noise and vibration impacts, the Contractor shall:

Provide prior notification to local authorities and the public of construction
operations prior to commencing works.

Repair any damage caused as the result of vibrations generated from or by the
use of his equipment, plant, and machinery.

Erect temporary noise barriers where schools are within 50 meters of
construction activities.

Ensure that all exhaust systems will be maintained in good working order;
properly designed engine enclosures and intake silencers will be employed;
and regular equipment maintenance will be undertaken.

Ensure that stationary equipment will be placed as far from sensitive zones as
practical and is selected to minimize objectionable noise impacts being
provided with shielding mechanisms where possible.

Schedule operations to coincide with periods when people would least likely
be affected; work hours and work days will be limited to less noise-sensitive
times. Hours-of-work will be approved by the site engineer having due regard
for possible noise disturbance to the local residents or other activities.
(e) Related to Protection of Historic and Cultural Resources
To avoid potential adverse impacts to historic and cultural resources, if any, the
Contractor shall:

Protect sites of known antiquities, historic and cultural resources by the
placement of suitable fencing and barriers.

The Contractor will consult with local authorities and appropriate agencies
prior to construction works to identify potential historic and cultural sites that
may be affected by Project works.

Not locate construction camps within 500 meters from cultural resources.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
46
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova

IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Adhere to accepted international practice and all applicable historic and
cultural preservation requirements of the Government of Moldova, including
all appropriate local government entities
(f) Related to Protection of Utilities
To avoid potential adverse impacts to utilities, the Contractor shall:

Ascertain and take into account in his method of working the presence of
utility services on and in the vicinity of the Site.

Take into account in his program the periods required to coordinate with the
contractors diverting such services, including any periods of notice required to
affect such work in consultation with authorities operating such services.

Confirm the details and location of all utility services on or in the vicinity of
the Site.

Exercise the greatest care at all times to avoid damage to or interference with
services.

Assume responsibility for any damage and/or interference caused by him or
his agents, directly or indirectly, arising from actions taken or a failure to take
action, and for full restoration of the damage.

Wherever existing ground surfaces are to be disturbed for construction of the
Works, carry out full and adequate investigations to locate all services in the
area by means of hand-dug trial holes and trenches in combination with
electronic and electro-mechanical devices, where appropriate. Each service
thus exposed shall be identified. Every such service at risk shall be fully
exposed and adequately protected and supported in situ or diverted to the
satisfaction of the appropriate authority prior to the commencement of such
construction.

When working in the vicinity of overhead power cables, ascertain and satisfy
himself about the safe clearances to be maintained from the power cables in
consultation with the authority operating the power line.

The Contractor will consult with the Engineer regarding the relocation of
utilities when preparing his program of the Works.
(g) Related Land Transportation
Construction operations will be conducted in a manner to minimize their impact
on land transportation in and around the areas of construction. Measures to
accomplish this requirement may include, but not be limited to, the following:

Transportation of materials and equipment carried out in accordance with
Government of Moldova regulations.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
47
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03

Avoiding transportation of materials and equipment on live traffic routes
during busy periods to avoid exacerbation of possible congestion.

Installation of proper and sufficient temporary traffic management systems

Proper supervision of drivers to ensure awareness and adherence to
regulations.

Stipulation of control of drivers in such way as to prevent or deter drivers from
using alcohol and drugs whilst in employment.

The Contractor shall be responsible for all road damage that may occur from
the transporting of materials and equipment to and from the Works and will be
responsible for implementing all necessary repairs and/or restoration at no cost
to the Employer.
1.13.2.2 Requirements for Social Management Plan (SMP)
The Contractor is requested to develop and implement a Social Management Plan with 4
constituent parts that address the issues of access and mobility during construction, social &
gender integration, trafficking in persons and HIV/AIDS. Contractor is accordingly requested
to assign resources and staff to meet the requirements.
Mobility and Access Facilitation
Under the Mobility and Access Facilitation Plan (MAFP) Contractor is required to ensure
that the mitigation of negative impacts of construction related works on the project
population is planned in advance.
The Contractor’s MAFP shall include the following:

Providing measures in accordance with the construction schedule to avoid or
minimize impacts of construction-related road closures and blocking of access
to properties;

Minimizing impact of severance of utilities such as electricity, gas, water
supply and sewerage during construction;

Informing the project population about the schedule of construction activities
and road closures.
Integration of Social and Gender aspects
Under the Social and Gender Plan Contractor is required to:

Ensure exchange of information between Contractor and the local population.
This includes installing by Contractor of information boards in each affected
village;
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
48
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova

IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Contractor is encouraged to contribute to job-creation for the local population,
with target on women and youth, but also other groups. This may include
small-scale supply contracts or services, while announcement of jobs required
may be publicized on the information boards or through the Social Impact
Monitoring Committee which will be created by Engineer;
Trafficking In Persons Plan
Under the TIP Plan, the Contractor is requested to:

Ensure that TIP will not be tolerated on the part of employees or contract
workers and that engaging in TIP is cause for suspension or termination of
employment or of the contract; accordingly Contractor should include this
provision in the Employment Contracts;

Raise awareness of employees, sub-contractors and workers on the issue,
including providing information on the risk areas and the penalties for
involvement in TIP. Contractor will conduct training for the Contractor’s staff
and sub-contractors and will report to Engineer on number of training sessions
conducted and number of participants;

Set a requirement and system to report suspicions or know incidents of TIP to
MCA Moldova and responsible Government authorities; and to refer potential
victims to appropriate agencies. The contact information of these authorities
should be made known to all workers and other participants of the awareness
campaign, inclusively through the distribution of leaflets and through placing
of posters with the contact information where to report TIP cases.
HIV/AIDS and STD Plan
Under the HIV/AIDs Plan, the Contractor is required to:

Provide a HIV Awareness Program (preferably through an Approved Service
Provider) to the Contractor’s Personnel and the project affected communities
as soon as practicable after the Contractor’s Personnel arrive at the Site but in
any case within two weeks after the Contractor’s Personnel arrive at Site and
to repeat such HIV Awareness Program at intervals not exceeding six months.

Give any representative of the Employer and the National HIV/AIDS
Authority all reasonable access to the Site in connection with the HIV
Awareness Program;

Instruct the Contractor’s Personnel to attend the HIV Awareness Program in
the course of their employment and during their normal working hours or any
period of overtime provided for in the relevant employment contracts and uses
all reasonable endeavors to ensure this instruction is followed;

Provide suitable space for delivery of the HIV Awareness Program and do
nothing to dissuade the Contractor’s Personnel from attending the HIV
Awareness Program;
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
49
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03

Give all reasonable cooperation to the National HIV/AIDS Authority.

Make condoms available complying with the requirements of ISO 4074 to all
Contractor’s employees at readily accessible points on the site, suitably
protected from the elements, for the duration of the contract;

Either place and maintain HIV/AIDS awareness posters of size of not less than
A1 in areas which are highly trafficked by construction workers, or provide
construction workers with a pamphlet, in languages largely understood by
construction workers, which reinforce the outcomes of the HIV Awareness
Program stated above;

Encourage voluntary HIV/STD testing, and

Provide information on services concerning counseling support and care of
those that are or might be infected.

The Contractor shall not be required to undertake or pay for treatment or
medication for personnel found to be suffering from HIV/AIDS. However,
such personnel shall not be discriminated.
1.13.3 Management Acknowledgement
1.13.3.1 Certification and Commitment
The CESMP submitted by the Contractor shall provide a signed statement from the
Contractor’s Managing Director(s) attesting to a commitment that all environmental
protection, mitigation of negative social issues, safety, and industrial health aspects of the
Contract will be given highest priority in the discharge of contractual obligations and
certifying a commitment to the provisions in the CESMP as approved by the Engineer.
1.13.3.2 Statutory Understanding and Compliance
The CESMP shall provide a statement attesting the firm’s understanding of, and means of
ensuring due compliance with, the statutory regulations relating to construction work in
Moldova, specifically in regard to compliance with:

All safety and industrial health legislation including, without limitation, the Law
on Safety and Health No. 186-XVI of 10.07.2008 (in force as of 01.01.2009), the
Rules and Regulation in Moldova and the authorities having jurisdiction.

All current environmental laws and regulations, including both national and local
regulations, related to the following, but not limited to:
- Noise;
- Vibration;
- Air pollution;
- Water contamination;
- Solid waste disposal;
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
50
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
-
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Liquid waste disposal;
Sanitary conditions (water supply, sewerage, etc.);
Use of explosives; and
Protection of public traffic, etc.
1.13.3.3 Availability of Documents
The CESMP shall state where copies of safety and industrial health regulations and
documents will be available on the construction site and verify that all regulations and
documents have been or will be available.
1.13.3.4 Management of Subcontractors
The requirements of this and related sections and obligations therein shall include for
execution of parts of the Works by the approved subcontractors whilst the Contractor shall:

Provide subcontractors with copies of the CESMP whilst incorporating such
provisions into all subcontracts and ensure compliance with such plan under the
Contract.

Require all subcontractors to appoint a safety representative who shall be
available on the site throughout the operational period of the respective subcontract and ensure as far as is practically possible that staff and employees of
subcontractors are conversant with appropriate parts of the CESMP and the
statutory regulations.
1.13.4 Organization and Staffing
1.13.4.1 Organization Chart
The CESMP shall include an organization chart identifying (by job title and by the name of
the individual) the personnel to be engaged for environmental protection, health and safety.
The chart and the supporting text shall identify participants and their areas of responsibility.
1.13.4.2 Identification of Responsibilities
The CESMP shall provide a description of the responsibilities
Environment/Safety/Social Staff appearing on the Organization Chart.
Environmental & Social and Health & Safety Manager (ESHS),
of
the
1.13.4.3 Nomination of the Proposed Environment & Social and Health & Safety
Manager (ESHSM)
The CESMP shall indicate the name of the proposed ESHSM. The ESHSM shall be
responsible for day-to-day environmental and social management on the site.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
51
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
1.13.4.4 Certification Related to the Environment and Social Manager (ESHSM)
The CESMP shall certify that:

The ESM will be appointed and assigned duties throughout the period of the
Contract connected with the environmental, safety, and traffic control
activities on the Site.

The proposed ESHSM is suitably qualified and experienced to supervise and
monitor compliance with the CESMP and will, in particular but without
limitation, carry out auditing of the operation of the CESMP in accordance
with a rolling program to be submitted, from time to time, to the Engineer for
his consent.

The ESHSM will not be removed from the site without the express written
permission of the Engineer. Within fourteen (14) days of any such removal or
notice of intent of removal, a replacement ESM will be nominated for
approval by the Engineer.

The ESHSM will be provided with supporting staff in accordance with the
staffing levels set out in the Plan. The supporting staff shall include at least
one (1) Deputy ESHSM whose appointment shall also be subject to approval
by the Engineer. The Deputy ESHS shall be capable of assuming the duties
and functions of the ESHSM whenever necessary.

The ESHSM shall be empowered to instruct employees of the Contractor and
Subcontractors to cease operations and shall take the appropriate action as is
necessary and within his limits of delegation by informing others as may be
appropriate to prevent unsafe working practices or other infringements of the
Plan or the statutory regulations.

The ESHSM shall maintain a daily site diary comprehensively recording all
relevant matters concerning site environmental management, safety and traffic
control, inspections and audits, related incidents and the like. The site diary
shall be available at all times for inspection by the Engineer and his staff.
1.13.4.5 Contact Information
Contact information for all Environment/Safety Staff shall be provided in the CESMP.
1.13.4.6 Qualifications of the Proposed Staff
Curriculum vitae (CVs) and other relevant information explaining the qualifications of the
proposed staff and demonstrating their ability to perform the duties assigned shall be
provided with the CESMP.
1.13.5 Reporting Procedures
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
52
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
1.13.5.1 Communications & Routine Reporting Procedures
The CESMP shall explain the proposed interaction and communication procedures between
construction personnel and environmental protection, safety and traffic control staff,
including:

Communication facilities

Routine communication and reporting systems
1.13.5.2 Environmental, social and Safety Reports
The following environmental, social and safety reports shall be submitted:

Initial Environmental Baseline Report. The Contractor shall carry out an
initial assessment of environmental baseline conditions as part of the
Contractor’s Environmental and Social Management Plan. The CESMP
baseline assessment shall contain an evaluation of health and safety conditions
at the work sites. This initial report shall be submitted within 56 days of the
Commencement Date.

Regular Environmental, Safety and mitigation of adverse social impact
Reports. The Contractor shall undertake safety and environmental inspections
and report weekly and shall provide copies of such reports to the Engineer
each month for the duration of the Contract.

Incorporation of Summaries in the Project Monthly Reports. Summaries of
these reports will be included in the Project’s Monthly Progress Reports.

Contractor shall prepare and report on both: a) the number of trainings on TIP
and on b) the number of meetings, seminar, booklets, etc. on social risks
mitigation (breaching local way of life, child labour use, trafficking in
persons/drugs, STD) conducted with workers and locals.
1.13.5.3 Notification of Accidents
The CESMP shall verify that provisions have been made to ensure that the Contractor shall
notify the Engineer and Employer within forty-eight (48) hours or as soon as reasonably
possible after the occurrence of any accident which has resulted in damage or loss of
property, disability or loss of human life, or which has or which could reasonably be foreseen
to have a material impact on the environment and shall submit to the Engineer and Employer
no later than twenty-eight (28) days after the occurrence of such an event, a summary report
thereof.
1.13.5.4 Communications with Sub-Contractors
The CESMP shall specify:
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
53
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03

The means by which environmental management, health and safety and traffic
control and industrial health matters, including mitigation of adverse social
impact and requirements will be communicated to Subcontractors at all levels
and their due compliance with the CESMP and all relevant statutory
regulations. Subcontractors shall be supplied with copies of the CESMP which
shall be deemed part of the sub-contract and which may include attendance at
training programs, circulation of newsletters and other means as specified by
the CESMP.

The procedures for reviewing and monitoring compliance with the CESMP
and statutory regulations. This could include, for example, the inclusion of
performance against environmental and safety criteria as a part the daily
and/or weekly site inspections.
1.14 REMOVAL, HANDLING, CUTTING, DISTURBANCE AND
DISPOSAL OF ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE AND OTHER
ASBESTOS CEMENT MATERIALS
1.14.1 Scope of Work
The project scope includes the placing of new pipelines system in parallel to existing ones
and leaving existing asbestos pipes in place underground to minimize health hazards.
Nevertheless some minor direct interferences and/or intersections between the two systems
requiring cutting and removal of some existing asbestos pipes trunks are included in the
construction activities, as shown on drawings.
This clause shall govern the removal, handling, disturbance, cutting, and disposal of existing
asbestos cement (AC) pipe, joints, wrappings and other asbestos containing materials (ACM)
related to the AC pipe work and to the rehabilitation of buildings. All work under these
specifications shall be done in strict accordance with present specification and in accordance
all applicable local regulations, standards, and codes governing asbestos abatement, and any
other trade work done in conjunction with the asbestos abatement.
The proposed specification are not intended to meet specific regulatory requirements but
rather are intended to meet the intent of best work and management practices as it relates to
ACM removal.
In addition to the items in this Specification, the Contractor is expected to abide by all related
local laws, rules, and regulations in the Republic of Moldova.
1.14.2 Contractor’s Environmental & Social and Health & Safety Manager and
Submittal
The Contractor shall submit for approval a specific Plan for Safety and Health, providing
detailed asbestos specific safety and work plans for ensuring worker and community
protection, as per section 1
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
54
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The Plan for Safety and Health shall be prepared by Contractor’s Environmental & Social
and Health & Safety Manager, to be hired by the Contractor as per section 1.12.
Safety Plan documents are to include provisions for the discipline of any worker failing to
use wet work procedures or failing to use designated personnel protective equipment. The
Contractor’s Environmental & Social and Health & Safety Manager shall be responsible for
the implementation on site of the Health and Safety Plan for AC removal process. He shall
carry out frequent and regular safety inspections on the working areas, materials and
equipment.
The Contractor shall submit documentation satisfactory to Engineer that the Contractor’s
employees, including foremen, supervisors, and any other company personnel or agents, who
may be exposed to airborne asbestos fibers or who may be responsible for any aspect of
asbestos disturbance activities, have received adequate training in compliance with applicable
rules and regulations.
The Contractor shall submit documentation to Engineer of a respiratory protection program
for affected employees.
The Contractor shall submit documentation to Engineer from a physician that all personnel,
who may be required to wear a respirator, are medically monitored to determine whether they
are physically capable of working while wearing the required respiratory protection without
suffering adverse health effects. In addition, the Contractor shall submit document that
personnel have received medical monitoring as is required in compliance with applicable
rules and regulations.
The Contractor shall submit to Engineer documentation of respirator fit testing for all
Contractor’s employees and agents, who must enter the work area.
Upon completion of the AC pipe project, a Final Report shall be prepared by the
Contractors’, including detailed maps with locations of AC pipes disposal sites.
1.14.3 Personal Protective Equipment
The use of personal protective equipment (PPE) is a critical element to preventing exposure
to asbestos fibers while it is being removed. Furthermore, the use of amended water and
High-Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) equipped vacuums will greatly reduce the chance of
fibers becoming airborne. The following list and descriptions of equipment shall be used
while removing asbestos. PPE will be provided by the Contractor. The use of PPE shall be
followed by the Contractor regardless of the state (friable or non-friable) or condition of the
ACM.
 Respirators – Half-face negative pressure air purifying respirators with a P-100
cartridge or equivalent shall be used. The types of respirators and their use shall be in
accordance with current manufacturer’s specifications as well as international
occupational safety and health regulations.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
55
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
 Designated or Disposable Clothing – Workers handling ACM shall either use
disposable work suits or shall use clothing that is designated only to be worn inside
the work area.
 HEPA vacuum – The works contractor shall make use of HEPA equipped vacuums to
remove loose ACM-containing construction dust and debris. In the event that a HEPA
equipped vacuum is not available, the works contractor may make use of damp cloths
to wipe down surfaces.
1.14.4 Employee Training
Training shall be provided by the Contractor to all employees or agents who may be required
to disturb ACM for AC pipe handling and auxiliary purposes, and to all supervisory
personnel who may be involved in the planning, execution or inspection of such projects.
The training course shall be carried out by the Contractor’s Environmental & Social and
Health & Safety Manager.
The training course shall cover topics including, but not be limited to:
 Identifying Asbestos
o Materials that contain asbestos
o Friable and Non-friable
o Types of asbestos
 Health effects
o Lung cancer, asbestosis, mesothelioma
 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
o Respiratory protection
o Protective Clothing
o Fit tests
 Abatement
o Removal methods
o Disposing of debris
o Decontamination
 Final Clean
o Cleaning the work area
o Removing the poly
o Disposing of debris during removal
1.14.5 ACM Handling
General:
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
56
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03

The Contractor shall remove ACM with wet methods or by other controlled
techniques in accordance with these specifications and the Contractorprovided Health and Safety Plan. The Contractor shall take special care to
prevent damage to structures and materials not requiring demolition to access
the ACM.

Access to the work area shall be controlled by the Contractor. All electrical
equipment, etc., shall have Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI)
protection. The Contractor shall properly demarcate, barricade, and contain
the work and/or regulated areas.

The AC pipe work consists of providing GFCI protection, using approved
equipment with engineering controls, sufficiently wetting the ACM using a
surfactant or lock-down encapsulant, removing the ACM, HEPA vacuuming
the work area, wet wiping the work area, double-bagging/double-wrapping the
waste, and removing carefully as indicated herein and in accordance with the
Contractor-provided Health and Safety Plan.
Equipment:

Equipment used to cut, break, or otherwise disturb AC pipe and associated
ACM may include, but are not limited to: wet-cutting saws, saws equipped
with point of cut ventilator (saw equipped with a water mister) or enclosures
with HEPA filtered exhaust air, snap cutters, manual field lathes, and pressure
and non-pressure tapping devices.

Equipment used to control visible emissions of fibers, contain the work area,
or facilitate the clean-up of debris may include, but are not limited to: airless
spray equipment, pump-up sprayers, surfactant, lock-down encapsulant,
HEPA vacuums, brushes, brooms, shovels, disposable rags, polyethylene
sheeting of 6-mil thickness, moisture resistant duct tape, asbestos warning
signs, notices, and barrier tape. Alternative dismantling equipment may be
substituted for the materials indicated herein, but must be approved by the
Engineer.
The following work practices and engineering controls shall not be used for work related to
asbestos or for work that disturbs ACM, regardless of asbestos exposure or the results of
Initial Exposure Assessments:

High-speed abrasive disc saws that are not equipped with point of cut
ventilator or enclosures with HEPA filtered exhaust air

Other high-speed abrasive tools, such as disk sanders

Carbide-tipped cutting blades

Electrical drills, chisels, and rasps used to make field connections in AC pipe
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
57
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03

Shell cutters used to cut entry holes in AC pipe

A hammer and chisel used to remove couplings or collars on AC pipe

Compressed air used to remove asbestos or ACM, unless the compressed air is
used in conjunction with an enclosed ventilation system designed to capture
the dust cloud generated by the compressed air

Dry sweeping, dry shoveling, or other dry clean-up of dust and debris
containing ACM.

Employee rotation as a means of reducing employee exposure to asbestos
Personnel Exit Procedures:

Before leaving the work area, all personnel shall remove gross contamination
from the outside of respirators and protective clothing by brushing and/or wet
wiping procedures. Small HEPA vacuums with brush attachments may be
utilized for this purpose. Adequate washing facilities shall be provided and
utilized on-site.

Upon completion of the work, contaminated gloves shall be disposed as
Asbestos Containing Waste Material (ACWM). Disposable cloth gloves may
be substituted for leather gloves, at the Contractor’s discretion. Rubber boots
shall be decontaminated at the completion of the project.
1.14.6 Specific Removal Work Practice Requirements
The Contractor has sole and primary responsibility for the “means and/or methods” of the
work, for the inspection of the work at all stages, and for the supervision of the performance
of the work.
The Contractor shall be responsible for site safety and for taking all necessary precautions to
protect the Contractor’s workers, personnel, and the public from asbestos exposure and/or
injury. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the integrity of the work area.
The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to the area requiring disturbance of AC
pipe and the general site area associated with the proximity of the project. Portions of the
site beyond areas, in which the indicated work is required, are not to be disturbed. The
Contractor shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment.
Locations of the asbestos pipe disturbance sites are shown on Contractual drawings. Prior to
commencing any preparation of the work in these areas, the Contractor shall isolate the
regulated area with barrier tape and asbestos warning signs, to secure the work area.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
58
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
In correspondence of the intersection with the existing AC pipe to be disturbed, an additional
excavation at side of the trenches for the new underground pipe will be executed: this in
order to create a stock pile deposit for the removed AC pipe and related debris. Characteristic
and dimension of stock pile deposit are shown on drawings.
The Contractor shall lay and secure 6-mm polyethylene sheeting on the ground on both sides
of the AC pipe for the length of the work area. On the stock pile deposit area, as shown on
drawings, a base of 100 mm thickness of blinding concrete will be executed.
Working within the regulated area and using wet removal methods, the Contractor shall
thoroughly soak each section of AC pipe to be disturbed, prior to any cutting and/or removal
activity, with a surfactant or lock-down encapsulant. The Contractor shall use equipment
capable of producing a “mist” application to reduce the potential for release of fibers. The
Contractor shall take care to use as much encapsulant or surfactant as needed to lockdown
possible fallout debris from edges and joints during removal. Continuous wetting of the
materials throughout the entire removal process shall be provided. The Contractor shall take
care to limit the breakage of ACM and to remove these materials as intact as possible.
Any AC pipe debris on adjacent surfaces shall be removed. The Contractor shall promptly
clean up asbestos wastes and debris following AC pipe disturbance. All visible
accumulations of ACM and asbestos contaminated debris shall be removed and containerized
by hand. Asbestos debris mixed with soil shall be picked up with shovels. The contaminated
soil shall be placed in two 6-mil asbestos bags or double wrapped, with proper labeling.
Clean-up activities may also involve vacuum cleaners equipped with HEPA filtration or wetwiping surfaces with disposable rags.
After disturbance and clean-up activities but prior to removal of the AC pipe from the
regulated area, the Contractor shall encapsulate damaged and exposed areas and ends of the
AC pipe with a lock-down encapsulant.
The Contractor shall not drop, break and/or otherwise make the AC pipe susceptible to
releasing asbestos fibers.
Pieces of the cut AC pipe to be removed shall be handled the disposal area created along the
trench excavation as shown on drawings. The debris shall be placed in two 6-mil asbestos
bags or double wrapped and shall be handled in same disposal area.
Encasement with concrete or asphalt-concrete mixture will be constructed, in a manner that
will prevent the future disturbance of waste. Concrete encasement shall be buried at least 1
meter underground and covered with soil.
The Contractor’s Environmental & Social and Health & Safety Manager jointly with
Engineer shall inspect the work area and ensure that all surfaces are free of AC pipe dust and
debris, and that the concrete permanent case is secured without any traces of AC debris on
surface.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
59
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
After above approval, the laying of the new pipes can be completed and the related trunk
including new pipes and concrete permanent case, shall be finally backfilled.
1.15 AS BUILT DRAWINGS
The Employer shall furnish to the Contractor CDs or DVDs containing the drawings
preferable in Auto-CAD®.
The Contractor shall maintain a set of prints of the construction drawings. A daily record in
red shall be kept on these prints of the work installed and all modifications or changes
therein. This set of prints shall be available at all times for inspection. In addition to the new
construction the Contractor shall record on these prints all other information encountered
during excavation. During the progress of the Works the Contractor shall transfer once a
month all information from the aforementioned set of prints to the negatives or Auto-CAD®
files and submit to the Engineer two prints showing the work completed and highlighting the
changes made.
All additional work installed shall be shown on as-built drawings to a scale of at least equal
to the scale of the Drawings. These additional drawings shall be negatives and shall be
referenced to and on other drawings to show the area covered. The sheet size of the
additional drawings shall be maximum A1.
Upon completion of all work the Contractor shall produce negatives and sign them indicating
that the work was installed as shown. Two sets of paper prints from these negatives shall be
submitted to the Engineer for approval. Upon receipt of the Engineer's approval the
Contractor shall submit the negatives, two sets of CDs containing the Auto-CAD® digital
files of the as-built drawings and four sets of paper prints stamped "As Built Drawings".
The "As Built Drawings" shall include all information recorded on the aforementioned set of
prints and any other modifications that occurred during the Contract. The negatives of the
"As Built Drawings" shall be maximum A1 size, 75 micron drafting film of approved quality.
If not otherwise agreed the Works shall not be considered to be completed for the purposes of
taking over until As-Built Drawings have been submitted to and approved by the Engineer.
1.16 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
The Contractor shall provide operation and maintenance manuals for all mechanical,
electrical, automation and SCADA systems supplied by the Contractor. A substantially
completed draft version will be submitted prior to the test on completion. The manuals shall
cover the following subjects as applicable:

Manufacturer specifications and technical description of the equipment;
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
60
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03

Dimensions drawings and data sheets of the pumps, motor, switch- and
controlgears, instrumentation, etc.;

Operation instructions and sequence of operations for electrical, hydraulic and
pneumatic control systems;

List of settings and parameters of the instrumentation, control and electrical
protection devices;

Lubrication instructions, including frequency of
lubricants;

Manufacturers’ recommended procedures for dismantling, cleaning, servicing,
replacing parts and reassembling, including recommended applicable torque,
clearances and tolerances or, if no procedures are available, details of the local
agents for servicing;

Parts list with part identification numbers and sources of replacement parts and
suppliers contacts;

Simplified facility drawings for a complete system, to show all components of the
system;

Schematic diagrams for each system;

Lay-out drawings;

Electrical single line diagram;

Electrical circuit diagrams (power and control);

Terminal lists

Cable lists

Dimension drawings “foot print” of the switchgears;

Dimensions drawings of the Local Control Panels comprising installation
structures;

“inside” lay-out drawings of the switch- and control gears;

Front lay-out drawings of the switch- and control gears;

Parts lists of the switchgears;

Spare parts lists

Program description for SCADA, PLC and RTU;

Flow charts for the SCADA, PLC and RTU programs;

PLC/RTU and SCADA licenses and programs on CD or DVD;

Updated lay-out drawings;

Any software, accessories such as cables for data transfer.
application and type of
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
61
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The manuals shall be prepared in the English and Moldovan languages. Pages shall be of
A4-size or folded to that size, and placed in a loose-leaf hardcover binder, using not more
than 70% of the binder capacity. The manuals shall be supplied in hard and soft copy in an
approved format.
The title page shall bear, in an approved form, sufficient information to identify the
Employer, the Project, the Contract, and the subject of the manual. A table of contents shall
follow the title page and list each item with the number of pages included. The manual pages
need not be numbered, but index tab pages shall be provided to permit quick access. Each
item of equipment shall be cross referenced to the applicable Specification Clause.
All pages shall be clear, legible and permanent. Offset printing is preferable, but electrostatic
or photocopies will be acceptable if clear and permanent.
Relevant catalogue cuts may be incorporated if non-applicable parts are deleted.
The Contractor shall furnish three copies of each manual for approval not less than thirty
days before initial start-up of the item. After approval by the Engineer, the three initial
copies shall be revised to incorporate any required amendments and a further three copies
shall be provided, making a total of six copies in all.
If any further revisions are required as a result of operational experience during the testing or
Defects Liability Period, all six copies shall be revised by the Contractor by the provision of
replacement or additional pages within a period of thirty days of the need for the revision
becoming apparent.
1.17 TESTING AND COMMISIONNING
1.17.1 General
All materials and equipment furnished under this Contract shall be as specified in every
respect and shall be constructed and finished in a workmanlike manner. Materials shall be
suitable for the service intended. Equipment shall be modern in design and new and unused
except as required by tests.
All equipment shall be fitted with safety devices.
Notwithstanding technical information submitted with his Tender, the Contractor shall
submit the following information for any or all proposed materials and products to be
supplied:
 Name and address of manufacturer;
 Trade name, model and catalogue number;
 Performance, descriptive and test data;
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
62
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova

IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Manufacturer's installation or application instructions.
1.17.2 Material Approval
The material shall be approved by the Engineer as required. Materials and equipment on
which approval agencies or other authorities regularly place labels of approval shall bear
such labels.
1.17.3 Factory Inspection and Test for Equipment
The equipment to be tested includes pumping units (pressure test, pumping curves, efficiency,
and electrical parameters), flow meters (pressure test and calibration), valves (pressure test and
leakage), and the switchgears (functional testing). The tests will be conducted before shipment
and the costs of the Company.
The test procedures and the corresponding results and certificates of testing have to be presented
to the Engineer.
The Client will be notified at least fifteen days in advance of the test date. This test can be
conducted in the presence of a representative of the Client.
1.17.4 Tests during Installation
During installation the Contractor shall make regular tests to ensure that satisfactory
installation is being achieved consistent with the requirements of the Contract.
The testing shall be carried out in the presence of the Engineer. The Engineer reserves the
right to trigger all the phenomena he considers are appropriate to operate the control devices,
control and protection and that, as often as it may deem necessary.
Minutes of each test shall be made and signed and any faults and/ or defects shall be
recorded.
The Contractor shall provide all necessary facilities for the testing and the Engineer shall be
allowed to use any instrument or testing apparatus that he may consider necessary to carry
out the tests.
1.17.5 Commissioning
The commissioning shall be carried out so that wherever possible each result obtained should
be capable of being checked from two independent reference sources.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
63
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
On completion of the separate parts of the work the Contractor shall carry out full scale Site
tests in the presence of the Engineer on all sections of the work. The following tests shall be
carried out:
 Equipment testing;
 Test of protections;
 Test of automatic functions;
 Efficiency.
Provision of skilled labor, supervision, apparatus and instruments required for carrying out the
tests efficiently will be the responsibility of the Contractor and made at his expense. The
accuracy of the instruments shall be demonstrated if required.
Each completed system within the installation shall be tested as a whole under operating
conditions to ensure that each component functions correctly in conjunction with the rest of the
system.
The Contractor shall carry out all calibrations and tests necessary to ensure that his work and
all equipment, materials, and components are in satisfactory physical condition and perform
the intended function and operations. Adjustments required to make the system operate in the
manner intended shall be made at no extra cost.
For automation, the various parameters according to the automation and control philosophy
shall be tested on site. For SCADA the remote controlled parameters shall be tested.
Prior to requesting the final inspection, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer completed
test data sheets. These sheets shall be filled out after adjustment of all protective devices.
The following data shall be listed and completed for each test:
 List of settings/parameter;
 Equipment code and description;
 Full nameplate data;
 Description of testing procedure;
 Technical result of test;
 Date of testing;
 Personnel taking part in the test;
 Notice and description of failures;
 List of test equipment.
In case of faulty construction or faulty control devices, the Contractor shall remedy the
defects or replace equipment whose rehabilitation would be impossible or would not
guarantee normal operation. Devices resolved or repaired will be retested.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
64
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
1.17.6 Testing Equipment
The Contractor shall give evidence of the accuracy of any testing device used by him if
required by the Engineer. All such apparatus used during the test shall be calibrated not more
than 12 months before the actual testing date.
At least but not limited to, the following devices shall be made available by the Contractor:
 Transmitter 4 to 20 mA;
 Insulation tester
 Clamp-On multimeter (V-A-);
 Rotation direction indicator;
 Illuminance tester (Lux);
 Earth resistance measuring devices;
 Temperature scanner.
1.18 TRAINING
1.18.1 General
The Contractor shall perform the training of the Employer’s staff and Operators on the
installed facilities during the erection and commissioning period of the facilities before takeover. The training shall be divided into two different level overall groups and into practical
and theoretical training periods. The training programmes as well as individual training
programmes shall be delivered for the approval of the Engineer.
The training will be based on the Operation and Maintenance manuals and be design to
provide adequate instruction for following components for which different target groups of
trainees must be considered:
 Electro-mechanical;
 Power supply;
 Automation and SCADA;
 General pump station operation and maintenance.
The objective is that by working in close co-operation with the Contractor's own employees
the Employer's staff and future Operators will gain sufficient knowledge for operation and
maintenance activities.
1.18.2 Training of Operation and Maintenance Staff
The operation staff of pumping stations and Irrigation facilities shall be trained during the
construction and installation period. The Employer will assign suitable staff to work under
the Contractor's supervision. The number of the total staff will be six (6), of which three (3)
engineers and three (3) workers. The training requirements shall be advised by the Engineer.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
65
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The Employer's staff shall also be given instructions in Moldovan in the main components of
the facilities and the main component operation and maintenance activities by a professional
trainer employed by the Contractor. The duration of this education shall be three (7) working
days per pumping station.
The salaries of the Employer's staff assigned for training will be paid by the Employer for the
whole training period. The Contractor shall report the attendance of the trainees to the
Engineer.
A test will be conducted at the end of the training to determine effectiveness of training.
1.19 SPAREPARTS
The contractor shall supply, at the end of the defects liability period, a set of spare parts as
listed in the Particular Specification. The spares must be original spares packaged for long
term storage.
1.20 TOOLS
The contractor shall supply, at the end of the defects liability period, a set of tools and storage
arrangements (tools boxes, cases, trolleys, etc.), for the operation and maintenance of the
equipment.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
66
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
2
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
DEMOLITION AND SITE CLEARANCE
2.1
SITE CLEARANCE
The scope of Site clearance work is to remove from the Site all obstructions, which may
affect the execution of the Works. Any pipeline route or other site to be excavated shall be
cleared and grubbed of bush, roots, stumps, vegetation and surface obstruction.
Clearing and grubbing up shall consist of clearing the Site of all trees, bushes, other
vegetation, roots and other objectionable material.
No trees shall be felled, destroyed or interfered with by the Contractor without the approval
of the Engineer. Trees shall be uprooted or cut down as near to ground level as possible only
where directed by the Engineer. Branches and foliage shall be removed and burnt to ash or
disposed of off Site. Useful timber shall remain the property of the Employer and shall be cut
into suitable lengths and stored properly at the Site.
Stumps and roots whether existing or remaining after tree felling shall be grubbed up and
disposed of off the Site. The resulting pits shall be filled with approved material and
compacted to the same dry density as the surrounding soil.
Material suitable for landscaping shall be stockpiled at the Site. Other material shall be
disposed of by the Contractor. All debris shall be removed from the Site and disposed of by
the Contractor in a satisfactory manner. The Contractor is responsible for all costs associated
with disposal of materials.
Materials and structures temporarily removed for later reinstatement and restoration shall be
properly stored and protected.
2.2
DEMOLITION OF STRUCTURES
The Engineer must be given 14 days’ notice in writing of any proposal to demolish or
dismantle all or any part of any existing structure on the site which is necessary for the
completion of the works.
The Contractor shall give the Engineer an explanation of the method and order of demolition
and the steps taken to ensure the safety and stability of any remaining structure affected
thereby.
Unless the due notice is given, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any claim for delay in
his construction programme owing to the refusal of permission to demolish or dismantle the
said structures.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
1
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
3
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
EARTHWORKS – EXCAVATION, FILLING, COMPACTION, DISPOSAL
AND LANDSCAPING
3.1
SCOPE OF WORK
Under this section the Contractor shall furnish all labour, equipment and materials required to
complete all excavation, backfill, drainage layers beneath and around structures,
embankments, removal of all surplus excavated material, compaction beneath foundations
and roadways, site grading, construction (or reconstruction) of road pavement, in-situ
compaction, disposal of all unsuitable materials and the like and all other related and
incidental work as required to complete the work in an acceptable manner, in accordance
with the Contract Documents and as may be required by the Engineer.
3.2
LEVEL OF THE COMMENCING SURFACE
Before any excavation work commences, the Contractor shall agree with the Engineer the
level(s) of the Commencing Surface (usually the original ground level(s)).
3.3
FOUNDATION METHODS
3.3.1 Excavation for foundations
All excavations for foundations shall be carried out to the lines and limits shown on the
drawings, or defined in the Specification. Said lines and limits may be amended by the
Engineer to suit soil and other conditions encountered during actual excavation and field
inspection. When excavating in any material other than rock for formation levels under any
structure, the last 15 cm of excavation shall be taken out not more than 24 hours before
placing of foundations. The bottoms of excavations shall be levelled and trimmed to full
width to required lines and levels and shall be well watered and rammed before placing of
concrete.
The Contractor shall well and effectively hold up the sides and ends of all trenches and
excavations wherever necessary with strong, close timbering, and shall prevent any fall or
run of earth or sand from any portion of the ground outside of the excavation. If, despite such
precautions, or by reason of their neglect, any portions of the bottoms sides or ends of any
excavations shall give way or be excavated without instructions from the Engineer, the
Contractor shall at his own expense excavate and remove all the ground thereby disturbed
both within and without the limits of the excavation.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
2
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Should the Contractor exceed in depth or extend the excavation of the formations or be
ordered to take out extra excavation for the reasons given above, no payment will be made
for such extra excavation, and he shall, if ordered by the Engineer, make it good with well
rammed fill or in such class of concrete as may be ordered by the Engineer and at the
Contractor's expense.
Well rammed fill or backfill shall consist of approved material spread and compacted in
layers approximately horizontal and of uniform thickness with a slight outward slope and of a
compacted depth not exceeding 0.15 m. The moisture content of the soil shall be carefully
controlled either by natural drying or wetting with a fine spray. Compaction shall be carried
out by mechanical rollers, rammers, vibrators or other approved plant so as to produce a dry
density not less than 90% ± 2 of the maximum dry density for material placed above
structural foundation level.
Should any existing subsoil or field drains be uncovered during any excavation, the
Contractor shall carefully replace them when backfilling or, if this is impossible, he shall
divert them to new drains or ditches, otherwise relay them as the Engineer may direct.
Before commencing any building work, all shattered and loose material must be removed by
hand, the excavation being performed in such a manner as the Engineer shall direct so as to
ensure that the work sits on an absolutely solid and clean foundation or abuts tightly against
solid ground, defined as consisting of material having a minimum undrained shear strength of
40 kN/m2.
In no case must concrete be placed in an excavation until the surface onto which such
concrete is to be placed has been approved by the Engineer.
3.3.2 Preparation of Foundation
The Contractor shall prepare the areas of excavations against which concrete is to be placed
or on which pipes are to be laid, in a manner suitable for forming a foundation. Foundations
in earth upon which concrete is to be placed shall be finished accurately to the dimensions
shown on the Drawings or prescribed by the Engineer, brought to proper moisture content by
sprinkling as required, and thoroughly compacted with suitable tools. No boulders shall be
left projecting within the minimum excavation lines shown on the Drawings.
Excavated surfaces for foundations shall be prepared by scarifying the top 150 mm of the
exposed surface, moisture conditioning to  2 % OMC and compacting to 90 % of Standard
Proctor density. The required levels of compaction will be achieved by using roller
compactors, drum roller compactors or sheepsfoot roller compactor.
Moisture conditioning shall be achieved by water spray from a towed bowser or water truck
travelling across the spread material. In the case of over-wetting the material shall be blade
mixed (by scraper) to assist natural drying.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
3
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The mechanical plant for compaction shall be suitable for the material being compacted.
This suitability shall be verified by testing a fill area, not less than 50 m2 in plan area, and
conditioning and compacting until the specified OMC and density are achieved. The number
of passes of the mechanical plant shall be noted and may, subject to the approval of the
Engineer and subsequent test results, be used as a guide to full-scale operations on similar
materials.
Foundations for concrete on bedrock shall be trimmed to the prescribed lines, thoroughly
cleaned of mud and debris, and moistened in advance of placing concrete. All foundation
surfaces shall be free from pools of water at the time of placing concrete. Wherever any
excavation in earth has been made below grade without the Engineer's instructions, it shall be
refilled at the Contractor's expense.
3.4
TESTING FACILITIES
The Contractor shall perform the tests required by the Contract, at his own expense, at the
frequencies specified therein and he shall be responsible for his own quality control of the
works. Two copies of the results of each test performed by the Contractor in a form approved
by the Engineer shall be submitted to him. The third copy of the test results of each test shall
be retained on Site for as long as the Engineer may require.
The Contractor shall provide on the Site, maintain and remove as provided elsewhere in the
Contract a laboratory including all necessary materials, equipment and tools needed for his
own testing of materials. The Contractor's site laboratory shall be provided with all
equipment needed to carry out the testing required under this Contract. The testing that
cannot be performed in the Contractor’s site laboratory shall be carried out in other
laboratories, which must meet the Engineer's approval.
The laboratory shall be adequately staffed and so equipped that no interruption occurs to the
progress of the Works as a result of the need to carry out tests required under the Contract.
The laboratory staff shall include a technician suitably qualified and experienced in the
testing of soils, concrete and bituminous materials and a sufficient number of assistants.
Without relieving the Contractor of his responsibilities under the Contract, the Contractor
shall perform any additional tests, which the Engineer may require and/ or repeat tests the
results of which, in the opinion of the Engineer are not representative.
3.5
EARTHWORKS
3.5.1 Working Width or Area
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
4
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
In working in existing roads or streets the working width shall not exceed one half the total
width of the road including any sidewalks or verges of the road and not withstanding this
requirement, the traffic flow shall be maintained at all times unless approved detours are
provided by the Contractor.
3.5.2 Embankments and General Fill Areas
Where the filling of the Site is needed to achieve the final levels, all necessary clearing and
grubbing up shall have been carried out and loose and soft material shall be removed before
filling commences (soft soils are defined as having an untrained shear strength less than 40
KN/sq.m). Embankments shall be made to the lines and grades or levels as shown on the
working drawings. The fill material shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 200
mm thick. The layers shall be compacted by methods appropriate to the degree of compaction
required.
In areas that are to receive permanent work the elevation of general fill shall be the underside
of such permanent work. In areas not to receive permanent work filling shall be to the levels
shown on the drawings.
The material for embankment and general fill shall be granular, suitably graded for the
specified compaction required and shall not contain organic matter or more than 15% clay or
silt by weight, if not otherwise specified on the drawings.
3.5.3 Excavation
Excavation shall include the excavation of all materials of whatever nature encountered as
required to complete the work. The construction methods used shall be to the approval of the
Engineer.
Excavation shall be carried out to the lines, levels, dimensions, and depths indicated on the
Drawings or in the Technical Specifications or as directed by the Engineer.
The Contractor may carry out trial pits excavation as he considers necessary. The work
involved in test pits shall include the digging and reinstatement of the test pits and the
determination of the position and elevation of existing pipes, sewers, conduits and the like,
and shall be at the Contractor's own expense unless specifically instructed in writing by the
Engineer.
All excavation shall be carried out in such a manner as to create a minimum of inconvenience
and interference with traffic and with access to buildings or other properties. All excavated
material shall be piled in a manner that will not endanger the work or the personnel engaged
therein or third parties and will avoid obstructing sidewalks and driveways or rest on
permanent structures.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
5
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
To provide the public with the necessary safety and protection, the Contractor shall at his
expense provide barricades, lights, warning signals, guard rails and crossings over trenches to
the satisfaction of the Engineer and in accordance to the other applicable sections of the
Specifications.
Where required, and where otherwise necessary to prevent caving in of trench sides or to
protect adjacent utility services, excavation shall be adequately supported.
3.5.4 Excess Excavation
Excess excavation is defined as excavation outside the measurement lines as indicated on the
Drawings or as specified herein. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any payments for
such excess excavation or filling of excess excavation unless such excavation was required
by the Engineer.
Where excess excavation occurs the Contractor shall fill volume of overbreak with approved
backfilling material compacted as specified for the material or with concrete as approved by
the Engineer on a case by case basis.
Where the Engineer instructs the Contractor to vary the depth of excavations below the depth
shown on the drawings or specified herein in order to obtain a sound and satisfactory
foundation, defined as consisting of material having a minimum undrained shear strength of
40 kN/m2, the extra volume of material excavated and the extra volume of crushed, granular
bedding or concrete fill shall be measured and an extra payment will be made based on the
appropriate rates in the BoQ.
In the event excavation collapses in any manner due to any unforeseen reason it shall not be
considered as excess excavation but the Contractor remains responsible for reinstating the
excavation as specified. The Contractor is also responsible for making good any settlement of
existing or reinstated road, street and/ or sidewalk surfacing as a result of similar unforeseen
reasons.
3.5.5 Keeping Excavations Free of Water
The Contractor shall maintain all excavations or trenches free from water, including ground
water, river water infiltration, surface water run-off or sewage and the like, regardless of the
source and at his own expense. Water prevented from entering excavations by the Contractor
shall be disposed of in a manner approved by the Engineer.
3.5.6 Backfilling and Surplus Excavated Material
Surplus excavated material shall be used for backfilling only with the approval of the
Engineer.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
6
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
If required all backfill material shall be piled neatly along the sides of excavations or trenches
provided they do not unduly obstruct traffic or access to buildings or other properties.
Surplus excavated material shall be disposed of at the Contractor's expense.
3.5.7 Testing of Backfill Material and Backfilling
For each class of backfill material to be used representative samples selected by the Engineer
shall be used for testing purposes. Tests shall be carried out in accordance with EN 19972:2007 and Eurocode 7. The tests shall be carried out at the Contractor’s expense.
During backfilling, soil samples shall be taken as required by the Engineer to determine the
density of the compacted backfill. If the density of the compacted backfill is less than that
specified, additional compaction shall be carried out and no further backfill material shall be
placed until satisfactory compaction of the material previously placed is achieved. If
compaction is still not acceptable, the backfill material shall be removed to within 150 mm of
the level of the last successful compaction test and additional compaction shall be carried out
until a successful test is achieved. Only then additional backfill material shall be placed.
Density tests shall be made as directed by the Engineer at the Contractor’s expense. On-site
testing of density can be conducted through sand-cone method.
Compaction tests on trench backfill shall be conducted by the Contractor at intervals of 50 m
on average. For coarse materials the density may be tested with plate bearing tests having a
maximum diameter of 300-600 mm.
Tables 3.1 and 3.2 shows the suggested frequency of control tests on materials and works and
their minimum requirements.
Table 3-1: Suggested Testing Frequency of Materials
TEST
EMBANKMENTS:
Grain Size Analysis
Plasticity Index
Moisture-density relationship
REFEREN
CE
STANDAR
D
FREQUENCY (*)
CNR 23 1971
AASHTO T
89 and 90
CRR 69 1978
500 m3
500 m3
500 m3
(*) Test frequency can be modified by the Engineer at no extra cost.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
7
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Table 3-2: Suggested Testing Frequency for Works Control
WORK
TEST
Preparation of
foundation
Density of soil in
place
FREQUENCY
MINIMUM
(*)
REQUIREMENTS
1000 m2
90% AASHTO Density
Sub-grade
Dens. of soil in
place
500 m2
90% Mod. AASHTO
Density
Filled area for
building
Dens. of soil in
place
Plate bearing test
(30 cm dia)
Dens. of soil in
place
500 m2
95% Mod. AASHTO
Density
E125 MPA
Trench backfilling
1000 m2
50 m length of 85-95% Standard
pipe trench
AASHTO Density, as
per clause 3.7.6 and
3.7.7
(*) Test frequency can be modified by the Engineer at no extra cost.
3.6
EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION FOR
STRUCTURAL WORKS
3.6.1 Buildings and Structures
Filled areas shall be compacted so that the density is not less than 95 % of maximum dry
density obtained from the modified Proctor Compaction Test. In addition the material shall
be such that the bearing modulus is at least E1 = 25 MPa as measured by plate bearing tests
on the surface of the fill.
When natural sub-soil is fine-grained (clay, silt or silty sand) a geotextile filter membrane
shall be installed between the filling material and the natural soil, as per description in clause
3.10.1.
Foundations shall be excavated to the lines and grades or elevations as shown on the
drawings. These shall be of sufficient size to permit the construction of the structures.
Compacted gravel or a crushed material layer shall be placed under the footings and slab-on
grades.
The gravel or crushed material shall be uniformly graded with a grain size between 1 and 100
mm, with grains < 2 mm in size not exceeding 10% in weight.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
8
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Final trimming of excavations to the final grade and level shall only be done immediately
before foundations are to be placed in order to protect the final bottom of the excavation from
adverse effects. The bottom of the excavation shall not be allowed to become flooded.
Unsuitable material at the bottom of the excavation shall be replaced with compacted sand, as
per specification listed in section 3.6.3 or gravel. This fill shall be placed and built up in
horizontal layers not exceeding 150 mm depth per layer. Each layer shall be thoroughly
compacted with mechanical tampers. No backfilling shall be carried out until authorized by
the Engineer.
Backfilling around structures shall be in horizontal layers not exceeding 150 mm depth per
layer. Each layer shall be thoroughly compacted with mechanical tampers. Backfilling shall
be completed raised evenly around structures.
3.6.2 Subdrains to Structures
Where required a subdrain system will be installed to structures as shown on the Drawings.
Subdrains shall be perforated plastic of diameter not less than 100 mm and manholes shall be
either of thermo plastics or concrete. The initial backfill around the pipes shall be at least 100
mm thick and comprise of a uniformly graded gravel/sand of maximum grain size 20 mm and
with grains < 0.5 mm in size not exceeding 10% by weight.
3.6.3 Excavation and Filling for Subgrade
Work includes excavation, filling and compaction needed to construct the sub-grade of roads
and other trafficked areas. All excavation and filling shall be made in accordance with the
sections above.
Where excavation is required to permit pavement construction, the bottom of the excavation
shall be graded so that the thickness of the pavement will be uniform.
The allowable tolerance of the level of an embankment and the bottom of an excavation is
± 50 mm. Fill material shall be sand having at least the following properties:
 fraction passing the 0.002 mm sieve shall be not be greater than 10%;
 fraction passing the 0.425 mm sieve shall not have liquid limit greater than 25%
and plasticity index greater than 6%.
Fill material shall be compacted to a density of 90% of maximum dry density obtained from
the modified Proctor Compaction Test.
3.7
SITE CLEARANCE, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND
COMPACTION FOR UNDERGROUND PIPE
3.7.1 Site clearance
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
9
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Before the earthwork is started, the pipeline routes under trench excavation shall be cleared
of all obstructions, debris, loose stones, shrubs, rank vegetation, grass, brush-wood, trees and
saplings, as per clause 2.1 of the General Technical Specification. All the existing debris like
bituminous material, materials originating from demolition work (walls, masonry, concrete
etc.), shall be removed from the Site and disposed of by the Contractor in a satisfactory
manner.
Materials arising from the site clearance shall, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer,
will be disposed of in the following manner:
 materials obtained from the felling of trees shall remain the property of the Employer
and shall be transported to approved storage area;
 materials unsuitable for use shall, if combustible, be destroyed by burning and, if not
combustible (e.g. debris) , shall be dumped in approved dumps;
 materials suitable for re-use, as approved by the Engineer, shall remain the property
of the Employer and shall be transported to approved storage area.
The Contractor is responsible for all cost associated with site clearance and final disposal.
3.7.2 Excavation of the Upper topsoil
The upper topsoil arable surface shall be excavated up to 50 cm in depth for the total width of
the trench, as shown on drawings or as direct by the Engineer. The excavated topsoil material
shall be stockpiled besides the trench on a distance of 1.0 m, opposite to areas utilised for the
disposal of the suitable excavated trench material to be utilised for general backfilling.
Where a banking is formed, drainage shall be installed as directed to prevent surface water
ponding behind the banking.
Contractor shall submit to Engineer for approval proposed system to prevent surface water
ponding behind the banking, including up steam excavation of V-shaped ditch and proper
out-let system to final receptor.
The Contractor is responsible for all cost associated with excavation, disposal alongside
trench and protection.
3.7.3 Excavation of Trenches
Trenches and excavations for underground pipe networks, manholes and chambers shall be
excavated to the lines and grades or elevations shown on the Drawings or as directed by the
Engineer. The width of trenches on the centerline level of the pipe shall be at least equal to
the outside diameter of the pipe plus 0.6m (measurement lines) unless otherwise shown on
the Drawings.
Before commencing trench excavation the Contractor shall mark out the route of the
pipelines accurately and jointly survey the natural ground level along the pipeline route with
the Engineer.
Trenches shall be excavated to such depths as is required to obtain a minimum cover over the
pipe. The depth of cover shall be measured from the final established grade to the top of the
pipe.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
10
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The excavation for trenches shall not only be of sufficient size to accommodate the pipes and
bedding material, but also to allow the provision of supporting the trench and making
possible the use of formwork as necessary.
Where road, street and sidewalk surfaces, as well as gutters and kerbs, are to be broken for
trench excavation the Contractor shall first cut the surfaces etc. in neat and straight lines and
shall remove and dispose of the pavement or other surface material to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.
The surfaces etc. shall be cut and removed to the full width of the trench and to the full depth
of the pavement in such a manner as to leave undisturbed the adjacent surface etc. and any
other work to be left in place. The edge of the surface etc. left in place shall have a sharp,
even, vertical face and be true to line.
Boulders, organic or any other objectionable materials like debris, bituminous material,
material originating from demolition work, encountered on the bottom of the excavation shall
be removed to leave the finished surface true to line, level and grade.
The bottom of the trench shall be filled level with a compacted sand layer of thickness not
less than 100 mm, as per clause 3.7.5.
Excavation for pipe trenches shall not be started until all necessary piping materials are on
Site. Unsuitable material at the bottom of the excavation shall be replaced with compacted
sand or gravel. This fill shall be placed and built up in horizontal layers not exceeding 150
mm depth per layer. Each layer shall be thoroughly compacted with mechanical tampers.
After excavation is complete the Contractor shall notify the Engineer to that effect and no
pipes shall be placed until the Engineer approves the depth of the excavation and nature of
the foundation material.
3.7.4 Backfilling of Trenches
No material shall be placed in trenches containing water. All material shall be carefully
placed and tamped or rammed by hand; no material shall be dropped or tipped from a height.
Material shall be placed to the full width of the trench and shall be well compacted in layers
not exceeding 150 mm thickness, as to reach the final dry density specified in section 3.7.6/7.
.
The bottom of the trench or surface of the pipe bed shall be finished to a smooth and even
surface to the specified grades and levels and prepared to support the pipe barrel solidly and
evenly throughout its whole length.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
11
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Pipes shall be located and lateral movement prevented by side packing with appropriate
bedding material; no stones, bricks, timber or similar materials shall be used below or against
the pipe to locate them or to level the pipes.
A cavity of adequate size shall be excavated in the sides and bottom of the trench or left in
the pipe bed at each joint which protrudes into the trench bottom and/or requiring additional
work thereon.
The preparation of the trench bottom or surface of the bed shall be completed for at least one
full pipe length in advance of pipe laying, except where in exceptional circumstances another
arrangement is approved by the Engineer.
After pipe laying and testing, the sidefill shall be placed equally on both sides of the pipe to
the full width of the trench and shall be carefully and thoroughly compacted, in layers not
exceeding 150 mm (un-compacted) thickness up to the crown of the pipe, as to reach the final
dry density specified in section 3.7.6/7. Particular care shall be taken to obtain complete
support under the pipe and to ensure that the pipe is not damaged by the tamping tool.
Where dictated by the requirements for pipeline testing, the method of completing bedding
may be modified to leave pipe joints exposed. Pipeline bedding shall be completed
immediately after successful completion of testing.
Bedding material shall be placed to a minimum depth of 300 mm over the crown of the pipe
to the full width of the trench and thoroughly compacted, as following specified, in two equal
layers. Excessive tamping over the crown of pipe shall be avoided.
Where there is a high ground-water table, all pipes shall be surrounded in an approved free
draining material.
Where pipes are to be laid in trenches excavated in weak or chemically aggressive soils, or
where ground water cannot be drained, improvements shall be made by over-excavation of
the trench and replacement of the in-situ soil with a selected material from a borrow pit. The
dimensions of the excavation and the selected material from the borrow pit shall be to the
prior approval of the Engineer.
3.7.5 Bedding Material
All pipelines shall be laid on, and surrounded by, prepared bedding, as indicated and detailed
on the Drawings. Different forms of bedding are denoted as “classes”; the materials of which
the bedding is composed are denoted as “types”.
The term “bedding” shall be deemed to mean all that material placed under and around the
pipe including the bed, sidefill and cover, and any concrete hunching and surround, all
constructed of the materials specified, and to the arrangements and dimensions shown on the
Drawings.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
12
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Dimensions of material thicknesses refer to material after compaction unless otherwise
stated.
a) Type A Materials (sand): shall comprise granular material in accordance with the
requirements of EN 12620, or equivalent for the range of grain size between 0
and 16 mm with particles smaller than 0.02 mm less than 10 % and with
compaction fraction of not exceeding 0.15. Testing for the bedding material shall
be in accordance with EN 882, or equivalent. Type A material shall be placed to a
depth of 100 to 150 mm below the level of the underside of the pipe, as shown of
drawings.
b) Type B Materials (granular): Material shall be sound, clean, uncontaminated
granular material, uniformly graded and maximum size of particles 20 mm and
particles smaller than 0.02 mm less than 10 %. In addition material shall be free
from organic and deleterious matter and shall not contain more than 15 % by
weight of clay or silt, individually or in combination.
c) Type C material (selected excavated material): shall comprise specially selected
excavated material which is homogeneous and readily compactable and free
from: tree roots; vegetable matter; building rubbish; clay lumps; and stones
retained on a 25 mm sieve.
d) Type D material (selected excavated material): shall comprise selected excavated
material which is homogeneous and readily compactable and free from: tree
roots; vegetable matter; building rubbish and shall not include any stones or rocks
or other solid materials exceeding 150 mm dimensions in any direction.
e) Type E material (finishing of the trench backfilling): shall comprise the upper
topsoil arable surface as stockpiled besides the trench.
3.7.6 Pipe Backfilling for HDPE pipes with ND ≤ 355 mm (Class A bedding)
Type A material shall be placed to a depth of 100/150 mm below the level of the underside
of the pipe, as shown of drawings.
Type C material shall be placed over the bedding material up to a minimum depth of 300
mm over the crown, and thoroughly compacted to a dry density not less than 95% of the
maximum density obtained in the Standard Proctor Tests where the pipe is under existing
road, and to 90% where the pipeline is in filed or open country. Excessive tamping over the
crown of pipe shall be avoided.
Immediately prior to laying the pipes, and after approval of the bed by the Engineer, the bed
(i.e. Type A material) shall be lightly raked. The pipes shall then be bedded onto the raked
area of the bed.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
13
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
After the pipes have been properly bedded, Type C material shall be carefully placed
between the pipe and the sides of the trench to the level of the crown of the pipe. The Type
C material shall be thoroughly packed and rammed by careful hand tamping in layers of
depth not exceeding 150 mm. The placing and tamping of the material shall proceed equally
on both sides of the pipe.
After the pipes have been laid and backfill with Type C material has been completed, the side
fill and coverfill shall be completed by carefully placing the Type D selected excavated
material (from which stones over 150 mm in size have been removed). Type D selected
material shall be applied only where the pipeline is in filed or open country. Where the pipe
is under existing road, only Type C selected material shall be applied, and the backfilling
shall be executed up to the level of the road’s foundation. The Type D material shall be
compacted to a dry density not less than 85% of the maximum density obtained in the
Standard Proctor Tests in layers not exceeding 150 mm (uncompacted) thickness. The
material shall be thoroughly packed and rammed by careful hand tamping in layers 150 mm
thick. Placing and tamping shall proceed equally on full width of the trench.
Power rammers or vibrating plate compactors shall be used to compact the backfilling from
one metre above the crown of the pipe to the surface.
The backfilling of the trench will be completed by placing up to the original ground level the
topsoil arable material stockpiled besides the trench.
3.7.7 Pipe Backfilling for HDPE pipes with ND > 355 mm (Class B bedding)
Type A material shall be placed to a depth of 100/150 mm below the level of the underside
of the pipe, as shown of drawings.
Type B granular material shall be placed over the bedding material up to a minimum depth
of 300 mm over the crown, and thoroughly compacted to a dry density not less than 95% of
the maximum density obtained in the Standard Proctor Tests where the pipe is under existing
road, and to 90% where the pipeline is in filed or open country. Excessive tamping over the
crown of pipe shall be avoided.
Immediately prior to laying the pipes, and after approval of the bed by the Engineer, the bed
(i.e. Type A material) shall be lightly raked. The pipes shall then be bedded onto the raked
area of the bed.
After the pipes have been properly bedded, Type B granular material shall be carefully
placed between the pipe and the sides of the trench to the level of the crown of the pipe. The
Type B material shall be thoroughly packed and rammed by careful hand tamping in layers of
depth not exceeding 150 mm. The placing and tamping of the material shall proceed equally
on both sides of the pipe.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
14
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
After the pipes have been laid and backfill with Type C material has been completed, the side
fill and coverfill shall be completed by carefully placing the Type D selected excavated
material (from which stones over 150 mm in size have been removed). Type D selected
material shall be applied only where the pipeline is in filed or open country. Where the pipe
is under existing road, only Type C selected material shall be applied, and the backfilling
shall be executed up to the level of the road’s foundation. The Type D material shall be
compacted to a dry density not less than 85% of the maximum density obtained in the
Standard Proctor Tests in layers not exceeding 150 mm (uncompacted) thickness. The
material shall be thoroughly packed and rammed by careful hand tamping in layers 150 mm
thick. Placing and tamping shall proceed equally on full width of the trench.
Power rammers or vibrating plate compactors shall be used to compact the backfilling from
one metre above the crown of the pipe to the surface.
The backfilling of the trench will be completed by placing up to the original ground level the
topsoil arable material stockpiled besides the trench.
3.7.8 Pipe Backfilling for Steel pipes
The backfilling shall be as per previous clause 3.7.6 “Pipe Backfilling for HDPE pipes with
ND ≤ 400 mm”.
3.7.9 Disposal of the surplus material
Any surplus excavated materials (i.e. extra material becoming from pipe volume and piped
bedding) shall be deposit in approved spoil dumps at the Contractor’s expenses.
3.7.10 Backfill in vehicular traffic and other surfaced areas
Surfaces such as roads, streets, sidewalks and the like pavements that are removed shall be
reinstated over their original depth or as directed by the Engineer.
3.7.11 Underground Cables
Cable trenches shall be in accordance with the Technical Specifications for the Electrical
Works.
3.7.12 Compaction
Compaction is expressed in percentages and in all cases refers to the optimum dry density
according to the modified Proctor Test or the BS 1377-4:1990 (Test 13), or equivalent. In
case the requirements of compaction are not met by the Contractor all the affected work
including backfilling material, installed pipe and bedding material shall be removed and
reconstructed by the Contractor at his expense.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
15
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
3.7.13 Trench excavations on riverbeds
Trench excavations on riverbeds shall comply with local regulation in force in Moldova.
Prior to any underwater excavation, the Contractor shall submit and get the approval from the
Engineer of a detailed excavation plan including proposed method and sequence of
operations, plant and equipment, and handling of material to be disposed to meet the
requirements of the local Regulation in force.
The Contractor shall describe in the site specific ESMP of his CESMP detailed explanations
on the proposed environmental protection measures, such as management of temporary
stockpiles, drainage facilities and estimated impact of the generation of turbidity, impacted
area, volumes of excavations, in order to enable to assess the biological damage to the
environment caused by his works.
Trench excavations shall be executed by dredging equipment or excavators mounted on
pontoons or operating from the river banks. Excavated materials shall not be stockpiled even
temporary on the river banks w/out authorisation from the Engineer. If permitted by the local
environmental authorities, the excavated materials can be dumped on the river at the
locations indicated in the drawings and/or in the PTS. When not permitted, the PTS and the
BoQ will indicate the location of the authorised dumping areas and the relevant hauling
distances. The material can be normally reused to backfill the underwater trench up to the
lines and grades shown in the drawings, unless otherwise indicated in the PTS or instructed
by the Engineer. Any material disposed along the river banks shall be suitably drained and
then levelled and shaped attractively to the approval by the Engineer. Disposal areas should
be subject to the approval of the Engineer.
All boundaries of underwater excavation areas shall be established on the site by installation
of markers in the appropriate reference lines or electronically established subject to the
Engineer’s approval.
Markers shall be robust and clearly visible from all parts of the underwater excavation area.
All setting out of dredging works shall be carried out by the Contractor.
Prior to execute the underwater excavation or to dispose the materials in any area, such area
shall be shall be cleared and surveyed in the presence of the Engineer. The survey shall be
detailed sufficiently for the recording of any major irregularities in the surveyed surface.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
16
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The Contractor’s method and sequence of underwater excavation shall be such that localised
deterioration of water quality is kept to a minimum. The Contractor is responsible for
undertaking at his own cost, all appropriate mitigation measures deemed necessary to protect
the environment. In this regard, the use of water jetting equipment is currently permitted by
the regulations in force and has been planned for the desilting operations required to
dismantle existing pipes and equipment. However, its extended use for trench excavation
may be subject to local restrictions as the velocity of water in some periods of the year may
be unsuitable to effectively remove the suspended materials and to avoid deposition of
material in shallow waters.
Underwater excavation shall be carried out to the designated depths in all parts of excavation
areas with a maximum permissible over dredging of 0.1 m below the specified level
(Maximum Depth) unless noted otherwise by or as agreed with the Engineer.
Excess dredging below Maximum Depth is not accepted unless approved by the Engineer
and shall be replaced by suitable material at no cost to the Employer.
The lines and grades of the trench cross-section shown in the drawings will be the basis for
calculating the volumes of excavated material. The Contractor can adjust the actual width of
the trench to the proper method he intends to use and to the nature of the material found. In
such respect, the only measurement to be made will be the depth of installation of the pipes,
depending on the actual profile of the river bed. Therefore excavation volumes to be paid do
not necessarily correspond to the actual volumes excavated. Any over-excavation will not be
considered for payment as well as repeated excavation due to the depositing of sediment into
the trench during and after dredging operations.
3.8
DEWATERING
3.8.1 Scope of Work
The Contractor shall furnish all labour, materials and equipment, perform all work necessary
to lower and control the groundwater levels and hydrostatic pressures to permit all
excavations and construction to be performed in dry conditions.
The work shall include the testing, operation, maintenance, supervision, dewatering and final
dismantling and removal from the Site of the dewatering system as described herein.
The Contractor will be responsible for the cost of dewatering. He will also be responsible for
all costs for claims by third parties and costs of any replacement or rehabilitation of the
subgrade, buildings, structures and services damaged during the process of dewatering. The
responsibility covers also all costs for damages due to dewatering system failures or
Contractor's negligence. The Contractor shall comply with all local regulations relating to the
dewatering works.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
17
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Dewatering shall include the diversion, collection and removal of all surface runoff from the
work areas; removal of groundwater from new excavations to permit construction in a dry
pit/trench.
3.8.2 General Information
1.
Prior to any excavation, the dewatering system shall be placed in operation to lower
the water level, as required. Thereafter, the system shall be operated continuously twentyfour (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week until all structures have been satisfactorily
constructed, including placement of fill materials, and until dewatering is no longer required.
2.
Both primary and standby power for the dewatering system shall be provided by the
Contractor, including all costs for installation, energy and fuel. For any fuel powered system
the Contractor shall maintain adequate fuel supply on Site. The Contractor shall make all
necessary arrangements for the temporary power service and provide all necessary
accessories required.
3.
Prior to starting dewatering operations the Contractor and the Engineer shall make a
joint inspection of the condition of all existing structures on or adjacent to the Site that is to
be dewatered to establish their present condition. Photographs shall be taken to record any
details that may become subjects of possible damage claims. The Contractor shall include in
his Tender the cost for adequate photo coverage of such existing structures. The Contractor
shall supply the Engineer one set of copies of all photographs taken which shall be annotated
with adequate reference details.
3.8.3 Submittals
The Contractor shall submit for the Engineer's approval a detailed description of the
sequence of dewatering operations. The description shall include but not be limited to:
 plans showing the methods and location of dewatering and discharge. The
drawings shall include sufficient details to clearly illustrate the work;
 lists of materials and equipment to be used; and
 calculations for the design of the dewatering system.
The Engineer shall verify that the general scope of work is adequate and that the Contractor
is qualified to perform the work as shown on the dewatering drawings. Review of the
Contractor's plans and methods of construction by the Engineer shall not relieve the
Contractor in any way from his responsibility for the successful performance of the
dewatering work.
The Contractor shall also submit daily operating logs which shall include results from water
quality tests for suspended matter at the discharge point including time of day and elapsed
times of tests, daily discharge rates, installation and removal of wells and general
observations on the system such as equipment running times and failure.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
18
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
3.9
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
ROADS AND YARDS
3.9.1 General
3.9.2 Aggregate Sub-base and Road Base
Aggregate road base and sub-base shall be placed and compacted in accordance with these
specifications and to the lines, levels, grades, dimensions and cross-sections shown on the
Drawings. The material of sub-base shall be separated from natural sub-soil with a filter
fabric (geotextile) when the soil is fine graded (fine sand, silt or clay).
All material shall be free from organic matter and lumps of clay particles. Sand aggregate for
sub-base shall spread and compacted in layers not more than 200 mm. The bearing modulus
value E2 shall be 90 MPa or more measured by plate bearing tests.
The road base of crushed material shall be compacted in one layer to a density so that the
bearing modulus E2 is 120 MPa or more measured by plate bearing tests. The Los Angeles
value and crushing value of crushed base material shall not exceed 25%.
The ratio of the second and first loading stages, E2 / E1, shall be less than 2.2 both for subbase and road base courses and individual values shall not differ by more than 30% from
specified values.
In addition the material of sub-base shall conform to the requirements of Table 3-.
Fill material shall be compacted to a density not less than 90% of Modified Proctor Density.
Compaction of sub-base material shall be completed as soon as possible after the material has
been spread. If water-bound Macadam is used as roadbase the material shall conform to
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
19
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Table 3-3.
The material shall be mixed in a stationary mixing plant which shall be of a power driven
paddle or pan type of the batch or continuous type. The Engineer may at his discretion allow
the Contractor to employ other measures as the Contractor may propose for the mixing of
constituent materials for the production of the roadbase.
Table 3-3: Requirements for sub-base
(i)
Grading (BS1377 Test 7A)
BS 410 Sieve Size
75 mm
37.5 mm
10 mm
5 mm
600 micron
75 micron
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
% by weight passing (Subbase material)
100
85-100
45-100
25-85
8-45
5-45
30 max.
6 max.
250 max.
Liquid Limit (BS1377 Test 2a)
Plasticity Index (BS1377 Test 3)
Plasticity Modulus (product of Plasticity Index and
% by weight passing 425 micron sieve)
California Bearing Ratio (BS1377), Test 16 sample 30 minimum.
at 95% Maximum Dry Density BS1377 Test 13 4.5
kg rammer with 2 day soak
Table 3-4: Requirement for water-bound Macadam used as roadbase material
Grading (BS1377 Test 7A)
BS 410 Sieve Size
50 mm
37.5 mm
20 mm
10 mm
5 mm
2.36 mm
600 micron
425 micron
75 micron
% by weight passing
100
95-100
60-80
40-60
25-40
15-30
8-22
5-20
0-8
The moisture content at the time of compaction shall be within the range of 1.0% above and
0.5% below the optimum as determined in accordance with BS 1377 Test 13.
Water-bound macadam roadbase material shall be placed and spread evenly.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
20
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Compaction of crushed stone macadam roadbase material shall be started immediately after
spreading to achieve a relative density of at least 95% of the maximum dry density
determined by BS 1377 Test 13. At least three tests in accordance with BS 1377 Test 14 shall
be carried out on each day's production run of roadbase laying to ascertain compliance with
the above requirement and such tests shall be made at more frequent intervals if deemed
necessary by the Engineer. Test holes shall be filled with properly compacted materials to the
satisfaction of the Engineer at no cost to the Employer.
3.9.3 Bituminous Road Base
Prior to starting to lay bituminous road base the base course shall be inspected and approved
by the Engineer.
The asphalt concrete base course shall comprise hot-laid and plant mixed asphalt-concrete in
accordance with local approved standards and mechanically spread and rolled.
Aggregates shall be free from vegetable or organic matter, loam, clay, chalk dust or other
material which could prevent thorough coating or which might adversely affect the strength
or durability of the surfacing.
Aggregates shall also be free from sulphates, chlorides and other materials (including the
products of decomposition) which may be liable to break down during drying or mixing or
subsequently when exposed to the weather.
Fine aggregates shall be crushed rock and shall be free from loosely bonded aggregations and
other foreign matter.
The aggregate of bitumen Macadam road base shall be according to Table 3-.
Table 3-5: Grading of aggregate
BS Sieve Size
50 mm
37.5 mm
28 mm
20 mm
14 mm
10 mm
6.3 mm
3.35 mm
300 micron
75 micron
Percentage by weight passing
28 mm Nominal
20 mm Nominal
37.5 mm Nominal
Size
Size
Size
--100
100
-95-100
90-100
100
70-94
71-95
95-100
-58-82
65-85
55-75
-52-72
-44-60
39-55
44-60
32-46
32-46
32-46
4-21
7-21
7-21
2-8
2-8*
3-8*
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
21
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
* The material passing the 75 micron BS 410 sieve shall include hydrated lime or
Portland cement or crushed limestone only where the fine aggregate is solely of
limestone origin.
3.9.4 Wearing Courses of Roads and Yards
3.9.4.1 General
Roads and yards shall be graded and paved with granular or bituminous material as shown on
the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Before starting surfacing works the base course
shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer.
The wearing course shall be laid to the shapes and levels as shown on the Drawings and shall
meet the specified bearing capacity.
3.9.4.2 Granular Surfaces
Granular surfaces shall be of gravel or crushed gravel with particle size from 0 to 20 mm.
The thickness of the granular layer shall be 100 mm and it shall be leveled in one layer and
well compacted to 95 % relative density.
3.9.4.3 Bituminous Surfaces
Asphalt-concrete surface course shall comprise hot-laid asphalt-concrete mechanically spread
and rolled to minimum thickness 50 mm all in accordance with local approved standards.
3.9.5 Tolerances
The surfacing material shall be laid to an accuracy such that the maximum allowable
difference between the surface and the underside of a three (3) meters straight-edge, when
placed parallel with and at right angles to the centre line of the road, at points decided by the
Engineer shall be as in Table 3-.
Table 3-6: Tolerances for surfacing material.
Surfacing material
Wearing courses
Base courses
Bituminous road bases
Maximum distance under 3 m long test straight-edge (mm)
Along road
Across road
3
5
5
8
8
10
An adequate number of 3 m long test straight-edges shall be provided by the Contractor.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
22
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
If any specified tolerances or limits are exceeded the full extent of the area concerned shall
be removed and replaced with new material that conforms to the requirements.
Testing of the wearing course shall be carried out as soon as possible after completion of the
surfacing and any remedies completed before the road is opened to traffic. No attempts
whatsoever to correct the surface accuracy with any dressing or the like shall be allowed. The
rejected areas shall be rectified at the Contractor's expense.
3.9.6 Curbs and Gutters
Curbs and gutters shall be stone or pre-cast concrete and they shall be bedded on Concrete.
Curved Curbs shall be used when the laying radius is less than 12 m.
3.10 GROUND IMPROVEMENT MEASURES
3.10.1 Geotextiles or Filter Fabric
Geotextiles shall be placed between fill material and natural soil when the soil is fine graded
(silty sand, silt or clay) to prevent the inter-penetration of fine sub-soil with the fill material
or coarse aggregates. Geotextiles shall be installed according to the specifications of the
manufacturer.
The geotextile shall be manufactured from durable synthetic polymers and shall have the
following properties:
 max. pore size diameter O95 = 0.05 mm
 weight category > 200 g/m2
 permeability, k-value within ranges 10-3 and 10-4 m/s
 tensile strength (breaking load) > 150 kN/m.
 Roll lengths shall be 5.8 m unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
Where overlapping of fabric is required, the overlap shall not be less than 500 mm and shall
be sewn with a lock type stitch in such a manner that it produces a joint as durable as the
fabric.
A minimum of 5 samples/1000m2 will be taken from material on-site and duly tested.
3.11 FINISH GRADING AND LANDSCAPING
3.11.1 General
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
23
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The work specified here covers the filling, finished grading and landscaping of unsurfaced
areas not specified elsewhere. The Contractor shall prepare drawings for this work for the
approval of the Engineer.
3.11.2 Grading of Unsurfaced Areas
After the completion of the construction Works the areas not shown to be paved on the
Drawings shall be graded to provide smooth surfaces. Suitable excavated material shall be
used for the finish grading. The finish grading shall be shaped as shown on drawings and as
directed by the Engineer.
3.11.3 Soft Landscaping
The Contractor shall furnish all labour and materials necessary for topsoil, seeding, planting
and miscellaneous work for soft landscaping.
The type of soft landscaping to be planted on the unpaved areas and the planting period shall
be as shown on drawings and as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall schedule his
supply of plant and fertiliser material and shall give the Engineer at least 14 days’ notice
before making any delivery and planting. Fertiliser shall be deliver in standard bags marked
with weight, analysis of the contains and the name of the manufacturer.
Soil used for soft landscaping shall be free of stones, lumps, plants, roots, and other
extraneous matter and shall contain no waste oils, materials and the like that will be
detrimental to plant growth.
All plants shall be healthy, sound, free of any defects, sunstroke injuries, abrasions of the
bark, broken or dead branches and be nursery-grown stock of minimum one year old. The
trees to be planted shall be not less than 2.5 m in height. Plants shall have normal well
developed branch systems and vigorous root systems. The Contractor shall provide stakes
and stake out all tree locations and planting areas as shown on drawings and as directed by
the Engineer.
The Contractor shall excavate tree pits to a depth equal to the tree ball plus 500 mm. The
diameter of each pit shall be at least twice the size of the tree ball. Care shall be exercised to
set plants truly vertical. Before backfilling all debris, stones and the like shall be removed
from the pits. Backfilling shall be soil improved with fertiliser.
The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting and watering the soft landscaping after
planting, seeding and the like up to the Completion of the Works. The Contractor shall
replace according to the original specifications any planting, seeding and the like that dies,
becomes unhealthy or is likely to die up to the end of the Defects Liability Period. The
Engineer shall be the sole judge of the condition of the planting, seeding and the like in
question.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
24
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The soft landscaping affected by the laying of pipes or cables shall be reinstated by the
Contractor to the same condition as before the commencement of the works or as shown on
drawings.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
25
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
4
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
CONCRETE WORKS
4.1
GENERAL
The standard of materials and workmanship shall be not inferior to the recommendations of:
 EN 206-1:2000 Concrete - Part 1: Specification, performance, production and
conformity;
 ENV 13670-1:2000 - Execution of concrete structures - Part 1: Common;
 British Standard Code of Practice BS 8110 - The Structural use of Concrete, or
equivalent and all work shall be carried out in accordance with the
recommendations given in this code except where modified by these Technical
Specifications;
 British Standard Code of Practice BS 8007 - Design of Concrete structures for
Retaining Aqueous Liquids, or equivalent; and
 Appropriate European, British and Moldovan Standards.
As and when required by the Engineer the Contractor shall prepare and submit, before
commencing the work, a time-chart detailing the various operations for concrete work. At
least 48 hours’ notice shall be given to the Engineer by the Contractor prior to any concrete
works of any type being carried out. No concrete shall be poured without the prior written
approval of the Engineer.
No material shall be used in the works until prior approval for its use has been given by the
Engineer.
Test certificates shall be supplied as soon as possible to the Engineer.
4.2
MATERIALS
4.2.1 Cement
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval the name(s) of the manufacturer(s)
of the cement he proposes to use. Cement shall be ordinary Portland Cement and shall
conform to EN 197-1:2000.
Sulphate resisting cement shall comply with BS 4027:1996, or equivalent. If the Contractor
elects to use a Pulverised Fuel Ash (PFA) or Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag (GGBS)
mix he shall only be able to do so with the approval of the Engineer.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
26
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Cement shall be fresh when delivered to Site and the consignments shall be used in the order
of their delivery. If the cement is delivered in bags it shall be stored in a waterproof shed or
building at a temperature of not less than 8ºC and the bags shall be placed on dry boards
above the floor to prevent deterioration or contamination from any cause.
4.2.2 Aggregates
Fine and coarse aggregates shall be as defined by the quality and nature required by EN
12620, or equivalent. In addition they shall be chemically inert to alkali reaction unless
appropriate adjustment can be made to the concrete mix in order to prevent such reaction.
Except where aggregates have been otherwise specified the grading of coarse aggregates
shall be as follows:
 10 mm max. size, graded, for all “fine” concrete.
 20 mm max. size, graded, for all reinforced concrete in beams, and for walls and
slabs not greater than 400 mm thick.
The water absorption of aggregates for concrete designed to retain water shall not exceed 3%
when measured in accordance with EN 1097-3:1998, EN 1097-3, or equivalent.
If required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit the results for the following tests:
a) Sieve analysis
b) Test for clay, silt and dust content
c) Test for organic impurities
d) Test for salt content
e) Shape and Porosity
f) Strength
Tests (1) and (2) with test of moisture content shall be carried out on the samples used for
each trial mix. In test (4) the percentages given by the following table shall not be exceeded.
Table 4-1: Shell content
Nominal size of aggregate
(mm)
20
10
Fine aggregate
% by weight of dry aggregate of shell as Calcium
Carbonate
Normal reinforced concrete
Liquid retaining structure
10
5
15
15
45
30
4.2.2.1 Water
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
27
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The water for use in concrete and mortar shall be from potable water supply or source
approved by the Engineer. Water for washing and curing shall be such that it will not impair
either the strength of the finished concrete nor its appearance.
4.2.2.2 Admixtures
Admixtures shall be used only when and as specified herein or approved by the Engineer.
Approval will only be given for the use of admixtures which can be administrated in fixed
calibrated amounts through a mechanical dispenser, and which are added directly to the
mixing water. Where the approval is given for the use of more than one type of admixture for
the same concrete mix they shall be dispensed separately.
 Water-reducing - the Contractor shall include an approved water-reduction
admixture (plasticiser) where, in the opinion of the Engineer, the workability of
the mix is otherwise inadequate to achieve an acceptable compaction and /or
surface finish, or where excessive bleeding of the concrete is in evidence.
 Set-retarding admixtures - where large quantities of concrete are to be placed or
where concreting is undertaken under hot conditions, the contractor may include
for approval a set-retarding admixture to reduce the heat of hydration.
 Set-accelerating admixtures - the Contractor shall not use set-acceleration
admixtures except for cold weather concreting and after the approval of the
Engineer. The set-accelerating admixtures shall not be used for the thrust blocks
of PVC or PE pipes.
To ensure a maximum impermeability and density of the concrete appropriate admixtures
may also be used with the Engineer’s approval.
4.2.2.3 Strength of Concrete
The basis for assessing the strength of concrete shall be related to the characteristic strength,
defined as the strength of the concrete at 28 days as determined by the standard method of
testing EN 206.
According to EN 012-1/2007 the concrete classes are defined as in the table 4-2 below:
Table 4-2: Concrete Classes according to EN 012-1/2007
Concrete Classes according to EN 012-1/2007
Minimum Characteristic
Minimum Characteristic
Compression strength
Strength testing cylinders
Strength testing cubes
at 28 days
2
N/mm
N/mm2
C8/10
8
10
C12/15
12
15
C16/20
16
20
C25/30
25
30
C30/37
30
37
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
28
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Concrete Classes according to EN 012-1/2007
Minimum Characteristic
Minimum Characteristic
Compression strength
Strength testing cylinders
Strength testing cubes
at 28 days
N/mm2
N/mm2
C35/45
35
45
C40/50
40
60
C45/55
45
55
C50/60
50
60
C55/67
55
67
C60/75
60
75
C70/85
70
85
C80/95
80
95
C90/105
90
105
C100/115
100
115
According to “SNIP 2.06.08-87 Concrete and reinforced concrete for hydraulic structures” in
force in Moldova Republic, the concrete grades for hydraulic structures are defined as in the
table 4-3 below.
Table 4-3: Concrete grades according to SNIP 2.06.08-87
Concrete grades according to SNIP 2.06.08-87
The prismatic strength for
Axial compression strength
calculation of service limit state
N/mm2
B5
3.5
B7.5
5.5
B10
7.5
B12,5
9.5
B15
11.0
B20
15.0
B25
18.5
B30
22.0
B35
25.5
B40
29.0
According to “NCM F.02.02.2006 Calculul, proiectarea şi alcătuirea elementelor de
construcţii din beton armat şi beton precomprimat - Расчет, проектирование и методика
изготовления элементов из обычного и преднапряженного железобетона” in force in
Moldova Republic, the concrete classes are defined as in the table 4-4, below.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
29
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Table 4-4: Concrete Classes according to NCM F02.02.2006
Concrete Classes according to NCM F02.02.2006
Minimal compression
Strength class
strength on cubs at 28 days
N/mm2
C2.5
1.9
C3.5
2.7
C5
3.5
C7.5
5.5
C10
7.5
C12.5
9.5
C15
11
C20
15
C25
18.5
C30
22
C35
25.5
C40
29
C45
32
C50
36
C55
39.5
C60
43
4.2.2.4 Concrete Mixing
The concrete mixes are designed mixes to be supplied in accordance with EN 206-1:2000, or
equivalent.
Details of the compressive strength grades are:

Concrete mix C12/15 (Xo)- Lean concrete.






Compressive strength grade C1
maximum size of aggregate 10 mm
aggregate and cement see above
minimum cement content 180 kg/m3
maximum free water/cement ratio 0.8
Concrete mix C20/25(XC1)–Foundation structures.





Compressive strength grade C20
maximum size of aggregate 20 mm
aggregate and cement see above
minimum cement content 265 kg/m3
maximum free water/cement ratio 0.65
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
30
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova

Concrete mix C25/30 (XC2)–Other concrete structure.






IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Compressive strength grade C25
maximum size of aggregate 20 mm
aggregate and cement see above
minimum cement content 280 kg/m3
maximum free water/cement ratio 0.60
Concrete mix C30/37(XA1)–Water retaining structure.





Compressive strength grade C27
maximum size of aggregate 20 mm
aggregate and cement see above
minimum cement content 320 kg/m3
maximum free water/cement ratio 0.50
4.2.2.5 Quality Control
The principal basis of control shall be by comparison of the results of the compression cube
tests at 28 days, except for small quantities of concrete work whose strength can be otherwise
derived and which is permitted for use by the Engineer. Forty sample cubes shall be made
initially in eight samples each day for five days of concreting to establish the suitability of
the design mix.
Cube test results will be examined individually in 10 consecutive sets of four and the mean
strength of each set will be calculated. The concrete mix proportions will only be acceptable
if all of the EN 206-1:2000, BS 8110 and BS 8007, or equivalent requirements are fully
complied with.
Where the results do not conform to the above requirements the mix proportions shall be
modified to obtain the required specification requirements.
In the event of failure to meet the requirements by the 28th day, the Contractor shall be
responsible to produce evidence that the related element of structure is satisfactory. This can
be achieved by taking samples of a type and location approved by the Engineer from the
affected part of the structure and having them tested by Testing Material Laboratory
approved by the Engineer.
In the case where concrete does not meet the requirements even after the Laboratory testing,
all the affected structural elements shall be demolished and reconstructed by the Contractor at
his own expense.
In order to determine and therefore maintain the consistency of the mixed concrete for a
particular structure and/ or section of the work, the Contractor shall carry out a slump or
compacting factor test in accordance with EN 12350-2:2000 at all of the following intervals:
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
31
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova



IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
For every mixer lorry load arriving on Site,
For every 6 m3 of Site batched/mixed concrete produced by each Site mixer,
As requested by the Engineer.
4.2.2.6 Reinforcement
(1)
Steel
Steel reinforcement shall comply with the relevant provisions of the appropriate British
Standards, as set below, or equivalent:
Table 4-5: Standards for reinforcement
Type
Carbon steel bar
Cold reduced steel wire
Steel fabric
BS
4449 (EURONORM 80)
4482
4483
All reinforcement shall be Type 2 high yield deformed bars complying with BS 4449 or
equivalent unless otherwise noted on the drawings. The characteristic strength shall be 460
N/mm².
(2)
Submittals
The Contractor shall provide, in addition to mill test, certificates, which must be provided in
advance for approval, confirming that samples, taken from the bars delivered to the Site, pass
the tensile strength test. The frequency of sampling and the method of quality control shall be
as and when required by the Engineer in accordance with the provisions elsewhere in the
Contract.
(3)
Fabrication and Storage
1.
All reinforcement shall be cut and bend cold accurately to the dimensions approved.
Bends shall be made in accordance with EN ISO 4066. If shipped to the job fabricated, steel
reinforcement shall be properly bundled and tagged so that it can be handled without damage
and readily with the approved placing diagrams.
Reinforcement shall not be straightened or rebent.
Reinforcing steel shall be stored above ground on platforms or other supports and shall be
protected from the weather at all times by suitable covering. It shall be stored in an orderly
manner and plainly marked to facilitate identification.
(4)
Cleaning and Placing
Before being placed in position, the reinforcement shall be thoroughly cleaned of all loose
scale and rust and of any dirt, coatings, or other material that might reduce the bond of
concrete to the reinforcement.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
32
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
All reinforcement shall be placed in the exact positions and with the spacing shown on the
Drawings, or as otherwise directed. It shall be so securely fastened in position by saddle tying
at intersections with annealed wire or by suitable clips, such that no displacement will occur
for any reason. Where splicing is permitted, bars shall overlap at least 45 diameters unless
otherwise noted. Precast concrete blocks or metal chairs as approved by the Engineer shall be
used for supporting horizontal reinforcement in slabs, beams and footings. No reinforcement
shall be placed so that there is less concrete between it and the finished concrete surface than
the minimum cover shown on the Drawings or specified in BS 8110, or equivalent.
(5)
Welding of Reinforcement
Reinforcement shall not be welded on the Site except where described in or permitted under
the other section of present Technical Specification. All welding procedures shall be subject
to the prior approval of the Engineer in writing.
(6)
Built-in Items
Where pipes, sleeves, water bars or other items are built into concrete, they shall be rigidly
secured in position to prevent movement and shall be free from external coatings witch might
reduce the bond. The Contractor shall take precautions to prevent the formation of air
pockets, voids or other defects whilst the concrete is being placed.
4.3
EXECUTION OF WORKS
4.3.1 General
Forms for concrete shall be of wood, plywood, steel or other approved material. Type, size
quality, and strength of the materials from which forms are made shall be subject to the
approval of the Engineer. However the design of formwork its construction and removal shall
be responsibility of the Contractor. No false work of forms shall be used which are not clean
and suitable. Deformed, broken or defective false work and forms shall be removed from the
Site.
Forms for concrete shall be true to line and grade, and shall be mortar-tight and sufficiently
rigid to prevent displacement and sagging between supports. Forms shall be smooth and free
from surface irregularities. Bolts and rods used for internal ties shall be arranged in such a
manner that all metal will not be permitted where the concrete surface will be exposed to
either water or weathering. All forms shall be constructed in such a manner that they can be
removed without hammering or prying against the concrete. Suitable mouldings shall be
placed to bevel or round all exposed corners and edges of beams, columns, walls and slabs.
All shuttering shall be sufficiently light, without plugging, to prevent loss of grout during the
vibration of the concrete. When required by the Engineer joints between shutter facing
boards shall be sealed with foam rubber sealing strips or other approved material.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
33
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Shuttering which as a result of prolonged use or general deterioration does not, in the opinion
of the Engineer, conform to the particular requirements, shall not be used. Boxes for forming
holes shall be constructed so as to be easily removable without damaging the concrete during
removal. They shall be properly vented to permit the escape of entrapped air, and shall be
capable of being sealed, subsequently, to prevent the loss of grout. The use of polystyrene
blocks for the forming of holes, sinking, etc. will not be allowed except by the Engineer's
permission.
Before concreting, the areas which are intended to receive the concrete shall be cleaned by
getting with compressed air, and all water and extraneous material removed.
Shutter ties which provide a direct leakage path or leave an open hole through any structural
element of any water retaining structure or beneath the finished ground level of any structure
shall not be used.
4.3.2 Formwork
4.3.2.1 Sawn Formwork (Type A)
This shall be designed formwork or moulds of closely jointed sawn boards or other approved
material. Small blemishes due to entrapped air or water shall be allowed but the surface shall
be free from voids, honeycombing or other large blemishes.
4.3.2.2 Wrought Formwork (for "Fair Face" Finish) (Type B)
Where concrete is described as having "Fair Face" finish it shall have a smooth finish of
uniform texture and appearance. This finish shall be a high quality hard smooth finish
resulting from a high quality concrete with forms or moulds having a hard smooth finish.
The concrete surface shall be smooth with true clean arises and only very minor surface
blemishes shall be allowed with no staining or discoloration from release agents. Whilst the
concrete is still green all surface blemishes shall be filled after Engineer's permission with a
fresh specially prepared cement and fine aggregate paste.
For circular columns metal formwork shall be used.
4.3.2.3 Tolerances
Concrete surfaces in the final work shall have no abrupt irregularities to an extent observable
by eye. Subject to retaining the required concrete cover to reinforcement, other deviations
from the surfaces described in the Contract shall be no more than the permissible amounts
given in Table 4-.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
34
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Table 4-6: Permissible deviations in concrete surfaces
Type of finish
Sawn formwork
Any other
Deviation from line, level,
verticality, cross section
dimension or length (mm)
10
5
Any abrupt irregularity
(mm)
5
3
4.3.2.4 Striking and Removal of Shuttering
Formwork shall be removed without shock or to disturbance of the concrete.
Formwork to vertical surfaces or sloping formwork not supporting concrete in flexure shall
not be removed until, the concrete strength shall be sufficient to meet any wind load upon the
concrete likely to arise at the time when the formwork is removed; and

The concrete strength (as confirmed by tests in cubes cured under representative
conditions) has reached 5 N/mm2; or

For concrete containing Portland cement only, in the absence of cube test results a
minimum period shall have elapsed since the concrete was poured equivalent to
11 hours at 15 0C for unsealed plywood forms, or 8 hours at 15 0C for
impermeable forms
Formwork supporting concrete in flexure shall not be removed until:

The concrete strength (as confirmed by tests in cubes cured under representative
conditions) has reached 10 N/mm2; or twice the stress to which the concrete will
then be subjected, whichever is the greater, or

For concrete containing Portland cement only, in the absence of cube test results
or any formal procedure agreed with the Engineer, the periods before striking
calculated from the relevant formula as given in Table 4- shall be used.
Table 4-7: Periods for striking formwork
Type of formwork
Soffit form to slabs and beams
Props to slabs and beams
Period calculated for mean ambient
temperature (t) between 5 and 25°C
100 ÷ (t + 10) days
250 ÷ (t + 10) days
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
35
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
4.4
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
CONCRETING
4.4.1 General
Before any major concrete pour is started, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the
Engineer for approval a schedule of his proposed operations. Approval of the schedule by the
Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for producing concrete work of
the highest quality.
No concrete shall be placed until the depth and character of the foundation soils have been
inspected and approved by the Engineer.
Water shall be removed from the trenches before casting the concrete. Loose particles and
other impurities shall be removed, washed and/ or blown away from forms and from inner
surfaces of mixing and casting equipment with pressurised air.
No concrete shall be placed until all reinforcing steel, anchor bolts, pipes, conduits, sleeves
and other work required to be built into concrete have been inspected and approved by the
Engineer.
All concrete shall be placed during the daylight hours except with the consent of the
Engineer; the placing of concrete in any portion of the work shall not be started unless it can
be completed in daylight. If special permission is obtained to carry on work during the night,
an adequate flood-light system must be provided.
In the event of the Contractor electing to carry out site mixing of concrete the batching plant
shall be to the approval of the Engineer. Aggregates and cement shall be proportioned by
weight batching and water by volume. Batch mixing machines shall comply with the
requirements of EN 1305 and shall be provided in such numbers and of such capacity to
ensure a continuous supply of fresh concrete. The contractor shall, if required by the
Engineer, arrange to have all gauges of his batching plant tested and calibrated. The tests
shall be carried out at a frequency required by the Engineer and the cost borne by the
Contractor.
The transport of and delivery times for ready mixed concrete shall be in accordance with the
requirements of EN 206-1:2000.
4.4.2 Pouring
Concrete shall be placed in forms as soon as practicable after mixing, and in no case shall
any concrete be used which does not reach its final position in the forms within 30 minutes of
discharge from the mixer, unless carried in a purpose-made agitators operating continuously,
when the time shall be within 2 hours of the introduction of the cement to the mix and within
30 minutes of the discharge from the agitator.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
36
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The method and manner of placing concrete shall be such as to avoid the possibility of
segregation of the concrete materials or the displacement of the reinforcement.






Dropping the concrete a distance of more than 2.0 m or depositing a large quantity
at any point, running or working it along the forms will not be permitted.
Placing of concrete shall be so regulated that the pressure caused by wet concrete
shall not exceed that used in the design of the forms.
All concrete shall be deposited in approximately horizontal layers. Each part of
the form shall be filled by placing the concrete as near to its final position as
possible. The coarse aggregate shall be worked back from the face and the
concrete forced under and around the inserts, piping and reinforcing bars without
disturbing them.
All concrete shall be consolidated by continuous working with suitable tools and
also by the use of approved mechanical vibrating devices.
Mechanical vibrators shall be of an approved type transmitting vibrations directly
to the concrete with sufficient intensity to cause flow and settlement. Their
operation shall be carefully controlled to give sufficient duration to accomplish
thorough compacting without over-agitation which will cause segregation of the
materials. Every effort shall be made to ensure that all concrete work is solid,
compact, watertight, and smooth to prevent the formation of laitenance.
If concreting is interrupted for any reason for a long enough time for a cold joint
to be likely (30 minutes) then a stop-end will be introduced to produce a well
compacted, square, formed construction joint, to the approval of the Engineer, at
the point where concreting must stop. Any concreting which is allowed to cure on
a feather edge without a stop-end thus producing poor quality uncompacted
concrete will be chopped back to sound concrete before continuing the pour.
4.4.3 Hot Weather Concreting (for Temperature above +20°C)
Concreting shall not be permitted if its temperature of placing is in excess of +38°C. In order
to maintain the temperature of the concrete below this value the following precautions shall
be taken:

All aggregate stockpiles, water lines and tanks as well as the mixer shall be
protected from the direct rays of the sun;

Coarse aggregate shall be cooled by constant watering where possible;

Mixing water shall be cooled by the addition of ice to the storage tanks where
necessary;

Rapid-hardening cement shall not be used;

Where the above precautions are inadequate concreting shall be carried out during
the cooler parts of the day or during the night as may be approved by the
Engineer;
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
37
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03

When the air temperature is above +20°C loss of mixing water by evaporation
shall be considered in arriving at the amount of water to be added to the mix. In
order to maintain the water/cement ratio within permissible limits an approved
water-reducing agent shall be included in the mix;

In order to reduce premature drying of the concrete during transporting and
placing, all chutes, shuttering and reinforcement shall be cooled by watering when
possible, or shall otherwise be protected from the direct rays of the sun.
4.4.4 Wet Weather Concreting
Concreting during periods of constant rain shall not be permitted unless aggregate stockpiles,
mixers and transporting equipment, and the areas to be concreted are adequately covered.
During raining weather, the Contractor shall ensure the work can be concluded at short notice
by the provision of stop ends. Adequate covering shall be provided to protect newly placed
concrete from the rain.
4.4.5 Cold Weather Concreting
Concreting at ambient temperatures below +2C may be carried out only if the following
conditions are met:

the aggregates and water used in the mix shall be free from snow, ice and frost

before placing concrete, the formwork, reinforcement and any other surface with
which the fresh concrete will be in contact shall be free from snow, ice and frost
and shall be at a temperature above 0 C

the initial temperature of the concrete at the time of placing shall be at least +10
ºC

the temperature at the surface of the concrete shall be maintained at not less than
+10 C at any point until the concrete reaches a strength of 5 N/mm², as
confirmed by tests on cubes matured under similar conditions, and

temperatures at the surface of the concrete shall be measured where the lowest
temperature is expected.
The contractor shall take precautions to prevent the temperature of any concrete falling to
0ºC during the first five days after placing.
4.4.6 Protection and Curing
Careful attention shall be given to the proper curing and protection of all concrete in the
structures. The work shall be protected from the elements, flowing water and from
defacement of any nature during construction operations.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
38
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
After placing and finishing of concrete, concrete shall be cured and protected in accordance
with BS 8110, or equivalent.
Finished surfaces and wall edges located where travel and further construction work is
necessary shall be suitably protected from damage by temporary guards or covers as directed
by the Engineer.
The curing time shall be the number of days given in Table 4-.
Where a curing compound is used the Contractor must be able to demonstrate adequate
coverage of the concrete by the compound. The compound to be used by the Contractor must
be approved by the Engineer.
Table 4-8: Curing time
Type of cement
Ambient conditions
after casting
EN 4027
or equivalent
Others
Average
Poor
Average
Poor
Minimum period of curing and protection
(days)
+5°C to +10°C
Above +10°C
4
3
6
4
6
4
10
7
4.4.7 Construction Joints
Except where construction joints are shown in the approved drawings, the Contractor shall
obtain the Engineer’s approval to the positions and details of such joints before any work is
commenced.
Concreting shall be carried out continuously up to construction joints.
The surface of any concrete against which new concrete is to be cast shall be free from
laitenance and shall be roughened to the extent that the large aggregate is exposed but not
disturbed. The joint surface shall be cleaned immediately before the fresh concrete is placed
against it.
Where practicable, such preparation of joints shall be carried out when the concrete has set
but not hardened.
4.4.8 Waterstops and Jointing Materials
4.4.8.1 Waterstops
A waterstop of stainless steel strip 2 mm thick, h = 200 mm, shall be located in every joint in
water retaining structures.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
39
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Waterstop shall be located and maintained accurately in correct position. On no account shall
any waterstop be secured by nails or by any other means involving puncture of or damage to
the waterstop materials unless purpose made nailing flanges are incorporated in the design of
the waterstop.
All waterstop joints shall be welded.
4.4.8.2 Installation of Joint Fillers and Sealants.
Joint fillers and sealants shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommended
procedures. Joint filler that will be exposed after removal of forms shall be cut and trimmed
to ensure a neat appearance and shall completely fill the joint except for the space required
for the sealant. The filler shall be held securely in place and no concrete shall be allowed to
enter the joint or the space for the sealant and destroy the proper functions of the joint.
A bond breaker of polyethylene film shall be used between filler and sealant. The joint shall
be thoroughly clean and free from dirt and debris before the primer and the sealant are
applied.
Where the finished joint will be visible, masking of the adjoining surfaces shall be carried out
to avoid their discoloration. The sealant shall be neatly tooled into place and its finished
surfaces shall present a clean and even appearance.
4.4.9 Internal Epoxy paint for concrete works in contact with aggressive chemicals
Two component epoxy modified paint based on hydrocarbons resins and special additives:
for the protection of cisterns and concrete in contact with aggressive chemicals such as acids,
alkalis, hydrocarbons, detergents and sewage.
The epoxy paint is design for contact with sewage and is also resistant to frost and sunlight,
and creates a vapour barrier.
Application procedure:

Substrate preparation: substrate must be thoroughly clean, solid and dry. Completely
remove loose materials, dust, traces of formwork, release agents, paints and varnishes
by sandblasting. Fill any cracks and repair degraded sections. Seal and level any
irregularities in the substrate.

Mixing: the paint’s two component must be mixed together. Pour part B (hardener)
into part A (resin) and mix at low speed with a mechanical stirrer until completely
homogenised.

Application: the paint can be applied using conventional techniques, brush, roller, or
spray, in at least two coats. Wait from 6 to 24 hours between coats, depending on
ambient conditions.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
40
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
4.4.10 Concrete Finish without Formwork
4.4.10.1 General
All exposed faces of concrete unless otherwise specified shall be hard, smooth and free from
honeycombing, air and water holes and other blemishes.
All projecting imperfections shall be rubbed down with carborundum stone or by other
approved means and grit and dust therefore shall be thoroughly washed off with clean water.
4.4.10.2 Surface finishes.
Wood float finishes - shall be formed by smooth floating the accurately leveled and screened
surface. Care shall be taken to ensure that the concrete is worked no more than is necessary
to produce a uniform surface free from screed marks.
Steel trowel finishes - shall be formed when the moisture film has disappeared and the
concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent laitenance from being worked to the surface,
the surface to the wood float finish shall be steel-trowelled under firm pressure to produce a
dense, smooth, uniform surface free from trowel marks.
Where the type of finish is not given it shall be wood float finish.
4.4.10.3 Repairs
Honeycombed or damaged surfaces of concrete, which in the opinion of the Engineer, are not
such as to warrant the cutting out and replacement of the concrete, shall be made good as
soon as possible after removal of the shuttering as follows: 1:1½ Portland cement and sand
mixture shall be worked into the pores over the whole surface with a fine carborundum float
in such a manner that no more material is left on the concrete face than is necessary
completely to fill the pores so that a uniformly smooth and dense concrete of uniform colour
is finally presented.
4.4.11 Removal and Replacement of Unsatisfactory Concrete
The Contractor shall on the Engineer's instructions to do so cut out and replace any concrete
in any part of the structure if in the Engineer's opinion:

the concrete does not conform to the specifications; or

deleterious materials or materials which are likely to produce harmful effects have
been included in the concrete; or

the honeycombed or damaged surfaces are too extensive; or
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
41
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03

the finished concrete sizes are not in accordance with the Drawings with
permissible tolerances; or

the setting out is incorrect; or

the steel cover has not been maintained; or

the protection, including curing, of the concrete during the construction was
inadequate, resulting in damage; or

the work of repairing or remedial measures the Engineer may indicate are not
carried out to his satisfaction, or

undue deformation of or damage to the works has taken place due to inadequate
shuttering, or to premature traffic or to excessive loading; or

any combination of the above points has taken place resulting in unsatisfactory
work.
4.4.12 Test of Water-Water retaining structure/Open Reservoirs
All water retaining structures shall be made watertight by the production of a well compacted
dense concrete. The Contractor shall be responsible for the water-tightness of the concrete
and all water-containing structures shall be tested for water-tightness when the concrete has
achieved its design strength, the Contractor providing all labour, water drain stoppers, water,
energy, etc. for conducting the test. All water retaining structures shall be tested before the
placing of the backfill, banking, etc.
The exposed faces shall be deemed to be watertight if they show no signs of leakage and
remain visibly dry during the test period of seven days.
The covered structures, the surfaces of which are not accessible for inspection, shall be filled
with water for a period of twenty-one days. On the expiry of this period, the level of the
water surface shall be recorded and further measurements be taken at 24 hour intervals for
seven days. Consideration shall be given to losses resulting from absorption and evaporation.
The structure may be deemed to be watertight if the total drop in surface level does not
exceed 1/500 of the average water depth of the full tank or 10 mm, whichever is less, in
seven days after due consideration has been given to absorption and evaporation.
For open reservoirs, due regard should be paid to atmospheric conditions throughout the test
period.
All observed leakages due to cracks or honeycombing etc. in water-retaining structures shall
be repaired by the injection of epoxy resins, watertight epoxy plaster or any other approved
method. The cost of all repairs works, as well as the new water-tightness test after repair
works, shall be borne by the Contractor.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
42
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
4.4.13 Concrete protecting coating
The protective coating to all buried concrete surfaces shall be heavy duty bituminous coating.
The bituminous coating shall consist of penetrating bituminous primer and a three-coat high
build bituminous base coating capable of being brush, trowel or spray applied to give a total
dry film thickness of 1 mm. The coating shall be capable of being applied to a vertical
surface without running.
4.4.14 Tolerances for prefabricated concrete units
The tolerances for prefabricated concrete units shall be as follows:
(1)
columns
(2)
beams
(3)
walls
length:
±10 mm or L/1000, whichever greater
cross-section: ±10 mm
curvature:
±10 mm or L/750, whichever greater
length:
±15 mm or L/1000, whichever greater
cross-section: ±10 mm
curvature:
±10 mm or L/500, whichever greater
length, height: ±10 mm
thickness:
±5 mm
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
43
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
5
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
SPECIFICATION FOR UNDERGROUND PIPEWORK
5.1
GENERAL
5.1.1 Scope of Work
The complete construction of pipelines as stated hereunder is included in the scope of
underground pipe work. The works shall include but not limited to clearing of the Site,
excavation, foundations of pipework and auxiliaries, furnishing and installing to the required
elevation all specified underground piping with all fittings (including valves etc.) and
appurtenances, backfilling, embankments, connections to manholes and chambers, crossings
in general, pipe supports, testing of pipelines and cleaning of Site all as required for a
complete installation.
5.1.2 Quality Assurance
5.1.2.1 Shop Tests
All pipe materials, fittings, sealing rings and other materials for pipeline network covered by
these specifications shall be tested in accordance with the applicable standards.
5.1.2.2 Witnessed Shop Tests
Visits and inspections of a manufacturer's facilities before and /or after the approval of
materials may be required as set out in the Special and General Conditions of Contract.
5.1.3 Submittals
5.1.3.1 General
No material furnished under these specifications shall be shipped to the Site until all
submittals have been approved.
5.1.3.2 Product Literature etc.
Each submittal shall be complete in all aspects incorporating all information and data listed
herein and all additional information required to evaluate the compliance of the proposed
piping material(s) with the Contract.
Data to be submitted shall include but is not limited to:
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
44
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova







IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Catalogue data consisting of specifications, illustrations and a parts schedule that
identifies the materials to be used for the various components and accessories.
The illustrations shall be in sufficient detail to serve as a guide for assembly and
disassembly;
Complete assembly drawings of fittings etc. with clearly marked dimensions. This
information shall be in sufficient detail to serve as a guide for assembly and
disassembly and for ordering parts;
Listing of all lubricants required for the equipment with a minimum of four
equivalent and compatible natural and/ or synthetic lubricants produced by
different manufacturers. The listing shall include the estimated quality of lubricant
required for one year of operation;
Lists of spare parts and special tools;
Weight of all component parts;
Tabulated pipe schedule, which shall include the following information for all
pipe and fittings: service, pipe size, working pressure, wall thickness; and
Manufacturer's instructions for transporting, unloading, storing and installing
pipes, fitting and other pipe accessories.
5.1.3.3 Certified Shop Test Results
Copies of current authenticated test results in accordance with the manufacturing standard
shall be submitted in accordance with the Contract provisions.
5.2
MATERIALS
5.2.1 General
All pipes, fittings, couplings and the like shall be marked with the manufacturer's name or
trademark, size, pressure, class, date of manufacture, angle of bends etc. and additionally all
as required in the applicable manufacturing standard.
All bolts, nuts and washers and the like shall be as specified herein.
Acceptable standards for pipes and fittings are as follows all to the latest editions:
 Ductile Iron (DI): EN 545:1994, EN 1092-2:1997, or equivalent;
 Steel:ENV 10220:1993, EN 10240:1997, EN 1092-1:2001, or equivalent;
 Polyethylene (PE):EN 10284:2000, or equivalent;
 uPVC pressure (PVC): EN 1452-1:1999, EN 1452-2:1999, or equivalent;
 uPVC gravity (PVC):EN 1401-1:1998, or equivalent;
 Reinforced concrete:EN 639:1994, EN 640:1994, EN 641:1994, or equivalent;
and
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
45
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova

IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Unreinforced concrete: BS 5911-100:1988, or equivalent.
5.2.2 Pipes and Pipe Fittings
5.2.2.1 Ductile Iron Pipes and Fittings
Unless otherwise specified these shall be suitable for minimum PN10 working pressure.
Ductile iron pipes and fittings shall be cement-mortar lined and seal coated to ISO
6600:1980, or equivalent and shall have an outside asphalt coating not less than 0.25 mm in
thickness. Other standards shall meet ISO 4179:1985, or equivalent. Cement-mortar lining
shall be standard thickness. Materials, mix and workmanship for the cement mortar lining
shall be:
 sulphate resisting cement to EN 197-1:2000, or equivalent
 sand, inert granular material of hard durable uncoated grains, to EN 12620, or
equivalent
 water from the public supply, containing no constituents that adversely affects the
quality of cement or the water to be carried in the pipe
 mix, at least 1 part by weight of cement : 3.5 parts by weight of sand
 cement mortar lining to be applied by centrifugally or by a centrifugal applicator
head.
The insides of sockets and the faces of flanges shall be free from cement mortar.
Small areas of damaged pipe lining may be repaired by cutting back the lining to the metal
surface, thoroughly wetting the exposed surface of the metal and the adjacent sound lining
and by patching with stiff fresh cement mortar worked in thoroughly to ensure a good bond
with exposed surfaces.
Thickness of lining shall be as set out in Table 3-1 below.
Table 5-1: Thickness of cement mortar lining
DN (mm)
100 - 300
400 - 600
800 - 1,000
Minimum
Nominal thickness
arithmetical mean
(mm)
value of thickness
(mm)
3
2.5
5
4.5
6
5.5
Individual minimum
thickness (mm)
1.5
2.5
3.0
Joints shall be Tyton-type, spigot and socket, push-on with preformed gasket. Gaskets shall
be according to EN 545, or equivalent and shall be obtained from the pipe manufacturer.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
46
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Joints shall be capable of taking the allowable deflection per joint as given in Table 3-2
below.
Table 5-2: Minimum requirement of allowable deflection per joint
DN (mm)
100 to 150
200 to 300
400 to 600
800 -
Deviation angle - degrees
5
4
3
2
All pipes shall be not less than 5 m net laying length unless otherwise specified.
5.2.2.2 Steel Pipes and Fittings
The pipes shall be made by either:

longitudinally butt welding internally and externally preformed carbon steel plate
or strip, by automatic submerged metal-arc welding process and circumferentially
butt welding these shells internally and externally by the same process, into
standard length pipes with a maximum of five circumferential welds, or

rolling a strip, sheet or plate so that a helical seam is formed around the
circumference of the pipe. The helical seam shall be butt welded internally and
externally by an automatic submerged metal-arc welding process.
The weld metal shall have a smooth finish and shall not stand more than 1.5 mm proud of the
pipe shell internally and externally.
The weld metal on the external surface of the ends of all plain ended pipes and fittings shall
be machined flush with the external surfaces of the pipe shell for a sufficient distance to
facilitate jointing with couplings or collars. At the spigot ends of spigot and socket pipes, the
welded metal shall be similarly machined externally to suit the socket end of the pipe.
Steel pipes and fittings shall be made from carbon steel plate to grade ST360 of ISO 559, or
equivalent with minimum yield stress of 225 N/mm2 suitable for minimum PN10 working
pressure: pipe dimensions shall comply with ENV 10220:1993.
The designation of the pipes shall be ISO 559 - 4.3, or equivalent as appropriate.
The thickness of steel plate for pipes corresponding to various nominal diameters of the pipes
shall be as specified in ENV 10220:1993, or equivalent. The thickness of steel pipe shall be
the value on drawings or listed in the BoQ.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
47
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
All carbon steel fittings to be installed inside the valve chambers shall be corrosion protected
with an epoxy system internally and externally, minimum dry film thickness 300 microns.
The fittings to be embedded in concrete and provided with an anchoring flange shall have an
outside uncoated section of 150 mm on both sides of the anchoring flange.
The steel pipes to be laid underground shall be coated externally with an epoxy system,
minimum dry film thickness (DFT) 300 microns or as otherwise specified in the Particular
Specifications. Steel pipes should be lined with cement internally or epoxy lining as detailed
in Particular Specification.
5.2.2.3 Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipes and Fittings
HDPE pipes and fittings shall be manufactured according EN 12201-2.
PE pipes and fittings shall conform to outside diameters as stated in standards. Pipes and
fittings shall have the working pressure (PN) as shown on drawings.
The pipe and fitting will be PE100 types according ISO/TR 9080 (Mpa 10). The polyethylene
pipes shall satisfy all current applicable health and safety requirements with regard to
suitability for use in potable water services.
HDPE pipes manufacturer shall have a Factory Conformity Certification according UNI
10910, and Quality System Certification according UNI ISO 9001 or equivalent. Outside
diameters and wall thickness shall comply with EN 10001-2 sheet 1 1and 2.
Pipes shall be supplied with plain ends either to fit couplings or suitable for welding. The
pipes couplings shall be manufactured according UNI EN 12201-3, and the welding coupling
shall be according UNI 10520. In addition Pipe manufacturer's specifications shall be strictly
followed for butt welded and electro-fusion joints.
All the fittings shall be as shown on drawings.
Eventual connections into steel pipes and fittings shall be made with threaded adapters or
flanged joints.
Minimum bending radius shall be in accordance with Table 3-3 below.
Table 5-3: Minimum bending radius of PE pipe
Material type
PE-HD
PE-MD
PE-LD
Minimum radius (x outside diameter)
50
40
30
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
48
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
5.2.2.4 Unplasticised Polyvinyl Chloride (uPVC) Pipes and Fittings
uPVC pipes and fittings shall conform to outside diameters as stated in standards. Unless
otherwise specified pipes and fittings shall be suitable for minimum PN10 working pressure.
Pipes and fittings shall be jointed with spigot and socket joints with elastomeric sealing rings.
Solvent cement type joints shall not be used.
Fittings of steel or iron coated and lined with an epoxy system or, aluminium alloy with
nylon or equal coating and lining are also acceptable.
Connection into steel pipes and fittings shall be made with flanged socket or spigot fittings
manufactured of iron, steel or aluminium alloy. Corrosion protection of the iron or steel
fittings shall be with an epoxy system.
5.2.2.5 Unplasticised Polyvinyl Chloride (uPVC) Pipes and Fittings for Gravity Sewers
uPVC sewer pipes and fittings shall conform to outside diameters as stated in standards.
Minimum wall thickness shall be as specified in EN 1401-1:1998, or equivalent.
Pipes and fittings shall be jointed with spigot and socket joints with elastomeric sealing rings.
Solvent cement type joints shall not be used.
5.2.2.6 Concrete Pipes and Fittings
Unreinforced and reinforced concrete pipes and fittings with flexible joints shall comply with
BS 5911, or equivalent. Reinforced concrete pipes and fittings shall comply with EN
639:1994 and EN 640:1999 or EN 641:1992, or equivalent, as appropriate.
All pipes and fittings shall have gasket-type joints of spigot and socket.
Concrete pipes for pipe jacking, if any, shall comply with the relevant provisions of BS 5911,
or equivalent. The Contractor shall ensure that the pipes can withstand the jacking loads to
which they will be subjected during installation, without cracking or spalling. A certificate
shall be supplied, confirm that the pipes are suitable for jacking and stating the distributed
jacking loads for which they were designed.
5.2.3 Pipe Jointing, Saddles and Repair Clamps
5.2.3.1 Joint Seals and Lubricants
Elastomeric joint seals shall comply with the relevant provisions of EN 545, or equivalent.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
49
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Joint lubricants shall have no deleterious effects on either the joint rings or pipes, and be
unaffected by the liquid to be conveyed. Lubricants to be used for jointing water mains shall
not impart taste and/ or colour to the water to be conveyed, or any effect known to be
injurious to health, and shall be resistant to bacterial growth.
Lubricants shall be as recommended by the pipe manufacturer.
5.2.3.2 Flanges for Pipes and Pipeline Fittings
Flanges for pipes and pipeline fittings shall comply with EN 1092-1:2001 for steel flanges or
EN 1092-2:1997 for cast iron flanges, or equivalent.
5.2.3.3 Gaskets for Flanged Joints
Gaskets for flanged pipe joints shall be of the inside-bolt-circle type. The material and
dimensions of gaskets shall comply with the provisions of ENV 1591-2:2001, or equivalent.
5.2.3.4 Pipe Saddles and Repair Clamps
Pipe saddle body shall have female thread or be undrilled and material shall be cast iron or
ductile iron and coated with an epoxy system. Saddle strap shall be stainless steel. Bolts, nuts
and washers shall be stainless steel. Rubber insert and O-ring shall be EPDM rubber or
similar.
Alternatively for disconnection work stainless steel pipe repair and coupling clamps can be
used. The clamp to be equipped with EPDM gasket seal or similar. Bolts, nuts and washers
shall be stainless steel.
5.2.4 Valves
Valves shall be as specified in the Particular Specifications.
5.2.5 Miscellaneous Fittings and Appurtenances
5.2.5.1 Manhole Covers and Frames
Manhole covers and frames shall comply with the relevant provisions of EN 124:1994, or
equivalent having a minimum clear opening of 600 mm. Manhole covers shall have closed
key-slots. In vehicle traffic areas, covers and frames shall be designed for 40 ton load and
outside vehicle traffic areas for 25 tons respectively.
5.2.5.2 Extension Spindles and Protection Tubes
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
50
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Valves not in chambers and valves to be operated from outside the chamber shall be fitted
with extension spindles and spindle support/guides. Valves installed in the ground shall be
fitted with extension spindles and equipped with protection tubes. The material of the
extension spindle shall be galvanised steel and the protection tube shall be PE.
5.2.5.3 Surface Boxes
Surface boxes shall comply with the relevant provisions of BS 5834, or equivalent.
5.2.5.4 Nuts, Screws, Washers and Bolts
Mild and high strength nuts, screws, washers and bolts shall comply with the relevant
provisions of the appropriate British Standard, or equivalent, as set out below in Table 3-4.
Table 5-4: Requirements for mild and high strength nuts, screws, washers and bolts
Type
Black hexagon bolts, screws and nuts
4190
Metal washers for general purposes
4320
High strength friction grip bolts, nuts and 4395
washers
BS
Bolting for pipes and fittings shall comply with the relevant provisions of EN 1515-1:1999,
EN 1515-2:2001 and EN 1092-1:2001 or EN 1092-2:1997 or equivalent, except that bolts for
use with ductile iron fittings shall be manufactured from metal complying with the provisions
of EN 1563:1997 for Grade 500/7 or equivalent.
All carbon steel bolts, nuts and washers shall be hot dip galvanised.
Stainless steel nuts, screws, washers and bolts shall be manufactured from Grade 316S31
steel complying with EN 10130:1991 + A1:1998 or EN 10085, or equivalent.
5.3
EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND RESTORATION
5.3.1 Excavation
Trenches for underground network, manholes and chambers shall be excavated to the lines
and grades or elevations shown on the Drawings and as required in section 3.7. The
Contractor shall avoid unnecessary opening of the pipe excavation before installing the pipe.
5.3.2 Backfilling
Backfilling shall be carried out as specified in Section 3.7.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
51
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
5.3.3 Surface Reinstatement
Surface reinstatement shall be carried out as shown on the Drawings.
5.4
INSTALLATION
5.4.1 General
All precautions shall be taken to protect the pipes and prior to installation all pipes shall be
checked for soundness and cleanliness. Any material found to be defective shall be marked
and removed from the Site. Pipes, fittings and other accessories shall be stored as
recommended by the manufacturer.
Proper and suitable tools and appliances for the safe and convenient handling and laying of
pipes shall be used and shall comply with manufacturer's recommendations. Should any pipe
be discovered to be defective after being laid, it shall be removed and replaced with sound
pipe by the Contractor at his expense.
Pipes shall be lowered into the trench in such a manner that neither the pipe nor the trench
will be damaged or disturbed and so as to prevent earth or debris from falling into the
previously prepared pipe bed or gaining entrance to the pipe. Under no circumstances shall
pipe materials be dropped or dumped into the trench.
Pipes, fittings and other accessories shall be laid to conform to the lines and grades shown on
the drawings. Invert levels to be set to a tolerance of plus or minus five (±5) millimetres.
Socket and spigot pipe shall be laid with the socket ends facing the direction of laying.
After each pipe is installed the interior of the pipes shall be cleaned of all dirt and superfluous
materials. Where cleaning after laying is difficult because of small pipe size, a suitable swab
or drag shall be kept and pulled forward past each joint immediately after the jointing has
been completed.
Trenches shall be kept dry and pipes shall not be laid when the condition of the trench is
unsuitable. Under no circumstances shall water be allowed to run through the pipes during
construction.
Whenever pipe laying is stopped the open ends of pipe and fittings shall be securely and
satisfactorily closed with caps so that no water, earth or other substance will enter the pipe or
fittings. The pipe shall be secured and protected to prevent displacement of the pipe by any
movement of the backfilling. In case water or any foreign material enters the pipe or the pipe
is displaced from its position, the Contractor shall clean the pipe and reinstall it at its correct
position at his expense.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
52
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Free distance between the top of one pipe and/ or service and the underside of another shall
not be less than 100 mm.
5.4.2 Thrust Blocks for Pressure Pipelines
Thrust blocks shall be provided at bends, caps, tees, valves, etc., as shown on drawings.
Thrust blocks shall be cast between undisturbed ground and the fitting to be
anchored/supported. A bituminised membrane with a nominal thickness of 3 mm shall be
placed between the pipe fitting and the concrete. The Contractor shall provide the thrust
block designs in accordance with the soil conditions.
Thrust blocks may be replaced with an anchored joint system with the approval of the
Engineer. The anchoring fittings shall be manufactured of carbon steel, hot dip galvanised
and protected against corrosion with factory made epoxy coating. Bolts, nuts and washers of
hot dip galvanised carbon steel.
5.4.3 Welded Joints in Steel Pipes
This shall be in accordance with the General Mechanical Specification.
5.4.4 Cutting of Pipes
Pipe shall be cut to provide a clean square profile without splitting or fracturing the pipe wall
and with minimal damage to any protective coating and lining. Where necessary, the cut ends
of pipes shall be formed suitable for the type of joint to be used and protective coatings and
linings shall be made good and the ends of the cut sealed.
5.4.5 Chambers
Pre-cast reinforced concrete chambers shall be constructed where shown on Drawings.
5.4.6 Step Irons and Miscellaneous Ironwork
The steps shall be securely installed in perfect alignment, both horizontally and vertically and
shall comply with BS 1247, or equivalent.
5.5
CROSSING UNDER ROADS AND RAILWAY TRACKS
5.5.1 General
The following specification covers the requirements for crossing of public roads and
railways, including the detailed design, construction and installation of the pipes.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
53
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
In accordance with the regulations in forces in Moldova all crossing of pipes under public
roads and railways shall be made by Non-Disruptive Road Crossing (NDRC) method or by
using existing crossing pipes and structures as sleeves.
5.5.2 Crossing using existing pipes as sleeves
When the drawings specify that existing pipes are to be used as sleeves, the Contractor
during the setting our of the works shall assess and survey the status and conditions of the
existing structures and verify their integrity. A condition report shall be presented to the
Engineer incorporating the following information:
 Pipe material and other information, if any, marked on the external pipe wall;
 Int. diameters at both ends and at the centre of the road;
 Invert pipe elevations at both ends;
 Presence of a concrete encasement or not;
 In the case of steel pipe, residual thickness at both pipe ends by means of ultrasonic
metering instrument or other approved methods;
 Pictures of the internal pipe walls.
If the inspections require cutting of the pipes, the Contractor shall inform the Engineer 48
hours in advance of its intention to start such works. Cutting of the existing pipes shall be
made at the location indicated in the drawings and/or at a minimum offset distance of 2000
mm from the road edge.
If made of asbestos cement, the pipes must be cut in accordance with the safety regulations as
described in § 1.14.
Except the case of crossings made of steel pipes or ductile iron pipes, existing pipes crossing
roads w/out any concrete encasement shall not be used in principle as sleeves and the
Engineer will indicate the location for the new crossing to be made using non-disruptive
methods.
5.5.3 Crossing by Non-Disruptive methods
Where new irrigation pipes cross roads and railways, such crossings shall be carried out by
means of horizontal under road boring and sleeving methods. The Contractor shall perform
the works by thrust boring or microtunnelling or similar method previously approved by
Engineer, by the concerned road and railway Authorities and in accordance with the main
relevant Moldovan norms and laws in force.
Under prevailing conditions in Moldova, the minimum depth of cover over the top of the
sleeves when crossing under a road is 2000 mm for the roads and ____ for the railways. The
crossing shall be always at 90° angle from the road or railway axis. The above conditions
may change according to local regulations and the Contractor must comply with the
conditions as set-out by the relevant authority.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
54
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Before starting the works, the Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits from the relevant
authorities and notify the Engineer at least 72 hours in advance of his intention of executing
the works in order to allow the concerned agencies sufficient time to mobilise their technical
staff to witness the execution of the works.
Methods and scheduling of crossing shall be such as to minimize delay or obstruction to
traffic. Where instructed, crossings shall be constructed a half width at a time to maintain
traffic movement.
The Contractor shall submit for Engineer approval a detailed method statement for the
required work. Where a pipeline is to be constructed by NDRC, the Contractor shall confine
his surface operations to working shafts and the area immediately adjacent to such shafts.
Such working area shall be kept to the minimum practicable for the proper construction of
the works. The Contractor shall propose the location of all working shafts, having due regard
to existing services, minimising disruption to traffic and pedestrian movements and achieving
the required system layouts, as shown on the drawings.
The Engineer prior to the commencement of construction shall approve the locations of all
working shafts. The Contractor shall obtain approval of his method statement from the
concerned road and railway.
5.5.3.1 Minimum sleeve pipe specifications
The sleeve shall consist of steel pipes responding to the specifications of § 5.2.2.2. but with
epoxy external coating, minimum thickness of 300 micron.
For pipe diameters up to 600 mm, the sleeve pipe diameter should be 200 mm larger than the
designed pipe diameter with minimum wall thickness of 9 mm; for pipe diameters above 600
mm, the sleeve pipe diameter should be 300 mm larger than the designed pipe diameter with
minimum wall thickness of 12.7 mm, corresponding to the ASTM specification for heavy
duty pipes.
5.5.3.2 Allowable Deviations
For designed pipe diameter up to 600 mm and length up to 30 m:


up to 30 cm horizontal / vertical with reference to the planned C/L at the end of the
pipe
up to 5 cm in every point along the C/L with reference to the actual drilling C/L
Designed pipe diameter above 600 mm and length up to 30 m:
 up to 30 cm horizontal / vertical with reference to the planned C/L at the end of the
pipe
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
55
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova

IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
up to 3 cm in every point along the C/L with reference to the actual drilling C/L
5.5.3.3 Detailed Design
The Contractor shall be responsible for the detailed design of the pipes including all joints,
for the design of the thrust and reception pits including support and thrust wall and for the
design of the jacking system in general. His design shall have the Engineer's and concerned
authorities’ approval.
The following shall be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer prior to
commencement of any NDRC site activity.
a. Programme of works with resource and equipment allocations.
b. Soils Investigation Report.
c. Design Calculations: i) Pipes including jacking and friction forces in the axial direction
and earth, traffic and surcharge loadings in the vertical direction and the pipes resistance to
these loads. Also, allowable deflections at joints to limit damage to the joint from eccentric
loading under thrust and sealing limits. ii) Thrust and reception pits to resist external soil and
water pressures and stresses resulting from jacking machine. Drawings showing on plan and
sections, the method of supporting excavations and equipment layout shall be included. iii)
All calculations shall be certified/signed by a qualified engineer.
d. Materials Specification.
e. Method Statements which shall include: i) List of equipment and resources. ii) Detailed
step by step procedure describing how the works will be carried out including clear definition
of Contractor responsibilities and authority. iii) Support of existing services and adjacent
structures. iv) Safety arrangements for compliance with safety requirements. v)
Arrangements for dealing with groundwater taking due regard to controlling the loss of
material and preventing settlement around pits, pit/pipe interface and tunnel face. vi) Dealing
with different ground conditions. vii) Locking pipe in position during insertion of next pipe.
viii) Sealing thrust and reception pits during exiting and entering of pipe. ix) Control of overbreak. x) Grout mix design and method of grouting. xi) Handling and fixing of the inner pipe
in the case of thrust boring/microtunnelling with larger diameter casing/pipes.
5.5.3.4 Site Investigation
The Contractor shall be responsible for carrying out all needed integrative geotechnical site
investigations, including groundwater level monitoring, which he considers necessary but as
a minimum at the proposed thrust pit location, reception pit location and central median. The
Contractor’s investigation programme shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. The
results of such investigations shall be submitted to the Engineer and shall include
recommendations for excavation support and soil stabilisation if required. The Contractor
shall be responsible for obtaining existing utility information and executing trial pits to locate
and confirm services at pit locations, etc., as required.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
56
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
5.5.3.5 Records
The Contractor shall maintain and submit to the Engineer after each shift a log, which
records: i) Identification number of pipes installed during shift and name of operator. ii)
Strata encountered. iii) Position and orientation of the lead ten pipes. iv) Forces used on both
main and inter-jack rams during driving of each pipe.
5.6
TESTING
5.6.1 General
The Contractor shall furnish all necessary labour, materials and equipment necessary for
carrying out the tests, either for new pipes and for existing pipes which, according drawings,
will be maintained and utilized for the irrigation purpose. The Contractor will be responsible
for arranging water as necessary for flushing and testing, including any charges levied by the
local water utility for water used as well as for all temporary piping, storage and / or
transportation of the water.
The Contractor shall provide all means and apparatus necessary for introducing the water into
the pipelines for flushing and testing including all pumps, gauges, meters, plugs, caps, blow
off piping, etc., as well as necessary strutting, thrust blocks etc. to prevent pipe movement
during the flushing and testing. All pressure pipelines shall be flushed and tested in lengths
not exceeding 500 m. The Contractor shall give at least one week’s notice of testing of
pipelines.
The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring the testing has no adverse effect on the
design concrete strength of the thrust blocks.
5.6.2 Testing of Non-Pressure Pipelines
5.6.2.1 General
Non-pressure pipelines laid in open trench shall be tested after they are jointed, and before
any backfilling is commenced, other than such as may be necessary for structural stability
whilst under test.
The pipelines shall be tested by means of an air or water test or by visual inspection in
lengths determined by the course of construction, in accordance with a programme approved
by the Engineer.
A further test shall be carried out after the backfilling is complete.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
57
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
5.6.2.2 Water Test for Non-pressure Pipelines
The test pressure for non-pressure pipelines up to and including 800 mm nominal size shall
be not less than 1.2 m head of water above the pipe soffit or ground water level, whichever is
the higher at the highest point, and not greater than 6 m head at the lowest point of section.
Steeply graded pipelines shall be tested in stages in cases where the maximum head, as stated
above, would be exceeded if the whole section were tested in one length.
The pipeline shall be filled with water and a minimum period of two hours shall be allowed
for absorption, after which water shall be added from a measuring vessel at intervals of 5
minutes and the quantity required to maintain the original water level noted. Unless
otherwise specified, the length of pipeline shall be accepted if the quantity of water added
over a 30 minute period is less than 0.5 litre per lineal metre per metre of nominal size.
5.6.2.3 Infiltration
Non-pressure pipelines and manholes shall be tested for infiltration after backfilling. All
inlets to the system shall be effectively closed and any residual flow shall be deemed to be
infiltration.
The pipeline including manholes shall be accepted as satisfactory if the infiltration, including
the infiltration into manholes, in 30 minutes does not exceed 0.5 litre per lineal metre per
metre of nominal size.
Notwithstanding the satisfactory completion of the above test, if there is any discernible flow
of water entering the pipeline at a point which can be located either by visual or CCTV
inspection, the Contractor shall take such measures as are necessary to stop such infiltration.
5.6.3 Testing of Pressure Pipelines
5.6.3.1 Testing of new pipes
Pipelines shall be tested after the completion of the pipeline with the exception of any
backfilling not necessary for the stability and safety of the work and shall be tested before
backfilling over joints and fittings.
The section of pipe shall be slowly filled with water and air expelled completely from the
pipe and all pipeline fittings to be tested. The specified test pressure, based on the elevation
of the lowest point of the section under test, shall be applied by pumping. The Contractor
shall arrange for the pressure gauges to be used in the test to be independently checked and a
dated certificate of its accuracy shall be provided to the Engineer.
The volume of water that must be added is converted into litres/metre/hour and shall not
exceed the quantity which is obtained by the formula:
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
58
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Q=(LxDxP)/71,526
where:
Q = allowable leakage in liters/hour
L = length of pipe tested in meters
D = inside diameter of the pipe, in millimeters
P = average test pressure during the test, in bar (as per following
sections 5.5.3.3-4-5)
As an example, an allowable leakage in litres per 100 m of pipeline at test pressure 8 bar is as
set out in Table 3-5 below.
Table 3-5: Example of allowable leakage
DN (mm)
l/hr
100
0.39
150
0.59
200
0.80
250
0.99
300
1.19
400
1.58
500
1.97
600
2.38
If defects are found during the tests the Contractor shall immediately make the necessary
repairs at his own expense. The Contractor shall then repeat the test until no defects are found
and until the test is within the result limits stated above.
Irrespective of test results, visual inspection of the pipeline shall be carried out with the
Engineer during the test and any defects made good.
5.6.3.2 Testing of existing pipe
Existing underground pipelines shall be tested without any preventive excavation of the
backfilling along the pipe's trunk to be tested.
Testing shall be applied to prove the structural soundness of the various units in the existing
line, including pipes, valves and anchoring, and to prove the water tightness of the existing
line.
Tests shall be applied to sections of the existing pipeline for such lengths as shall be
determined at the sole discretion of the Engineer, and in any case in lengths not exceeding
500 m.
The ends of the section to be tested shall be excavated in order to completely discover the
existing pipes for a trench length not less than three meters for each end. Pipes ends shall be
cut, as directed by the Engineer, and blanked off by means of end pieces, blank flanges or
discs provided and temporarily fitted by the Contractor at his own expense, together with any
anchoring that may be required. Existing valves shall not be used to isolate test sections in
the pipeline.
The Contractor shall make provision for transmitting the unsupported end thrusts to solid
undisturbed ground at the ends and/or into the sides of the trenches.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
59
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Before testing, the Contractor shall ensure that all anchoring, as may be required, is complete
and that all branch outlets taking end thrust are properly stayed. All anchor blocks shall be
fully cured before testing the pipeline.
The existing pipeline shall be filled with water in such a manner as to prevent any shock or
water hammer and to allow for the complete evacuation of air.
The specified test pressure, based on the elevation of the lowest point of the section under
test, shall be applied by pumping. The Contractor shall arrange for the pressure gauges to be
used in the test to be independently checked and a dated certificate of its accuracy shall be
provided to the Engineer.
If there are no leakages, the pressure shall be raised slowly to the required test pressure, as
per following sections 5.5.3.3 and 5.5.3.4, for that section of pipeline and maintained at such
pressure for a period long enough for the Engineer to examine the whole section under test,
or not less than 2 hours, whichever is the longer period. Thereafter, for a period of 2 hours,
the leakage of water shall be measured by the amount drawn into the pump to maintain the
pressure.
If defects are found during the tests the Contractor shall immediately notify to the Engineer
test results. Following the communication, the Contractor shall promptly organize a survey
along the tested buried pipe trunk, in order to identify location of leakages.
The leakages along the buried pipe shall be localized by a Windows compatible leak-noise
correlator of the following characteristics which shall be provided on-site by the Contractor
at his own expense:
 n°1, two-channel wireless receiver (433 MHz), including automatic gain-controlled
sensor amplifier and rechargeable high-capacity NiMh batteries;
 n°2 high-frequency sensor;
 n° 2 low-frequency sensor (.5 to 3000Hz)
 n°2 wireless transmitters;
 n°1 headphone set;
 software for Windows 7.
Once defects have been located, the Contractor shall immediately make the necessary repairs
under the Engineer’s specific directions and instructions.
Expense for pipes excavation and repairs will be covered by Provisional Sums included in
the Bill of Quantities,
The Contractor shall then repeat the test until no defects are found and until the test is within
the result limits stated in previous section 5.5.3.1, or other limits considered acceptable by
the Engineer.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
60
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
5.6.3.3 Pressure test for HDPE Pipes
The pipe section shall be subject to an internal pressure corresponding to the nominal
working pressure (normally 6/10 bar). This pressure shall be maintained for 2 hours by
adding water as soon as the pressure has dropped 0.2 bar.
After the initial 2 hour period the pressure is increased to 1.3 x nominal working pressure and
maintained for a further 2 hours by adding water as soon as the pressure has dropped 0.2 bar.
After 4 hours the pressure is reduced to the nominal working pressure and the test pump
valve closed. After a further 1 hour the quantity of the water is measured that is needed to
increase the pressure back up to the nominal working pressure.
5.6.3.4 Pressure test for Iron and Steel Pipes
The pipe section shall be subject to an internal pressure corresponding to the nominal
working pressure (normally 6/10 bar). This pressure shall be maintained for 2 hours by
adding water as soon as the pressure has dropped 0.2 bar.
After the initial 2 hour period the pressure is increased to 1.5 x nominal working pressure and
maintained for a further 2 hours by adding water as soon as the pressure has dropped 0.2 bar.
The pressure is kept at 1.5 x nominal bar by adding water every 1/2 hour. The amount of
water needed to restore the pressure is measure. The test shall be continued for 2 hours.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
61
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
6
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
STRUCTURAL WORKS
6.1
GENERAL
6.1.1 Work Included
The Contractor shall furnish all labour, equipment, materials and services necessary for the
manufacture, transportation and placement of all plain and reinforced concrete work of the
Works.
Works under section Metal Works include the following:

fabrication, installation and maintenance of all structural steel work and metal
fabrications;

fabrication and installation of those minor items which are necessary for the
proper completion of the works; and

installation of metal foundations and frames in concrete cast in situ for
mechanical, electrical, instrumentation and automation and underground pipe
works.
6.2
STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS
6.2.1 General
The standard and materials and workmanship shall be not inferior to the recommendations of
EN 10155 and BS 5950. The Use of Structural Steel in Building’, or equivalent and all work
shall be carried out in accordance with the recommendations given in these codes except
where modified by this specification.
As and when required by the Engineer the Contractor shall prepare and submit, before
commencing the work, a time-chart detailing the various operations for steelwork.
No material shall be used in the works until prior approval for its use has been given by the
Engineer.
Test certificates shall be supplied as soon as possible to the Engineer before commencing
work.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
62
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
6.2.2 Materials
Structural steel shall conform to the requirements of current Moldovan standards. The bolts
shall conform to the requirements of current Moldovan standards.
6.2.3 Fabrication and Manufacture
6.2.3.1 Shop Construction
The Contractor shall provide shop drawings including all details needed for construction.
Steel structures shall be divided by erection joints in parts of practical length to facilitate
transport and storage.
Components with Site welded joints shall be test erected in the workshop to ensure that
structural parts will align properly on Site.
All shop fabrications and connections shall be welded. Any structural connection shall be
either welded or bolted, no mixed connections will be allowed.
The Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer as to the ability of each of his welders to make
welds on Site all as set out in the Mechanical Specification.
Before commencing welding work the Contractor shall submit his proposal for the method of
welding and the welding procedure to the Engineer for his approval. The accepted method
and procedure shall be adhered to throughout the entire welding work.
The general tolerance on all dimensions shall be +2mm. Holes shall be aligned such that
fasteners can be freely inserted through the members at right angles to the contact face.
Where holes in members cannot be aligned without damaging or distorting the structure or
(unless the Engineer shall permit) reaming the holes, the member or members shall be
rejected.
A structural member shall not deviate from straightness (or from the specified shape) by
more than:
 1/1000 of the length between lateral restraints in the case of compression members
and beams, or

1/500 of the overall length (maximum 25m) in the case of other members.
A structural member shall not deviate from its intended length by more than:

+1mm in the case of compression members faced at both ends for bearing, or
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
63
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova

IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
+0mm to 4mm in the case of other members.
Lengths of components shall be such that cumulative variations do not prejudice the accurate
alignment of the completed structure.
Where two steel surfaces are required to be in contact to effect a bearing or frictional contact,
the surfaces shall be prepared so that at least 90% of the area is touching before any clamping
force is applied.
6.2.3.2 Surface Protection
This shall all be in accordance with the Mechanical Specification.
6.2.3.3 Inspection
All material and workmanship shall be subject to inspection in the workshop and after arrival
on Site. Access at all times shall be provided for the Engineer to all parts of the fabricator's
shop for inspection. However, such inspection shall not relieve the Contractor from the
responsibility of complying with any requirements specified herein.
6.2.4 Installation
Prior to erection work the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a description of the
methods, employed, sequence of erection and type of equipment he proposes to use for
erecting the steel structural work. This submission or approval shall not relieve the
Contractor of his responsibility for providing the proper methods, equipment, workmanship,
or safety precautions.
All temporary flooring, planking and scaffolding necessary in connection with the erection of
the steel structure shall be provided as a part of the erection work.
All steel shall be properly aligned and braced and shall be kept in alignment as work
progresses.
The use of a gas-cutting torch in the field for correcting fabrication errors will not be
permitted on structural members except by specific approval of the Engineer.
Framing shall be set up true and plumb and temporary bracing shall be introduced wherever
necessary to take care of all loads to which the structure may be subjected, including erection
equipment and its operation load. Such bracing shall be left in place as long as required for
safety. It shall be finally removed by the Contractor as a part of his equipment.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
64
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
6.3
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
MISCELLANEOUS METAL WORKS
6.3.1 General
Design, furnish, fabricate, assemble and install all miscellaneous metal work not specifically
included under other sections. The Contractor shall furnish all material, labour and
equipment required for the completion of the work, as shown on the Drawings, specified
herein, and as directed by the Engineer.
The final location of any pipes embedded in walls or other structural members, maintenance
access doors and covers or any other fixed metalwork, plant or equipment shall be assigned
in co-ordination with the Mechanical and Electrical Works.
Miscellaneous metal work shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
 Ventilation pipes
 Pipes and sleeves embedded in walls or other structural members
 Stainless steel steps
 Maintenance access doors, frames and covers
6.3.2 Materials
Bolts, nuts and inserts shall be of galvanised carbon steel, except for underground bolted
joints where stainless steel bolts, nut and washers are required. Bolts shall have hexagonal
nuts. All nuts and bolts shall be of locally available metric sizes.
Structural steel profiles shall be locally available standard sizes and shapes.
6.3.3 Pipes and Sleeves Embedded in Walls or Other Structural Members
The Contractor shall install all embedded wall pipes shown on the Drawings. The material
for the embedded pipes shall be as shown on the Drawings. All sleeves and wall transmission
pipes to be installed within structural members shall be installed prior to the pouring of any
concrete. Openings or cavities in concrete walls for later installation of the pipes and sleeves
will not be allowed.
6.3.4 Maintenance Access Doors, Frames and Covers
Maintenance access doors, frames and covers shall be designed for a uniform live load of 500
kg/m2. They shall be furnished complete with frames, anchors, lifting handles and flush head
screw fastenings.
Supporting seats and tie straps shall be at least 6 mm thick.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
65
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
6.4
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
MASONRY AND BRICKWORK
6.4.1 General
This specification covers the technical requirements for the furnishing of all labour,
supervision, materials, tools, equipment and services necessary for or incidental to the
construction and completion of all masonry work in accordance with the Drawings and as
specified herein.
The work shall include furnishing and installing all masonry units, lintels, precast sills,
copings, canopies and beams, and the building-in of all the miscellaneous metal items as
applicable.
The work shall include the furnishing and installation of all anchor bolts, anchors and ties
indicated to be embedded in the masonry work unless specifically excluded by the Drawings.
The work shall include the installation of all sheet metal items such as metal flashing and
counter flashing, control joint covers, etc., as applicable, when indicated to be built into the
masonry construction, unless otherwise directed by the Drawings.
6.4.2 Materials
6.4.2.1 Bricks
Locally available silica bricks or limestone blocks shall be used for the works.
6.4.2.2 Mortar
Mortar shall consist of 1 part cement, 1 part lime and 6 parts sand accurately measured by
volume and thoroughly mixed until evenly distributed throughout the batch by mechanical
mixer. The actual mixing time shall not be less than two minutes. Mortar shall be used within
2 hours of the addition of water.
6.4.2.3 Concrete Masonry Lintels
Masonry lintels shall be of proprietary reinforced precast concrete lintels as manufactured by
an established company with a good reputation in the field.
Where an indicated lintel is to be exposed, the surface of the lintel shall match concrete in
texture and finish as closely as possible. Lintels shall have not less than 200 mm bearing at
each end.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
66
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
6.4.3 Masonry Work
Under brick foundations one layer of lean concrete, min. thickness 100 mm, shall be placed.
Footings for masonry with a minimum height of 100 mm shall be placed in all walls at finish
floor level with anchoring of vertical reinforcing bars.
All masonry shall be laid into full, flat beds of mortar and have full buttered ends. All joints
shall be solidly filled with mortar. Courses shall be level, walls shall be straight, plumb and
grouted tight around framing members.
Masonry shall be protected at all times during laying. When work is not in progress, walls
shall be kept covered with timber or tarpaulins.
Rapid drying of masonry work will not be permitted and the work shall be kept moist, by
whatever means necessary, until the mortar has set thoroughly.
Built -in work shall be installed as work progresses. Other trades shall be consulted in
advance and provision made for the installation of their work to avoid cutting and patching
Any cutting or patching of masonry required to accommodate work of others, shall be done
by bricklayers using matching materials.
6.4.4 Samples
Three samples of each type of material proposed for use shall be provided for approval by the
Engineer. Material used shall be identical to approved samples.
6.5
HANDRAILSS, STAIRS AND PLATFORMS
6.5.1 Handrails
6.5.1.1 Handrail
Handrails and posts shall be constructed of a minimum of 32 mm nominal diameter mild
steel tubes. All joints in situ in pipe railing shall be bolted or riveted. Bends shall be neatly
made to the correct radius required without deforming the pipe locally. Expansion joints shall
be provided in railings where required. The centreline of the top rail shall be located 1m
above the grading or mounting slab elevation and shall be designed to resist a horizontal
force of 800 N/m. An intermediate rail shall be located 0.5m above the slab. Post spacing
shall not exceed 1.5 m.
Shop drawings showing fabrication and installation details with all dimensions and methods
of fixing shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
67
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
6.5.1.2 Wall Brackets
Wall rails shall be fastened to walls with wall brackets. All terminations of wall rails shall be
turned 90° toward the wall and be held 10 mm from the wall.
6.5.2 Metal Stairs and Platforms
6.5.2.1 General
Main steel columns and beams, see Section ‘Structural Steel Works’.
All metal stairs and platforms shall be hot dip galvanised steel construction type open steel
flooring with treads and gratings as shown on specified herein and in accordance with EN
ISO 14122, or equivalent.
The open steel flooring consists of parallel load bearing bars and transverse square bars
pressure welded to upper edge of the load bearing bars. The centre-to-centre distance for the
load bars shall not exceed 33 mm and the transverse bars 75 mm. The flooring shall consist
of panels of nominal width 800 to 1,000 mm. The entire assembly shall be constructed to
support a minimum live load of 250 kg/m2.
Welding shall not be used for joining pieces together unless otherwise shown or specified.
Only bolting is accepted. Units shall be fabricated so that bolts and other fastenings do not
appear on finished surfaces. All joints shall be true and tight, and connections between parts
tight. Continuous welds shall be provided and ground smooth where exposed.
Stair units shall be constructed to conform to sizes and arrangements on the Drawings.
All nuts, bolts and washers for fastening shall be galvanised steel.
Stair treads shall have a 30 mm wide abrasive nosing.
6.5.2.2 Fabrication
Structural calculations and detail design drawings including all dimensions and details
needed for construction shall be provided by the Contractor and submitted to the Engineer for
approval.
All steel shall be hot dip galvanised to EN 729, or equivalent after fabrication. The parts shall
be cleaned, thoroughly pickled and galvanised before any rusting begins.
6.5.2.3 Tolerances
Metalwork shall be constructed and installed within the following tolerances,
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
68
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
(for metalwork at floor level-such as joints between flooring sections and between steel
flooring and adjacent concrete):
 difference in level at joints:
3mm
 joint gap:
3mm
 dimensions shown in the Drawings: +5mm
 levels shown in the Drawings:
+5mm
6.5.2.4 Installation
Detail drawings needed for installation shall be provided by the Contractor and submitted to
the Engineer for approval.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
69
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
7
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
7.1
SUBMITTALS AND APPROVAL OF MATERIALS
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval the following prior to ordering and
or manufacturing materials and items:

Samples as requested by the Engineer including necessary description of
materials

All installation and furnishing drawings prepared by the Contractor showing
construction details, materials, door furniture and the like;

Material test certificates signed by the manufacturer; and

Material, goods and workmanship shall be of best quality of their respective
kind and those for which there is a Standard referred shall comply therewith.
The architectural works shall be as specified in the Particular Specifications
7.2
DOORS AND WINDOWS
7.2.1 General
Doors and windows shall be factory assembled and standard type. The size of doors and
windows shall be as shown on the Drawings and the materials and types as specified herein.
Doors shall be within the tolerances set out in Table 7-1 below.
Door and window fittings shall be as shown on the manufacturer's drawings and approved by
the Engineer. The locking systems shall be according to the Employer's requirements.
Fastening of frames shall be made according to manufacturer’s instructions.
Doors and windows shall meet the fire resistance requirements as directed by the local
Authorities. External doors shall be designed to resist a wind load of 75 kg/m2.
Joints between door and window frames and the buildings shall be continuously jointed with
gun applied approved non-setting mastic.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
70
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Table 7-1: Door tolerances
Feature
Main
Dimensions
Cup or bow
"
"
Twist corner points
Secondary
--in width
in length
at diagonals
from vertical plane
for a distance of 500 mm
Tolerance (mm)
±2
2
4
5
4
1
7.2.2 Aluminium Windows
Aluminium doors and windows shall be made of anodised extruded aluminium sections with
double glazing. Windows together with surrounds and fixings shall comply with BS 4873, or
equivalent.
7.2.3 Steel Doors
The construction of the doors shall be of a frame of steel hollow sections and seamless steel
sheet on both sides. The frame shall be of steel sheet profiles embedded in the wall or fixed
by anchor bolts.
7.2.4 Glazing
All glass delivered to the site shall be of the same quality. Minimum thickness of glass is 4
mm and glass shall comply with BS 952, or equivalent.
Glazing to metal doors and windows shall be performed with beads or mastic as
recommended by the manufacturer.
Glazing shall comply with the requirements of BS 6262, or equivalent.
7.2.5 Locking system
All doors shall be provided with locks, for the lock make to be provided service shall be
available locally. Padlocks shall be provided for all manholes and valve chambers. The locks
shall be provided with a master key system to be approved by the Engineer.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
71
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
7.3
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
ROOF COVERING
Roof covering shall be as is indicated on the drawings and in Particular technical
Specifications. The Contractor shall demonstrate all his methods, equipment and materials
before any work commences. Sample areas of substrate shall be prepared and covered as
required by the Engineer and for his approval.
7.4
FINISHES
7.4.1 General
Wall surfaces shall have painted finish as shown on drawings and described in section
Painting 7.4.5.
All finishes shall be executed by specialist tradesmen experienced in carrying out the relevant
work.
Contractor shall submit two samples of each type and colour of finishes to the Engineer for
approval as regards colour, pattern and finish.
All surfaces to receive finishes must be firm and stable, free from grease and completely inert
so that materials can be properly applied in accordance with the product manufacturer's
instructions.
Working conditions such as temperature and humidity must be observed according to product
manufacturer’s requirements.
7.4.2 Plaster
Material used for plaster shall consist of cement, sand and clean, fresh water.
Plaster for keying coat shall be prepared by mixing one part cement and two parts sand and
the consistency shall be adjusted according to the background. The keying coat shall form a
uniform coat not less than 3 mm and not exceeding 6 mm in thickness. The keying coat shall
be cured for at least 3 days by wetting it continuously before applying the following
plastering coat.
Mix for the undercoat shall be prepared as set out in Table 7-2.
Table 7-2: Plaster undercoat mixes
Internal plaster
Plastered wall to receive
Walls to be smooth
Ceramic tiles
External plaster
Mix proportions (parts)
Cement Lime
Sand
1
2
9
1
0
3 to 4
1
1
6
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
72
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Before application the walls shall be suitably wetted.
The nominal thickness of the undercoat shall be 10 mm and shall nowhere be less than 8 mm
and not more than 12 mm. If it is necessary to apply a thicker undercoat than 12 mm due to
irregularities several undercoats shall be applied to bring the wall surface to an even level.
Completed plasterwork shall be cured at least for 24 hours after the completion and shall be
covered to protect it against sun and wind as necessary.
A drying period of at least seven days shall be allowed before the application of next coat.
Mix for the finishing coat shall be prepared as set out in Table 7-3.
Table 7-3: Plaster finishing coat mixes
Internal plaster
External plaster
Mix proportions (parts)
Cement Lime
Sand
1
2
9
1
1
6
Finishing coat is not applied if the wall is to receive tiles, but shall be applied on all walls
which are to be covered by fixed or loose furniture or equipment.
Before the application of the finishing coat the wall shall be suitably wetted down.
The nominal thickness of the finishing coat shall be 8 mm and shall nowhere be less than 6
mm not more than 10 mm.
After application the surface shall be ruled to a true finish and shall receive a wood float
finish. Plasterwork shall be cured for at least 24 hours after the completion and shall be
covered to protect it against sun and wind as necessary.
The finished flat surfaces shall not vary more than +/- 6 mm at a distance of 2500 mm. This
shall be also applicable to walls which shall receive tiling.
7.4.3 Ceramic Tiling,
7.4.3.1 Wall tiling
The tiles shall be fixed to cement and sand mortar to a true and vertical face with continuous
straight joints vertically and horizontally. All joints shall be grouted with white cement and
the finished work shall be free from cracked, crazed, broken or imperfect tiles.
Fixing tiles with adhesive shall be in accordance with recommendations of adhesive
manufacturer.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
73
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The finished surface shall have tolerances from a plane not more than  5 mm in any
direction per 3 m.
7.4.3.2 Floor Tiling
Water absorption of tiles shall not exceed 4 %.
Tiles shall be fastened with 20 - 40 mm thick cement plaster or with prefabricated adhesive
material according to manufacturer’s instructions.
For wet conditions non-slip finished ceramic floor tiles shall be used. In the laboratories acid
resistant ceramic tiles shall be used.
All rooms, except rooms with ceramic tile walls shall have 100 mm high skirting with
skirting tiles.
Tiles shall be pressed down firmly, bedded with straight lines square to wall joints not less
than 6 mm wide and grouted with mortar matching the colour of the tiles.
Surface tolerances of finished floor tiles shall not be more than  2 mm per 2 m.
7.4.4 Sheet Metal Works
Window sills, walls roof parapets and exhaust fan foundations will have steel sheet flashing.
Roof parapet flashing shall be extended from parapet top to 20 mm above the tile layer. The
flashing material shall be of PVF2-coated galvanised steel sheet, minimum thickness 0.6 mm.
Flashing details shall be subjected to the Engineer’s approval.
7.4.5 Painting
7.4.5.1 General
This painting specification, instructions of the paint manufacturer on the painting and drying
conditions, work performance and orders concerning safety at work shall be followed.
2
Sample area of not less than 2 m of each finish type of painted surface shall be accepted by
the Engineer before work can commence.
7.4.5.2 Paint Materials
Paint materials approved by the Engineer shall be used. The factory-made paints shall be
delivered to site in original cans, shut by the factory.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
74
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Instructions given by the paint manufacturer for storing and for the safety in work shall be
followed.
7.4.5.3 Paint Work
Surface treatment
The surface to be treated shall be undamaged homogenous and evenly dry so that the paint
adheres properly and fulfill the demands of the paint manufacturer.
Cleaning and Pre-treatment
Grease and oils on the surfaces to be painted shall be removed according to paint
manufacturer’s instructions.
Loose dust, sand and other substances shall be removed from stone material and concrete
surfaces carefully by brushing and or compressed air to achieve dust-free result.
The holes, crack, rough places etc. shall be repaired as is indicated in drawings. The repairing
methods and materials are subject to the Engineer’s approval.
Painting
The painting shall be carried out according to the paint combination, code and a treatment
schedule with paint products indicated on drawings and approved by Engineer.
Painting and Drying Conditions
During the painting work the temperature of the air, the surface to be painted and the paint
shall be at least + 12 0 C but not exceeding + 35 0 C.
The minimum drying time between paint applications given by the paint manufacturer must
be followed.
The Contractor shall demonstrate all his methods, equipment and materials before any work
commences. Sample areas of substrate shall be prepared and coated as required by the
Engineer and for his approval.
7.4.5.4 Painting of Plastered Surfaces, Stone Material and Concrete
For internal and external painting a fungus and alkali resistant emulsion latex paint shall be
used.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
75
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
7.4.5.5 Painting of Board and Wooden Surfaces
The surface shall be painted with an alkyd paint.
7.4.5.6 Paint Film Thickness
For all external painting work the minimum ration of paint application is three. For internal
painting two applications are required.
Manufacturer’s instructions can be followed upon the approval of the Engineer.
7.4.5.7 Colours
The colours to be used are those indicated on drawings and approved by the Employer.
7.4.5.8 Repair Painting
Repair paintings shall be done using paints, which are delivered to the site in correct colour
shades. All repair work shall be subjected for approval of the Engineer.
7.4.5.9 Temporary Storing, Packing, Transfer and Transport
Painted objects must not be moved before paint is sufficiently dry.
7.4.5.10 Inspection
The following tests shall be carried out:—
(a) Checking wet-film thickness:
Wet-film thickness gauges of an approved type shall be provided for each painter to
check the rate of paint application.
(b) Checking dry-film thickness:
The thickness of the built-up dry film after each paint coat applied to steel or other
magnetic surfaces shall be measured systematically, with a dry-film thickness gauge.
(c)
Holiday detection on steel and iron surfaces:
The Contractor shall use a suitable method of detecting pinholes in the coating system
after trials on test plates. The sweep voltage on high-voltage direct-current equipment
shall not exceed half the voltage required to spark through the complete paint system
specified.
Any coating which does not meet specified requirements shall be removed and re-applied at no
extra cost to the Employer.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
76
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
8
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
8.1
GEO-TEXTILES
The geo-textile shall be of a non-woven melded fabric consisting of a mixture of
polypropylene and polythene or other similar materials. The grade of fabric shall weigh not
less than as shown on the drawings expressed in gr/m2 and have a thickness of 0.5 mm. The
fabric shall be resistant to ultra violet rays and sunlight.
The geotextile shall be manufactured from durable synthetic polymers and shall have the
following properties:
 max. pore size diameter O95 = 0.05 mm
 weight category > 200 g/m2, as shown on drawings
 permeability, k-value within ranges 10-3 and 10-4 m/s
 tensile strength (breaking load) > 150 kN/m.
 Roll lengths shall be 5.8 m unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
Where overlapping of fabric is required, the overlap shall not be less then 500 mm and shall
be sewn with a lock type stitch in such a manner that it produces a joint as durable as the
fabric.
Storage and handling of the fabric shall be in accordance with the manufacturers’
recommendations, except that in no case shall the geotextile be exposed to direct sunlight,
ultra violet rays, temperatures greater than 60°C (140°), mud, dirt, dust and debris, to the
extent that its strength, toughness or permeability characteristics are diminished.
The rolls have to be placed in parallel with sufficient slack and overlapped at least 25 cm.
The roll length by default shall be 5.8 m or shall be otherwise subject to the approval of the
Engineer.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
77
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
9
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
GENERAL MECHANICAL SPECIFICATION
This Specification is intended to indicate the minimum standard of design, workmanship and
materials acceptable in this project. The itemized specific requirements are given in the
Particular Electro-Mechanical Specifications.
9.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND WORKMANSHIP
All supplied parts shall be designed and constructed for the maximum stresses occurring
during fabrication, erection and continuous operation. All materials shall be new and both
workmanship and materials suitable for the service the units are to be subjected and shall
conform to all sections of the Specifications.
The general mechanical and electrical design of the Works and particularly that of the
bearings, contacts, and other such wearing parts shall be governed by the need for a long
period of service without frequent maintenance and attention.
Unless otherwise specified, all items of the Works shall be rated for continuous service at the
specified duties under the prevailing atmospheric and operational conditions of the Site.
All parts subject to wear shall be readily accessible. Provision shall be made for taking up
wear in all bearings and other wearing parts or for easy replacement if adjustment is not
practicable.
Wherever practical the Contractor shall ensure the maximum interchangeability of similar
items from alternative suppliers.
Suitable packers, shims, adjustment and the like shall be fitted for ease of adjustment and
realignment of all machinery units with particular attention given to combined sets.
The design of piping systems shall achieve proper support to prevent damage from vibration
during operation and during maintenance using generally accepted practices. The design
shall also provide proper flexibility and normal accessibility for operation, maintenance, and
thorough cleaning. Installation shall be in a neat and orderly arrangement adapted to the
contour of the machine and not obstructing access openings.
All pipes shall be checked for alignment and mating of connections before being secured and
pipes shall be in straight line and grade.
Pumps shall be designed to meet the operational duties under the Site conditions as specified.
Pumps shall be designed to keep constant performance. Waterways through the pump and
impeller shall be smooth and free from recess and projections.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
78
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
9.2
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
PUMPS
9.2.1 General
This specification refers to pumping equipment and fittings.
The pump units shall be completely supplied with all accessories and auxiliaries required for
correct operation, in particular:
 Pump;
 Coupling and guards;
 Driver and gear box (if specified);
 Baseplate (common for pump and driver);
 Foundation bolts;
 Vent and drain pipework and fittings;
 Lubrication system;
 Cooling system;
 Gauge board;
 Instrumentation;
 Special maintenance tools and fixtures.
Each pump shall be capable of operating on its own or in parallel with one or all of the
pumps in a particular group. Performance curves shall be continuously rising from maximum
discharge to shut off head and free of any unstable points. Pumps shall be selected so that
their capacity at the design points is less than or equal to the capacity at the best efficiency
point.
Pumps of the same type within the Works shall be from the same manufacturer.
9.2.2 Centrifugal Pumps
Pumps shall meet ISO 9905 class 1 standard
Centrifugal pumps shall be horizontal or vertical design and stable performance
characteristics.
Horizontal pumps shall be mounted together with the motors on common bedplates. Vertical
pumps shall be mounted on a bed plate.
Each pump and motor shall be provided with a suitable coupling secured by parallel keys and
coupling guard fitted with easily accessible screws.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
79
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Each pump suction and discharge branch shall be equipped with one 100 mm diameter
pressure gauge with readings in Bar with isolating cock.
Nylon or copper gland bowl drainage pipe work shall be provided for each pump. It shall not
be less than 13 mm nominal bore and shall be led into the drainage channel or pipe. Water
seal pipe work, if necessary, shall be made up from copper with gunmetal valves and shall
connect the possible pressure volute with the locking ring cavity.
The pumps shall operate at a maximum rotational speed of 1500 rpm.
9.2.2.1 Casing
Casings shall be cast iron, castings shall be pressure tested before assembly. Casings for
horizontal pumps shall be provided with manually operated gunmetal air release cocks.
Suction sealing and keying to the stainless steel shafts shall be as specified for the split
casing pumps. Glands shall be made of leaded gunmetal and soft packed with internal lantern
rings.
The upper casing shall be fitted with lifting lugs or eyebolts. Removal of the upper casing
half shall provide full access to and removal of the entire rotating assembly without
disturbing suction and discharge piping or motor alignment. Renewable, bronze casing
wearing rings shall be provided, mounted in a machined recess, and retained with set screws.
9.2.2.2 Shaft
Shafts shall be stainless steel or protected with stainless steel. The shaft must be fully
protected along its whole length, i.e. it must be totally enclosed within the pump casing. A
good allowance of shaft length shall be made for the fixing of the impeller.
9.2.2.3 Seals
The seals shall be of gland packing type with square cross-sectioned rope. The seals shall be
lubricated and cooled by the pumped water.
9.2.2.4 Bearings
Bearings shall be ball and/ or roller bearings and grease lubricated for life. The bearings shall
be able to take up the forces, radial and axial, in such a way that no harm shall be transmitted
elsewhere. The bearing housing shall not form part of the main casing. The whole assembly
shall be arranged for ease of removal for maintenance. High thermal rating lubricants shall be
used. The grease life shall be at least that of the bearings. Anti-friction rolling element
bearings shall be used, the race being securely locked to prevent movement.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
80
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Size the bearings in accordance with AFMBA standards (or similar EU standard) for a L-10
life of 100,000 hours.
9.2.2.5 Impeller
The impeller shall be keyed to the shaft and be securely locked on with a lock nut which shall
be fitted with a removable protective cap. The impeller shall be of cast iron or stainless steel.
Each impeller shall be statically and dynamically balanced in two planes, to prevent the
pump-set exceeding the specified maximum vibration levels. Fit the impeller with
replaceable wear rings retained with set screws.
9.2.2.6 Motor
Close couple, squirrel cage induction motor, class F insulation, temperature rise class B,
degree of protection IP55, suitable for operation on a 400 V AC 3 phase 50 Hz supply,
maximum rotation speed 1500 rpm. The motor shall be effectively grounded.
Motors shall have a thermal rating to allow at least 6 starts per hour under the ambient
conditions. Rotor/stator clearances shall take into effect possible short circuits during shock
loading. The pump housing shall be arranged to provide an easy removal and re-locating the
stator.
Motor shall be provided with overheat protection through thermal switches in the stator
windings. Motor shall also be provided with moisture protection switch for sensing any
moisture leaking into the motor and to cut off the current before damage is inflected to the
motor.
9.2.2.7 Cables
Cable insulation shall be rated for a minimum of 1000 V AC. Cable entries shall be located at
one point of the pump casing, i.e. not spread around the case.
The cable entry sealing system shall be flexible, hard setting resins shall not be used. Cable
glands shall be metallic and of good quality being arranged to place the minimum stress on
the cables at point of entry to the pump casing.
The cable terminals shall be sealed from the motor winding to prevent ingress of water,
according to IEC Class IP55. A terminal bonded to the pump casing shall be provided for
earth fault protection.
The cable gland sizes shall be suitable for the cable sizes designed for the plant (before
ordering the cable sizes according to the design should be checked).
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
81
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
9.2.2.8 Painting
Pump shall be finished with a non-solvent epoxy paint, DFT not less than 300 µm.
9.2.3 Submersible Pumps
The pump unit shall have submersion-proof watertight enclosure according to IEC Class IP
68.
Motors shall have a thermal rating to allow at least 15 starts per hour under specified
conditions.
The pumps shall be sealed from the motor by two mechanical face seals working
independently and in contact with the oil chamber between the pump and the motor. Face
seals shall be tungsten carbide. Static seals shall be of neoprene or similar approved. Seals
must be reusable. Rotating seals shall be easy to locate and shall not make contact with 0rings. Seals shall be protected
The impeller shall be keyed to the shaft and be securely locked on with a lock nut which shall
be fitted with a removable protective cap. The impeller shall be of cast iron.
The cable terminals shall be sealed from the motor winding to prevent ingress of water,
according to IEC Class IP68.
9.2.4 Testing of Pumping Equipment
The pumps shall be tested according to ISO 9906 Grade 1.
The pumps shall be tested in the factory as follows: The pump casings and/ or column and
head assemblies shall be subject to a hydrostatic test pressure of twice the maximum
operating head or 1.5 times the shut off head, whichever is the greater. Certified pump test
performance curves shall be submitted.
The Contractor shall conduct performance tests on each pump. If required by the Engineer,
some performance tests shall be witnessed.
9.2.5 Installation of Pumping Units
Installation of pumping units shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions. Any damage resulting from either failure to observe the installation instructions,
or as result of proceeding with the work without complete knowledge of how it is to be done,
shall be the Contractors responsibility.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
82
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Equipment installation and required connections shall be made by special educated workmen
to the best standard. The work shall be accurately carried out to produce a neat, accurate,
secure, functional installation. Under no circumstances will there be allowed any stress to be
imposed on any pump flanges or equipment. Under no circumstances will “springing” of
piping to correct misalignment be allowed.
The anchor bolts and concrete bases for the pumping unit’s cast iron or steel bases shall be
prepared in advance. The pump and motor bases shall be set in place and shimmed to correct
elevation. The bases shall be grouted in place with non-shrink grouting.
Upon completion of installation of the pump equipment, the Contractor shall fill, add to, and
check equipment requiring oils, coolants, greases etc. The types and amount used shall be in
strict accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
9.2.6 Installation of Submersible Pumps
Installation of all pumps shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
Any damage resulting from either failure to observe the installation instructions or as a result
of proceeding with the work without complete knowledge of how it is to be done shall be the
Contractor's responsibility.
Each submersible pump shall be carefully installed down into its well. Proper attention shall
be given to the pressure flange that the pump is set to in order to ensure that the pump
submergence conforms to the manufacturer's recommendations. The waterproof power and
control cables shall be securely attached to the discharge pipe free of kinks.
9.3
PIPE WORK
9.3.1 Piping
9.3.1.1 General
This specification gives general guidelines to be applied in piping and support design,
manufacturing and installation.
Each part of the piping system shall be complete in all details and provided with all valves
and accessories necessary for satisfactory operation.
All piping shall be grouped wherever practical and shall be erected to present a neat
appearance. Pipes shall be parallel to each other and parallel or at right angles to structural
members and shall give maximum possible headroom.
Pipes erected in pumping stations and valve chambers shall be arranged to provide maximum
access.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
83
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Sufficient space is to be allowed for accessibility for servicing. No mechanical joints shall be
embedded.
Adequate allowance shall be made for expansion and contraction in pipes by the inclusion of
flexible, proprietary joints in the piping system.
All reductions in sizes shall be by the use of proprietary fittings or fabricated sections.
Pipe connections to equipment and valves shall be arranged for easy dismantling and
removal.
All pipe work shall be free of corrosion and without any signs of scaling, pitting or excessive
weathering to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Pipes stored on Site shall be kept clean and off
the ground and stored under cover. Pipes corroded or distorted beyond standard tolerances
shall not be used.
The Contractor shall ensure that all pipes are free from internal obstructions. All burred and
cut ends of pipes shall be well reamed and filed to ensure that the full bore of the pipe is
maintained. The Contractor shall take special care to prevent dirt or rubbish entering the open
ends of all pipework during storage and erection. Screwed iron caps or plugs or plastic caps
shall be used for this purpose. Wood, rag, paper or other inadequate material shall not be
considered as adequate protection. Should any stoppage in the circulation occur after the
various systems have been put into operation which proves to be due to non-compliance with
these requirements, the Contractor shall rectify the matter at his own expense.
The Contractor shall ensure that at no part of any installation dissimilar metals are include,
which will promote chemical or electro-chemical action, causing a weakening or failure of
the service. This applies not only to the internal surfaces but also the external surfaces of all
pipes, fittings, valves, plant, vessels, pumps and any other item of equipment in the
installation.
Any pipe work which does not conform as to material and workmanship with this
specification shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor.
Adequate supporting and anchoring arrangements for all pipes shall be designed and installed
by the Contractor.
All pipes connected to pressure vessels, pumps, compressors and the like shall have flanged
connections.
The Contractor shall ensure that the design and layout of his pipe work shall be such that no
torque or other loads from the starting of the equipment shall be transmitted into the pipe
work and shall provide additional joints or supports as may be necessary.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
84
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The joints and connections in pipes shall be made either with flanges or by welding. Flexible
couplings shall be used only in flexible joints and dismantling joints. The pipes shall be
supported on both sides of a flexible joint.
Drilling of flanges shall comply with EN 1092, or equivalent. The gaskets shall be of
reinforced nitrile rubber, thickness 3 mm.
Threaded joints shall be avoided and the use shall be limited to sizes smaller than DN 65. For
dismantling conical connectors shall be used.
All nuts, bolts, washers, flanges, gaskets, flanges tied adapters, drain valves, special
connection pieces, supporting hangers, brackets or clips and temporary supports for the
pipework, together with all terminal point connection materials shall be supplied and
installed under this contract.
9.3.1.2 Nominal Dimensions
DIN standards ISO recommendation (DIN 2458 and DIN 17100, or equivalent) shall apply.
Table 9-1: Nominal Size (DN) and Outsize Diameter (Do) of Carbon Steel DIN and ISO, Fe
37B and stainless steel
DN
6
10
15
20
25
32
40
50
(65)
Do
10.2
17.2
21.3
26.9
33.7
42.4
48.3
60.3
(76.1)
DN
80
100
(125)
150
200
250
300
350
Do
88.9
114.3
(139.7)
168.3
219.1
273.0
323.0
355.6
DN
400
(450)
500
600
700
800
1000
1200
1600
Do
406.4
(457)
508
610
711
813
1016
1220
1620
Pipe sizes shown in brackets should be avoided if possible.
9.3.1.3 Stainless Steel Pipework
The material of the pipe and pipe specials shall be EN 1711 or equivalent.
The stainless steel pipes shall be fabricated by longitudinally welding according to EN 2234
or equivalent.
The Tee- pieces shall be factory made. The flange joints shall be with weldable collars of
stainless steel and loose flanges of hot dip galvanised carbon steel. The gaskets shall be of
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
85
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The minimum wall thicknesses of the stainless steel pipe barrel and the pipe fittings shall be
as shown in the Table 9-2 below.
Table 9-2: Wall Thickness for Stainless Steel Pipe
Wall Thickness of Pipe
Barrel mm *
Nominal size
Up to and including DN 80
DN 100 up to and including DN 250
DN 300 and 350
DN 400
DN 500 and 600
DN 700
DN 800
1.6
2.0
2.6
3.2
4.0
5.0
6.3
The wall thicknesses of non-standard Tee-pieces and cross pieces shall be calculated by the
Contractor and submitted to the Engineer for approval. Full internal vacuum shall be taken
into account in the dimensioning calculations of the fittings.
A 2 mm thick weld-on puddle flange shall be provided in all embedded wall transition
pieces. The diameter of the puddle flange shall be not less than 150 mm + the pipe outside
diameter. All puddle flanged pipe specials shall be prefabricated by the Supplier. The
stainless steel wall transition pipes shall not be connected to the reinforcement.
9.3.1.4 Supports and Fixings
Recommended maximum free spacing between supports for stainless steel pipes shall be as
in Table 9-3.
Table 9-3: Maximum span between supports for stainless steel pipes
DN
Span (m)
DN
Span (m)
DN
Span (m)
10
2.0
100
5.2
600
9.5
15
2.2
125
5.5
700
10.3
20
2.4
150
5.9
800
10.7
25
2.7
200
6.4
32
2.9
250
6.8
40
3.1
300
7.5
50
4.0
350
7.8
65
4.3
400
8.1
80
4.7
500
9.0
The table is valid only for straight pipe runs. Pipe headers furnished with valves or other
heavy components must be adequately supported at each heavy component such that no
excessive stresses or deflections are developed to the piping or connected equipment.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
86
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Unless otherwise specified all supports, anchor bolts, screws, straps, clips, brackets,
steelwork, etc. and other fixings shall be provided by the Contractor. Where applicable the
manufacturer's instructions shall be followed. They shall be of ample section to withstand the
forces created by operation of the equipment.
All piping shall be supported away from the building structure.
Hanger inserts to be set in place before concrete is poured.
Anchor bolts less than M 12 size shall not be used for fastening of mechanical equipment
(pumps, compressors, gears, pipes etc.).
All submerged supports, anchor bolts and fasteners shall be of stainless steel. Washers and
nuts of the same material shall be used in bolted joints. Other supports, anchor bolts and
fasteners shall be of hot dip galvanised steel. Washers shall be provided under all nut and bolt
heads, material shall be same as for the bolts. The overdrive of the bolt in an assembled joint
shall not be less than one mm over the nut nor more than one height of the nut.
The anchor and foundation bolts shall be completed with hexagonal nuts and washers.
9.3.1.5 Welding
The welding of the pipes and other appliances shall be performed according IIW
(International Institute of Welding) recommendations and regulations.
The seams shall be visually inspected on the Site for the smoothness, height of the seam,
ridge and root faults and cracks and the uniformity of the seam with the basic material shall
be detected.
The Engineer may, in order to guarantee the quality and safety of the work require the
Contractor to take random x-ray exposures of the seams (about 10 % of all seams), at the
expense of the Contractor. The quality codes utilised shall be according to IIW classification.
The exposures shall be taken from the seams chosen during the visual inspection. The
inspection concerns both factory’s made and Site welded seams. The manufacturer of the
pipes is not required to submit x-ray certificate of his products. During the site inspection the
following procedures will apply:

If faulty seams are found, the Contractor shall be obliged to cut out the joint and
the seams properly on his own expense.

X-ray exposures of the re-welded seams shall be taken at the expense of the
Contractor. Additionally each faulty seam found will lead to the taking of one
penalty exposure of the same welders work as the faulty one. The cost of this
shall also be at the Contractor's own expense.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
87
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
All the welders on Site shall be experienced and adequately trained on the working methods
(e.g. for carbon or stainless steel, for pipe or sheet welding on the valid material and for arc,
MIG or TIG welding separately) and their qualifications shall be submitted to the Engineer
for review.
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval in advance the welding methods he
intends to use.
Welding rods shall be stored and used dry. If necessary they shall be dried with heat of 150 to
250 oC if found to be moist or wet and unsuitable for use. Rods shall be suitable for the base
material. The thickness of the seam shall not exceed the thickness of the base. The slag and
scale shall be removed with the tools suitable for the material (e.g. stainless steel tools are
required for stainless steel welding). The mechanical cleaning of the seams shall be done
with steel brush after chipping off the slag.
The welding arc shall be lit so that no cracks are left visible outside the weld. When scratches
occur they shall be ground of to the clean material and afterwards covered by welding if the
grinding has gone too deep.
With stainless steel welding the following shall apply:

Handling of the stainless steel material shall be with mild steel tools.

Grinding shall be performed with discs and abrasive cloths impregnated with
artificial resin or rubber. Traces of the grinding shall be pickled.

After the mechanical cleaning the seams in the stainless steel structures shall be
pickled with suitable pastes.
9.3.2 Valves
9.3.2.1 General
All valves shall be designed to the minimum working pressure as shown on drawings and/or
detailed in Particular Specification. Flanges for valves shall comply with EN 1092-2 for cast
iron flanges, or equivalent.
Unless otherwise specified, all valves shall be anti - clockwise opening and operated by hand
wheel for up to 300 mm, above 300 mm geared actuators shall be used. The maximum effort
required to be applied at the circumference of the hand wheel to operate the valves against
the maximum unbalanced head shall not exceed 200 Nm.
Unless detailed otherwise all hand wheels shall have the words “open” and “close” in English
with arrows indicating the direction of rotation cast on. All hand wheels shall be of a solid
cast type.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
88
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Valves of all types shall be capable of withstanding corrosion in the ambient conditions and
any parts manufactured from a material which is not itself corrosion-resistant must be
protected.
Works tests will not be witnessed except where so specified or required by the Engineer. A
certificate from manufacturer for shop testing shall be provided for the approval of the
Engineer.
9.3.2.2 Gate valves
Gate Valves shall be resilient seated with smooth straight through bore. Body and bonnet
shall be of cast iron with non-rising stem of stainless steel spindle. The wedge shall be of
ductile iron, inside and outside fully rubberized with vulcanized elastomer, the wedge guide
of wear resistant plastic with high gliding features. The axis and the bolts are stainless steel.
The seal is made of elastomer.
9.3.2.3 Butterfly Valves
The butterfly valves shall be manufactured according to the ISO 5752, or equivalent. The
seepage free shut-off pressure difference of the valve shall be 10 bars against atmospheric
pressure.
The body shall be made of cast iron and rubber lined. The disc shall be of cast iron and the
shaft of stainless steel. Removal and replacement of seals without removing the valve shaft
shall be possible.
9.3.2.4 Non return valves
Non return Valves shall be of double flap type, with low head losses. The material of the
different parts shall be as follows:
 Body: cast iron;
 Flap: copper alloy;
 Shaft: stainless steel 304 according to EN 10088;
 Circumferential seal: rubber NBR or EPDM;
 Spring: stainless steel 302 according to EN 10088.
9.3.2.5 Dismantling joints
Dismantling joint shall be of free or self abutted type depending on the application. The
material of the different parts shall be as follows:
 Fixe body: S235JRG2 steel according to EN 10025;
 Sliding body: S235JRG2 steel according to EN 10025;
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
89
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova






IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Compression flange: S235JRG2 steel according to EN 10025;
Circumferential seal: rubber EPDM;
Diameter and operating pressure: the same as the devices they are associated to;
Nominal pressure: the same as the devices they are associated to;
Compression flange: the diameter and nominal pressure will be identical to those of
the main flanges;
Rods protection against corrosion: zinc chromate or equivalent.
9.3.2.6 Actuators
Actuators shall be suitable for the medium, temperature and pressure of the system into
which they are being fitted.
Settings and emergency operation shall be possible with the use of handwheel. By operating
the hand/auto lever the motor drive is connected and the manual drive shall automatically be
disconnected. During electric operation the hand wheel shall not rotate.
Actuators shall be adjusted linked to the regarding valve at the manufacturer’s works to
ensure that they provide the correct fully open position and fully closed position. Mechanical
adjustable stops shall be provided to prevent over travel of the valve in the open and closed
positions. The operating torque at the hand wheel level shall be less than 150 Nm.
Electrically operated valves shall incorporate an actuator providing sufficient force to fully
open and fully close the valve against the maximum system differential pressure.
The gearing of the actuators shall be either of the positive lock worm gearing type, or of the
travelling nut type. The electrical actuator must be equipped with electromechanical brake
and overtorque protection at opening/closing with dry contacts.
The enclosure of the actuator shall be minimum IP 55 including the cable glands.
The actuator shall be provided with:
 A motor three phases 400 V 50 Hz IP65 class F insulation, temperature rise 70 K;
 Type of duty: short-time S2 - 15 min;
 Terminals for connecting all external wiring;
 Motor protection by three thermoswitches placed in the windings;
 Built-in motor protection with anti-condensation heater;
 A potential free contact indication open-close position;
 Adjustable limit switches for electric control;
 Mechanical blinker transmitter for running indication.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
90
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
9.3.2.7 Flexible Couplings
Axially restraining flexible couplings shall be provided at least where shown on the
Drawings. Each joint shall be complete with all associated fittings and shall be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
Max. allowable pipe movement in couplings shall be about 10 mm and shall be achieved by
deformation of the sealing ring, not by sliding action of the ring on the pipe.
9.3.3 Testing
9.3.3.1 General
During and after installation the Contractor shall take all reasonable measures, including the
provision of plugs where appropriate, to prevent ingress of debris into pipework systems.
Before testing of a pipework system commences the Contractor shall ensure that it is clean
and contains no obstructions.
All pipework systems shall be tested by the Contractor for water tightness and stability.
The Contractor shall provide all necessary plant and equipment, including pressure gauges,
struts and thrust blocks, as may be necessary for effectively testing the pipelines to the
specified pressures, and shall be responsible for the supply and disposal of all water as set out
in the Contract.
Should any inspection be unsatisfactory or any test fail, the Contractor shall at his own
expense re-execute defective work following which cleaning and testing will be repeated.
Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe. After all the air has
been expelled, all cocks shall be closed and the test pressure applied as specified above. The
line shall be filled slowly to prevent possible water hammer.
The specific method of testing, i.e. from pump pedestal, discharge pipe or valve chamber
overpumping connection, shall be agreed with the Engineer prior to the commencement of
the test.
9.4
HOISTING EQUIPMENT
The hoists and cranes shall be electrically operated (unless otherwise specified in the
particular specifications) for travelling, traversing and hoisting by endless steel chains. The
supply voltage is 3 phases 400 V - 50 Hz.
All chains shall be of electrically welded steel, heat treated, polished and accurate to pitch.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
91
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Chain hoist shall consist of frame, casing, reduction gear and flanged load sleeve with
precision roller bearings, load and operation chain, overload limiter, mechanical brake and
safety hook lock.
Overhead bridge travelling cranes shall consist of electrically operated hoist, travelling and
traversing rails, stoppers, and all necessary components such as fixing bolts and the like for
proper and efficient operation of the crane. 2 sets of wire slings with appropriate capacity and
length will be provided.
All members of a crane shall have a minimum safety factor of 5 based on ultimate strength of
materials. Maximum deflection of the bridge shall be 1/800 of the span with given rated load.
The Contractor shall ensure all civil works line and level tolerances are within the limits set
by the crane manufacturer.
The command shall be carried out according to the following specifications:

2 lifting speeds of the electric winch;

2 speeds of the transversal movements;

2 speeds of the longitudinal movements;

Movements electrically controlled by a control pendant isolated box. All orders will
be identified with an indication of the direction of movement corresponding to each
of them;

Brake to hold automatically, instantly and securely suspended load during a power
outage,
All hoisting equipment shall comply with the local regulation NRS 35-03-96:2008
“Technical regulation for establishing requirements for design, construction, reconstruction,
repair, installation, commissioning, technical verification, diagnostics, preparation of
technical books and operation of cranes, subassemblies and mechanisms, safety devices and
devices for handling and tying of loads” . The certification of the lifting equipment is
assigned by the State Enterprise “Technical center on industrial security and certification”
www.ctsic.md. A certificate and license shall be provided by the Contractor to demonstrate
compliance with these requirements.
9.5
WATER HAMMER PROTECTION SYSTEM
9.5.1 Operation Principle
The air chambers have a certain pressurized initial volume of air which pushes water into the
pipeline during negative pressure transients and dampens the positive pressure transients. The
pressure transients are developed after sudden changes in the flow rate. Generally most
dangerous situation is developed after a power failure.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
92
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The system shall be provided with water level automatics in order to maintain continuous
readiness to protect the system against excessive pressure transients (surges).
9.5.2 Applicable Standards
The applicable standards for the pressure vessels are the following:
 EN 286-2 European Standard; Simple unfired pressure vessels to contain air or
nitrogen;
 ISO 2604 Steel products for pressure purposes;
 ISO 6303 Pressure vessel steels not included in ISO 2604;
 NRS 35-03-67:2004 “Rules for safe construction and operation of pressure vessels”.
In case of differences in the standards, the more stringent values are applied.
The certification of the pressure vessels is assigned by the State Enterprise “Technical center
on industrial security and certification” www.ctsic.md. A certificate and license shall be
provided by the Contractor to demonstrate compliance with these requirements.
9.5.3 Ratings
The pressure vessels and auxiliaries shall be designed for the overpressure indicated in the
Particular Specification and for 0.2 bars below atmospheric pressure (vacuum). Stiffeners can
be used if necessary.
9.5.4 Materials
Material is carbon steel according to applicable standards for pressure vessels or stainless
steel.
Carbon steel vessels shall be protected against corrosion internally and externally by painting
according to painting instructions of this specification, 2 component epoxy, total dry film
thickness (DFT) not less 250 m.
9.5.5 Ancillaries
The level measurement will be performed by a stainless steel side tube mounted, with two
isolation valves and a bleed valve and with a visual float. The system will deliver four orders
(compressor on and off, lack and excess of air).
The vessel will be equipped with a safety valve set at the maximum working pressure in
transient. Air discharge shall be via a solenoid valve mounted on isolating valve and
controlled by the excess air level. The evacuation time is adjustable from 1 to 10 min.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
93
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
A pressure gauge installed with an isolating valve allows visual inspection by an operator.
A manhole, installed at eye level once inside the vessel is installed laterally. The full tape
will be equipped with a hinge.
9.5.6 Compressors
The installation will consist of 2 compressors, one as reserve. It will backup the other in case
of default. They shall be operated either automatically according to the water level in the
vessel or manually.
In manual mode, the 2 compressors can be operated simultaneously.
The voltage of the compressors’ motor will be three phases 400 V / 50 Hz. The protection
degree will be IP 55, the insulation class F, temperature rise 70 K.
9.6
VENTILATION
The air intake grids meet the following specifications:
 Stainless steel construction;
 The total area of grids will be determined so that the speed of passage in the latter
does not exceed 3 m/s;
 Fixed blades protection against the ingress of rainwater;
 Anti-volatile stainless steel mesh 10 x 10 mm arranged at the rear of the fins.
The fans meet the following specifications:
 Pressure applied to be defined according to head losses within the ventilation system
stainless steel construction;
 Maximum top speed 1,500 rev / min;
 Three phases supply 400 V - 50 Hz;
 Protection grids;
 Noise levels below 65 dB (A) at 5 meters.
9.7
SURFACE PROTECTION
9.7.1 General
The surface preparation requirements shall be based on EN ISO 12944, or equivalent and
also on the paint manufacturer's requirements and the Engineer’s instructions.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
94
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Equipment not to be painted are stainless steel tanks, vessels, piping, etc. and piping to be
insulated.
All items that require surface protection shall be delivered to Site with at least workshop,
factory, manufacture’s etc. applied undercoat and topcoats leaving only the final colour
painting to be applied at Site.
The paint materials selected for the paint systems can only be changed on the written order
by the Employer.
All gauges, surfaces of bearings, open pipes, pumps, electric motors, etc. that are not to
receive surface protection shall be protected during painting operations.
The steel structures which will be embedded in concrete shall be painted for 50 mm of the
length inserted into the concrete during pouring.
Every coat in a paint system shall be a different colour to facilitate measuring the coat
thickness. Safety colours shall be according to the Moldovan regulations.
Finish or top colours for all items except items Site manufactured ones shall be in
manufacturer's standard colours and the items delivered to Site in these colours. Finish or top
colours of Site fabricated items will be as advised.
Un-insulated steel and cast iron pipes shall be coated with anti-corrosive paint, colour
complying with flowing substance.
9.7.2 Paint Materials and Storing
Paint materials are delivered to the Site in manufacturer's packages.
The paint materials shall be stored in a well-ventilated room all according to the paint
manufacturer's requirements.
9.7.3 Steel Surfaces
Pre-cleaning shall be carried out before rust removal and painting. After pre-cleaning the
steel surfaces should be blasted EN ISO 12944, or equivalent.
9.7.4 Painting
EN ISO 12944 or other equivalent national or international standards shall apply.
Airless painting methods shall be used. Painting will only be permitted in weather conditions
that meet the paint manufacturer's requirements.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
95
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Shop primers and washes shall be used according to the paint manufacturer's requirements.
9.7.5 Transportation and Handling of Painted Structures
All painted surfaces must be allowed to dry long enough before the structures are transported.
Textile slings, rubber or plastic covered wire ropes or hoisting straps should be used for
lifting. If bare wire ropes or chains are used, a protective padding shall be inserted between
the painted surface and the lifting device.
During storing of the painted structures a protective padding should be used between the
painted surfaces.
Damaged areas shall be repaired to reinstate the original paint system.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
96
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
10 GENERAL ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
10.1
PREAMBLE
This General Specification is intended to indicate the minimum standard of design,
workmanship and the materials acceptable for electrical works and instrumentation.
10.2
STANDARDS, RULES AND REGULATIONS
Unless otherwise specified standards to be followed in the works are the regulations of the
European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization (CENELEC) or International
Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) and the materials to be used shall fulfill the requirements
of the testing programme and approval given by any Inspectorate Institute following the rules
published by CEE (International Commission on rules for the approval of Electric
Equipment) provided they are not against the Governing Law. These regulations and standards
shall hereinafter be referred to as "the rules and regulations".
All equipment to be used shall be suitable for the humid ambient conditions.
All components shall be clearly and indelibly marked with reference numbers of the
standards with which they comply, or that shall be supplied separately.
Wherever the Technical Specifications call for materials, workmanship, arrangements,
construction etc. of a better quality than is required by the rules and regulations, the
Technical Specifications shall prevail.
10.3
PERMITS
The Contractor shall obtain all permits related to electrical work, arrange for all official
electrical inspections covering his work and pay the related fees and charges. The Contractor
shall give all the notices that are required by the authorities having jurisdiction over his work.
The attention of the Tenderers is drawn to the Moldovan regulation requiring licensing of
firms carrying out electrical installation.
10.4
DRAWINGS
10.4.1 Employer’s Drawings
The Employer’s Drawings indicate the design intent and lay-out requirements of the
electrical installations. Lay-outs and details may be modified but not to change the original
principles shown or described in the Specifications and on the Drawings. All proposed
modifications to the Drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
97
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Electrical and instrument system lay-outs shown on the Drawings are generally diagrammatic
and the locations of outlines, fittings, and equipment are approximate. Routing of conduits,
cables, wiring, and tubing, and the location of outlets shall be governed by the mechanical,
structural, civil, and architectural conditions which shall prevail. The Contractor shall coordinate the work of all trades to avoid interference, with particular attention given to the
placement of openings, sleeves, hangers, anchors, painting and the like.
10.4.2 Contractor’s Drawings
The shop drawings to be prepared by the Contractor will hereinafter be referred to as the
"Contractor's drawings". These Contractor's drawings shall include all the electrical drawings
called for in this Technical Specification.
A complete set of Contractor's drawings shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer
for approval. This set shall comprises of all detailed drawings necessary to perform the work,
including but not limited to detailed diagram of power and control lines, scheme of the
terminal blocks, hardware list, equipment layout and cabling, cable list, lighting plan,
grounding, hardware location scheme inside the switchboards and on the front doors.
Contractor's drawings shall be such quality that all works can be carried out without
additional design by the Contractor at Site.
Contractor's drawings shall indicate the code numbers of the equipment etc. and shall clearly
show the features and details applicable to the equipment etc. being supplied.
Manufacturers' catalogue or manual pages or drawings applicable to an entire family or range of
equipment etc. will not be accepted as Contractor's drawings unless they are clearly marked up
to show the pertinent data for the particular equipment and the like. Manufacturers' catalogues
or O&M manual pages or drawings may however be used to supplement information on the
Contractor's drawings.
If a device is available with optional features, shop drawings shall clearly show the options
which will be provided.
Contractor's drawings shall be prepared using appropriate latest drafting techniques.
10.5
CO-ORDINATION WITH LOCAL ELECTRICAL NETWORK COMPANY
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to conform to the local power supply company’s
requirements and servicing details such as service point installation of the transformers, primary
switchgear and metering devices, required power factor compensation and possible starting
current limitations.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
98
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
10.6
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
ELECTRIC DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
10.6.1 High Voltage (10 kV) Power System
The Contractor shall follow in the design, supply and installation the Moldovan Regulation
on Installation of the Electrical Equipment
The Employer will hand over the high voltage system including the high voltage and
transformer rooms to the local electric authorities upon the pre-commissioning.
The Contractor shall submit all his working drawings for the high voltage system via the
Employer for the approval of the local electric authorities.
10.6.2 Low Voltage (0.4 kV) Distribution System
The low voltage (LV) 0.4 kV distribution system should comply with IEC 60364 Standard.
Nominal voltage is 400/230 V and frequency 50 Hz.
All power supply to any electrical equipment shall be wired via switch- and control gears and
constructed according to the Technical Specification.
The power supply system shall be constructed so that any circuit or equipment having a
nominal voltage shall be isolated from the mains by opening one disconnector in the
regarding switchgear.
10.7
GROUNDING AND EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDING
The system should be the TN-C-S grounding system according to IEC 60364-1.
The grounding system lay-out shall follow the principles shown on the Drawings. The
grounding loop is connected to the existing one of the transformer substation. The technical
requirement is that the resistance measured at any point shall not exceed the value R E
= 4.0 . If it exceeds the Contractor shall install necessary number of grounding electrodes to
meet this requirement.
All electrical equipment having a metal or otherwise conductive enclosure or by any means
having a terminal for that purpose shall be grounded according to the principle of
equipotential bonding.
All metal part of the room will be connected to this conductor of the most direct way and in
particular:

Frames and mounts all devices except for those with extra insulation or double
insulation;

Metal cable trays;
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
99
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03

The neutral of the transformer when there is general instrumentation, as well as
electrostatic screens;

The grounding of protection devices against surges.
The electrical room will be equipped with an equipotential general conductor made by means
of 25х4 mm² galvanized steel strip. The doorways will be a seamless connection to the metal
frame or circumvention.
All connections shall be made by means of 25х4 mm² galvanized steel strip or insulated
copper cable 1x16mm². Potential equalizing internal circuit shall be routed at the height of
300 mm from the floor level. All connections of grounding system shall provide reliable
contact.
Welding is not allowed on pipes. The connection must be done by screwed bolt and ring in
the flanges.
10.8
LIGHTNING PROTECTION
10.8.1 General
The system shall comply with the IEC 62305 Standard.
10.8.2 Outside building protection
The facility consists of ionizing capture points located at 2 extremities of the building. See
the details on drawings.
Every lightning rod is connected with ground terminals consisting of at least two vertical Ø
20mm electrodes with length of not less than 3 m interconnected at the depth of not less than
0.5 m by horizontal Ø 20mm electrode with length of not less than 5m.
10.8.3 Inside building protection
Electrical surge protection will be provided by devices with high flow (40 to 100 kA) of the
voltage class 2.5. The connection is made directly upstream of the main circuit breaker of the
room.
The grounding of the surge protection will be as directly as possible to the general
equipotential conductor.
The surge arrestor must be fused according to the manufacturers’ recommendations. The
tripping of the surge arrestor and its fuses shall be signalled.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
100
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The devices shall comply with the IEC 60099 Standard.
10.8.4 Equipment protection
A general control voltage transformer with electrostatic shield between primary and
secondary and grounded, will supply the charger - batteries - inverter system for the supply
of automation, instrumentation and remote transmission equipment. The three-phase models
have the neutral of the secondary part grounded and linked to the equipotential general
conductor. Single-phase models have one of the secondary phase linked to this grounded
conductor.
Cables carrying information related to electronic measuring equipment and
telecommunication will be equipped with lightning protection modules at both ends (one
module per pair of cables), where items to be protected are not located in the same room.
Signs indicate whether the protection is off.
The surge protection devices shall comply with the IEC 61643 Standard.
10.9
AUTOMATIC POWER FACTOR CORRECTION SYSTEM
The automatic power factor correction system having the following characteristics:
 Rated frequency : 50Hz;
 Max current overload In : 3xIn;
 Max voltage overload Vn: 1.1 Vn;
 Insulating Voltage 690 Vac;
 Capacity automatically adjustable with 5 stages capacitor bank per pump motor;
 Temperature range: -25 / +85°C;
 Discharge device on each separately connected bank;
 Inner surface finish: zinc passivation.
If the power factor correction system is installed in a pumping station using Variable
Frequency Drive (VFD) with harmonic filtration system, the power factor correction system
has to be compatible with the harmonic compensation device of the VFD.
10.10
ILLUMINANCE
All places in the Works where constant work is carried out shall be illuminated. In general
Table 9-4 shall be used in the selection of lighting fittings.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
101
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Table 9-4: Illumination levels in various areas
Area description
Illumination level in Lux (lumen/m2)
Outdoors in general
20 to 40
Pumping stations
150
Control rooms
300
Corridors
100 to 200
Office rooms
300
10.11
AREA CLASSIFICATION AND ENCLOSURES
The minimum IP-class needed for enclosures shown in Table 9-5 shall be followed.
Table 9-5: Area and equipment minimum IP-class
Enclosure
description
Construction
Ordinary
IP 20
Drip-proof
IP 22
Splashproof
IP 34
Jetproof
IP 55
Watertight
IP 67
Immersion
Tight
IP 68
10.12
Main feature of protection
Most common use location
degree
Accidental touching of
voltage carrying parts
rendered impossible
Live parts protected in
working positions against
dripping water
Live parts protected from
the outside against water
splashes from any
direction
Live parts from the
outside against water
sprayed from any
direction
Live parts protected
against ingress of liquid
Protected against the
effects of immersion
Dry place with no dust
Humid places, outdoors,
under roof eaves
Humid places, wet places,
places with danger of fire
Wet location, places with
corrosive material
Wet location, places with
corrosive materials
Continuous location under
water from 15 m
REQUIREMENTS FOR SITE EQUIPMENT
10.12.1Motors
All motors shall be constructed and selected with an adequate rating to drive the load at
specified capacity and described environmental conditions like temperature, humidity,
atmosphere (explosive and/or corrosive gases), height over sea-level.
Insulating grade shall be class F, temperature rise class B.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
102
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The motor cooling shall be IC 411.
Ratings shall be for continuous running duty, class S1.
Motors shall be of the squirrel cage induction type arranged and rated for full voltage directon-line starting. If the motor speed is fed by frequency converter the motor shall be
constructed accordingly and an additional power factor of 5% shall be taken into account.
Motor shall have built-in protection with anti-condensation heater. These devices shall have
separated power supply.
Motor cabling shall be made by using copper cables to terminal marked U, V and W
indicating the direction of rotation of the motor which shall also be marked on the enclosure
of the motor. Flexible inlets and outlets into/out of the floor in steel tubes are to be used for
electric motor connection.
The motor enclosure comprising cable terminal box shall be IP 55 minimum. The cable
terminal box shall be with suitable brass cable glands (regarding cables described on the
drawings) and rotatable in 90° increments.
Grounding provision shall be made in the terminal box and on each side of the stator frame.
End covers, end shields, and other external components shall be of adequate strength and
robustness, and shall be constructed of cast iron unless otherwise approved by the Engineer
and epoxy powder painted ≥ 50 μm. Plastic components shall be designed to take into
account the environmental conditions and the long term effects of operating temperature,
ageing, and thermal stability of the material. Where used for external components, the
material shall be resistant to flame propagation. Where plastic covers enclose live parts, the
design shall eliminate the risk of electrical shock to personnel during operation of the motor.
10.12.2Socket Outlets
All socket outlets shall be of commercial grade quality. The regarding Standard should be
quoted.
Sockets other than indoor shall be of the weatherproof type and shall have spring-loaded,
gazetted, hinged covers (IP 65).
Single and three phase sockets shall be rated IN = 16 A unless shown otherwise on the
Drawings.
The rotation direction for three phase sockets shall be checked before put in to use.
The body of the socket outlets shall be PVC.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
103
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
10.12.3Light Switches
Light switches shall be of commercial-grade quality having a rating to suit the circuit load. All
switches shall be splash proof.
10.12.4Junction Boxes
Junction boxes shall be made of PVC and be large enough for connecting the regarding cables.
The enclosure shall be firm, minimum IP55 and closed by screws (no clip mechanism).
10.12.5Luminaries and Lamps
The luminaries shall be factory made and be suitable to be installed in the intended place.
All lamps shall be of the bright white colour or equal which combines well with daylight.
Factory tested usage time and output lumens shall be presented before installation for review by
the Engineer.
All luminaries with fluorescent and discharge lamps shall fulfil the minimum overall power
factor value 0.95. The power factor correction capacitors shall be factory assembled in the
luminaries.
The design temperature range of luminaries shall be -5 ... +55 oC.
Only lamps which can be purchased locally will be accepted, low energy types preferred.
10.12.6Emergency Luminaries
The emergency luminaries shall be portable, factory made torch type including battery and
charger. It shall plug into a socket outlet and in case of power failure it shall switch on
automatically.
For special rooms (i.e. switchgear rooms) fixed emergency lights shall be provided too.
The batteries for the emergency and panic lights shall be rated for 4 hours uninterrupted use.
Panic lights (green emergency lights) which shows the way out, according to local regulation
requirements.
10.13
CONTROL CIRCUIT PRINCIPLES
Any safety shutdown shall require manual acknowledgement and reset, unless otherwise
specified.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
104
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Control circuits shall be designed in general for 220 V AC or 24 V DC inside the boards and
panels supplied by one control transformers and (for DC supply) one sufficient rectifier per
switchgear. Other voltages are allowed to be used but effects and changes to other equipment
and systems shall be assessed and all related costs associated with using another voltage shall
be borne by the Contractor.
All motors shall be started and stopped manually or automatically by using switches, push
buttons or automatic operation. Each motor circuit shall include a switch which will enable
manual or automatic operation.
Each motor starter control circuit is protected by separate miniature circuit breaker.
10.14
LOW VOLTAGE CABLES
10.14.10.4 kV Power Cables
The 0.4 kV cables shall fulfil all the requirements determined by the environment in which
they are to be installed and as set out in the Specification. They shall be manufactured to
meet the requirements of IEC 60287 Standard and shall take into account, the following
factors:
 Maximum voltage drop permissible;
 Type and magnitude of load;
 Fault level and duration related to circuit protection;
 Overcurrent setting of relays;
 Method of laying;
 Route length and disposition of cables;
 Ambient temperature, including ground thermal resistivity for buried cables;
 Method of laying.
Cables shall be delivered to Site with the manufacturer’s seals, labels or other proof of origin
attached.
Unless otherwise specified, low voltage three phase and neutral power cables shall
incorporate PE (protection earth) conductors of equal cross-section area to the phase
conductors. Conductors shall be of plain annealed copper complying with IEC 60228
Standard, with a cross-linked polyethylene insulation (PR) and a protective sleeve of
polyvinylchloride (PVC).
Only if the connection to the equipment sets limits for the use of copper, aluminium may be
used but each case shall be approved separately by the Engineer. The colour of each
conductor shall be clearly marked as follows and shall not be connected for any other
purpose:
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
105
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova


Grounding (PE):
Neutral(N): blue.
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
yellow/green;
Cable sizes in conjunction with electrical plant operating characteristics shall ensure the
maximum circuit volt drops are not greater than:
 Main feeder cables to and between system switch boards at rated circuit current:
1%;
 Feeder circuits from control switchgear to terminal equipment at rated load
current: 2%;
 The transient voltage depression at the started motor terminals shall not be
greater than 10%;
 The transient voltage depression at the bus bars of any power system switchboard
shall not exceed 5%.
The outside markings of the sheath of the cables shall state:
 Manufacturer's name;
 Type mark;
 Number of conductors;
 Cross sectional area;
 Rated voltage;
 Continuous metric marking.
The permissible temperature of the conductors shall, in short circuit, be minimum 160 0C for
not more than 1 second.
Underground cables shall fulfil the technical requirements for power and instrument cables
but these shall be provided with protection against mechanical damages by using steel
armour.
10.14.2Instrument Cables
Instrumentation cables shall comply with the EN 50288-7 or the IEC 61156 Standard.
Instrumentation cabling shall be protected against magnetic and electrostatic interference by
using twisted shielded cable and steel armour.
Shielded cables shall have stranded, twisted pair copper conductors. Cables shall have
individual pair shielding, an overall shield and an overall PVC jacket. Shields shall be foil
type with a drain wire for each shield.
Conductors shall be of copper, diameter 1.5 mm², PVC insulated with PVC shell.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
106
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
10.14.3Marking
All cables, conductors and wires shall be marked with reliable and replaceable plastic marker
tied around the both ends of the cable. Cable marking shall have the following information:
 Designation of cables corresponding to designations in the drawings and cable
lists;
 Number of cores and cross-section;
 Code of start and end point.
After a cable has been installed through the cable gland inside equipment and the sheath has
been removed, each core shall be marked by the designation of the terminal to be connected.
Control conductors identified on the drawings with wire numbers shall be marked
correspondingly. In case cable consists of factory numbered conductors, those shall be used and
those markings shall be shown on the As-Built-Drawings.
10.15
CABLE INSTALLATION
10.15.1General
All cables shall be installed to a high standard of neatness with respect to visible outlook of
the final result and the arrangement and alignment with other apparatus and equipment.
Every cable shall be run vertically, horizontally or parallel to adjacent walls, beams or other
structural parts.
No cable shall be drawn into any raceway until all work of any nature that may cause injury to
the cable or its insulation has been completed. During cable pulling, the conductors shall be fed
carefully into the raceway to prevent twisting, kinking, or looping.
Where cables and conduit have to pass through floors and walls, the Contractor shall core or
drill the necessary holes with the approval of (civil) engineer. Cables shall always be inserted in
conduit and conduit always grouted on site.
Where it is not practicable to locate the cables underground, they shall be mounted on the
interior surface of a building and/ or structure using surface-mounted cables and conduit as
described above. Except as approved by the Engineer, no wiring shall be installed exposed on
the outside of a building.
Cables serving terminal boards shall be neatly dressed into them and secured with nylon cable
ties.
Cables shall form a loop before connecting to terminals to permit reconnections.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
107
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Cables shall be fixed with sufficient fittings to carry all mechanical loads caused by the cable
weight.
Cables running in straight cable routes shall not lace and when fixed parallel shall not cross
each other as far as possible. The cables shall not be bent to a radius less than the
manufacturer’s recommended radius.
Cables between different equipment shall be continuous without any kind of junction
(brazing, soldering or terminals). Where junctions are required they shall be approved by the
Engineer.
In an environment where mechanical damages to cables are likely, the cables shall be
protected. Without exception this shall be done in places where cables pass through floors,
walls or run on the surface individually less than 1.2m from the finished floor level.
Protection shall be arranged by using rigid or flexible steel pipe minimum 20 mm diameter
and at least 20% larger than the diameter of the cable to be installed in it. In case three or
more cables run parallel on the finished surface a combined rigid steel sheet cover can be
used.
If power cables are laid together with other power cables on cable trays, in tubes, in earth or
direct on the wall or the ceiling, the distances between each other must be considered in
regard to the current capacity calculations.
Cables transporting the measured signals (usually 20mA) from the instrumentation and data
cable shall be installed in a certain distance from power cable and/or shielded from them.
10.15.2Channels
Cables laid directly in to the cable channel shall be installed following the methods stated in
‘General’ chapter above as far as those rules are acceptable.
10.15.3Conduits
Conduit systems shall be of the rigid PVC heavy duty type complying with EN 50086
Standard.
Cables shall be pulled into conduits and lacing of them shall be avoided. Cable pulling string
or auxiliary wires shall be used. In principle one cable per one conduit is recommended.
Joints into couplers, slip type bends and spouted fittings shall be made using silicone grease
or a permanent solvent. Silicone grease shall be used for expansion couplings. Expansion
couplings shall be fitted in surface installations at intervals as recommended by the
manufacturer.
PVC conduit shall not be installed in areas that receive direct sunlight.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
108
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Conduit systems shall be cleaned to remove all moisture and foreign substances before
pulling in the cables. Empty conduits shall be provided with an insulated 1.5 mm2 copper
pull wire.
Conduits shall be supported with a proprietary non-corrosive fastening system.
Surface-run conduits shall be installed after to the painting of surface on which it is installed.
Conduit bends, sweeps, offsets and the like shall be made only where necessitated by
structural or mechanical requirements.
Groups of conduits traversing the same route shall have their bends and offsets in the same
plane and these bends and offsets shall have a common centre of curvature with a varying
radius to present a neat appearance.
PVC conduit bends, sweeps, offsets and the like shall be made with factory-fabricated fitting
for sizes larger than 50 mm diameter.
Cut ends of conduits shall be reamed with a pipe reamer to remove all burrs. Threaded male
end rigid steel conduit shall be painted with a coating of zinc chromate before connecting to
female ends of fittings, couplings and the like.
If required to prevent cable damage, flexible conduit shall be used to connect conduit to
motors, solenoid valves, pressure switches and the like. The length of flexible conduit to be
used for such connections shall be minimised.
Exposed conduit runs shall be parallel or perpendicular to the building or structures and shall
be supported at the intervals not more than 1 m.
Couplings for rigid-type metal conduit shall be threaded.
PVC conduit couplings shall be thread less type. PVC fittings, couplings and conduit shall be
of the same manufacture.
10.15.4Cable Trays
The material of the cable trays shall be non-corrosive, i.e. hot dip galvanized steel. Cable
baskets are not permitted. Approved modular systems from qualified manufacturers are
required. These will be installed according to the specifications of the manufacturers.
Wherever possible, galvanized steel cable trays shall be installed in full lengths without
cutting. Cut edges shall be treated with approved zinc based paint.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
109
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Cable trays shall be installed using proprietary accessories and support systems. Cables
installed on vertical tray sections shall be fastened every 0.3m with cable clamps designed for
such purpose. Cables installed on horizontal tray sections shall be tied every 1.0m with nylon
cable ties.
Cable trays shall be mounted not less than 25 mm from the face of the structure. If airspace
between cables installed on a tray is inadequate, the current carrying capacity of the cables
shall be re-rated as required by the necessary rules and regulations.
10.15.5Trenches
Cable trench shall be at least 800 mm deep. The trenches shall be excavated as showing and
specified on drawings. The trench bottom shall be covered with fine sand (grain size
maximum 2 mm) in a layer 100 mm thick. After laying the cables parallel with the distance
between adjacent ones being not less than the diameter of the larger cable, the cables shall be
totally covered with the same sand as is under the cables. A precast concrete cover shall be
placed with its bottom 100 mm above the cable and be sized as follows:
 Shape: half round, 120 mm diameter;
 Thickness: 30 mm;
 Length of one cover: 500 mm.
A warning tape shall be installed to indicate and warn about the underground cables. The
concrete cover shall be covered with a 50 mm layer of fine sand. After this work the trench
shall be filled with selected excavated material if not otherwise specified elsewhere.
Arrangement of cables in trench shall be such that no free air space shall be left around the
cables.
The backfilling and reinstatement of the trench above the cover slab shall be carried out in
accordance as showing and specified on drawings.
10.15.6Surface Installation
Where cables are run individually they shall be supported by cleats fixed directly to the
concrete or brickwork. Cleats shall be spaced so as to avoid sagging of cables and shall in
any case be not more than 0.3 m between centres. When more than one row of cables
following a single route, cleats shall be fixed with backstraps.
10.15.7Cables on Steelwork
Structural steelwork shall not be drilled for cable fixing. If needed a metal conduit shall be
fixed along the steelwork for the cable as a raceway. Individual clamps shall not be used for
cable.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
110
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
10.16
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
CABLE TERMINATION
Each cable penetrating any equipment enclosure shall be provided with a brass gland of
suitable size to ensure the original degree of ingress protection specified for the enclosure
and shall ensure that any mechanical traction occurs on the protective sheath of the cable and
not the terminals. Cables shall be perpendicular to the surface entered over a distance of not
100 mm.
All electrical equipment shall be provided with adequate numbers of terminals and numbered
by the recommendation published by CENELEC (Comite Europeen de Normalisation
Electrotechnique) for each core of the cable and shall be marked by the number to be
connected.
Lacing of conductors shall not be permitted. Cables shall form a loop before connecting to
terminals to permit reconnections.
Stranded control conductors terminating at devices having binding head screws shall be fitted
with insulated, compression-type solder free lugs. Compression fittings shall be made only
with the tool appropriate for use with the size and type of lug used.
Conductors  10 mm2 may be spliced or tapped with twist-on connectors and conductors 
16 mm2 shall be sliced or tapped using compression connectors.
10.17
CABLE PROTECTION
The wires and circuit breakers shall be selected to fulfill the requirements of Table 9-6.
Table 9-6: Cable Protection
Legend:
1.
Cross section of wire, mm2 Cu;
2.
Minimum allowed continuous current for wire;
3.
Maximum allowed nominal current for circuit breaker;
(short circuit and overload protection)
4.
Maximum allowed nominal current for circuit breaker combined
with protective switch for a motor (overload protection).
1.
1.5
2.5
4
6
10
16
25
2.
14
20
25
32
41
58
73
3.
10
16
20
25
35
50
63
4.
25
35
50
63
80
125
160
1.
35
50
70
95
120
150
185
2.
93
116
146
146
185
232
292
3.
80
100
125
125
160
200
250
4.
200
250
315
400
500
630
800
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
111
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The values of column 2 are dependent on the kind of installation (possibility of transporting
the losses away from the cables) and the length of the cable connection (maximum voltage
drop). There these values must be checked after the design installation respectively after
installation.
The cable manufacturer shall state the minimum temperature which is allowed for the
conductors in normal use. The minimum requirement is 70 0C.
Depending on the grounding system the power cables compromising the following
conductors: L1, L2, L3, PEN for switchgear and plants with own grounding terminal. L1, L2,
L3, PE for asynchrony motors, L1, N, PE for 1-phase consumers. L1, L2, L3, N, PE for three
phase consumers (except motors). Cables without PE or PEN should not be provided. N and
PE should have the same diameters than the regarding phase conductor; exceptions are the
minimum half diameter sized PE or PEN conductors for cables with conductors > 16mm2.
10.18
SWITCH- AND CONTROLGEARS
10.18.1General
All devices in the same category shall be from the same manufacturer in order to minimize
the number of spare parts.
The switch- and control gears shall be type tested assemblies according to IEC 60439-1.
The internal wiring shall be identified with reliable markers having the same information as
the point to be connected to. All equipment shall be clearly marked following the codes
shown on the Drawings. Terminal blocks used for different voltages shall be clearly and
reliable separated.
The switch- and controlgears shall be equipped with internal lighting controlled by a door
contact switch.
The protection against electric shock shall be according to IEC 60439-1 clause 7.7:

Protection against direct contact:
o Insulation protection of energized parts;
o Protection by barriers or enclosures;

Protection against indirect contact:
o Protection with a protective circuit coordinated with a device for automatic
cut-off;
o Protection performed with other means: electrical separation of the circuits or
full insulation.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
112
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
On low voltage switch- and control gear full separation shall be provided between power
cable terminations. Power cable glanding and cable core termination shall be contained
within each respective circuit panel and fully separated by metallic or non-metallic rigid
barriers. On multiple compartmented panels, power cable termination segregation shall be
achieved by either:

Cable core termination within the respective circuit unit compartment but with
glanding elsewhere;

Core termination and glanding within a common cabling compartment but with
each circuit terminal assembly separated by approved insulating covers
The following Drawings (shop drawings) shall be submitted for the Engineer’s approval
before manufacturing:
 Front layout with the provided control and monitoring equipment;
 Layout of internal parts;
 “foot-print” for cable bushing and fixing details;
 Single Line diagram;
 Circuit diagrams;
 Terminal lists;
 Parts list.
Enclosure protection min. IP 54. In each cubicle there shall be separated spaces for apparatus
and busbars. The technical requirements shall fulfill the IEC 60439-1 standard.
The switchgear construction shall be tested for the rates set by any apparatus or equipment
connected. The following information shall be included in panel labels (1) and in the
switchgear documentation (shop drawings):
(1) Manufacturer and the type of construction;
(2) UN (V), IN (A), fN (Hz), Ith (kA), Idyn (kA), IP.
The insulation test shall be carried out at 2,500 V for 1 minute, according to IEC 60439-1
standard.
A facility shall be provided to allow a portable grounding device to be attached by means of
an insulating rod.
The final lay-out design of the switchgear shall be carried out by the Contractor but the
following arrangement shall be followed:

Each cubicle shall have direct access with cable or wire from a separate cable duct
except for the main feeder cubicle where power supply cables may penetrate
direct from below;
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
113
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03

Each circuit breaker and other items of equipment logistically belonging in one
group shall be in their own cubicle and on the door shall be clearly marked the
purpose of the group;

Power cables shall be connected direct to the apparatus cubicles through the plate
between them.
Every auxiliary contact from any component shall be wired to terminals whether it is in use
or not. Each terminal block shall be clearly marked from the end point in a way that no other
terminal strip has the same “address”.
Doors shall be provided with a rubber gasket, fixed locks with handles and hinges to enable
doors to opening at least 120 o.
The construction shall ensure high operational reliability and personnel safety.
The power distribution inside the switchgear shall be made with copper busbars and
connection from them to the equipment can be done either by using busbars or individual
wires.
The ambient temperature range shall be -5 ⁰C through +40 ⁰C.
10.18.2Construction
The electric panel shall be of multi-cubicle pattern design according to IEC 60439-1 clause
7.7, such that each section within a panel shall be segregated from the adjoining sections and
be complete with its own access door capable of being opened through a minimum of 90°.
Front access only panels shall be fitted with cableways complete with bolted front covers.
The use of externally visible bolts or screws shall not be acceptable. Routing of cables direct
between sections or behind sections will not be acceptable.
The electric panel shall be manufactured from sheet steel not less than 2.0 mm thick and shall
be of uniform height and rigid construction, providing an enclosure to IP 54. The finish
colour for the panel shall be the manufacturers standard unless specified in particular
Specification.
Solid barriers shall be provided to segregate each load compartment from other
compartments and the busbar chamber, to prevent objects falling into lower live
compartments, and to restrict fault travel to other compartments.
The overall height of the electric panel including plinths shall not exceed 2400mm. Isolator
handles, control switches, push buttons, indicator lamps and instrumentation shall not be less
than 500 mm and not more than 1750 mm above finished floor level.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
114
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The electric panel shall be supplied with a purpose made plinth, not less than 125 mm high,
of fabricated and corrosion protected sheet steel or rolled steel channel. A minimum space of
250 mm shall be between the base of the electric panel and the gland plate, and a minimum
space of 250 mm between the gland plate and the connection terminals.
Internal components shall be fitted on mounting plates. These plates shall be fitted at the
back of the individual sections on standoff pillars if required, to provide easy access for
maintenance.
The number of cables installed in internal trunking shall be such that the resulting space
factor does not exceed 45 %.
10.18.3Busbar
Busbars shall be of hard drawn high conductivity copper. The dimensions of the busbar
copper work shall be of one size throughout the complete panel and the bus bars shall be the
same rating as the incoming supply switch unless stated otherwise in Particular Specification.
Main busbars shall be enclosed in a separate chamber and shall be continuous over each
shipping section. Riser bars shall be of the same construction and be fault rated to the same
level as the main bus bars.
Live connections to and from bus bars shall be either fully insulated or suitably screened and
any covers screening the bus bars and connections shall be provided with adequate warning
labels. Easy access shall be available to the bus bars for future connections.
The rating, supports and bracing of main connections between main circuit switching
mechanisms and bus bars shall be designed for operation at the same short-time withstand
current rating as that specified for the bus bars.
Busbar compartments shall be rated for operation in the ambient conditions without forced
ventilation.
10.18.4Heaters and Cooling Fans
Each full height section of the electric panel shall include an anti-condensation heater
controlled by a thermostat and an on/off switch. Anti-condensation heaters shall be fed from
an MCB distribution board fed from an auxiliary services or building services distribution
board.
With the exception of the bus bar compartments, compartments that contain equipment
susceptible to heat that may be generated in normal operation shall be fitted with forced air
cooling. Filters shall be provided to maintain the integrity of the dust and moisture protection
rating of the electric panel.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
115
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Where fans are fitted they shall be automatically switched on when the source of the heat
generation is being used. Indication of fan failure or too high temperature shall be signalled
as fault and indicated at the compartment door.
10.18.5Contactors
Contactors shall be reliable and rated for the loads shown on the drawings and shall have
simultaneous action for all contacts. Wires shall be possible to be connected with screws to
terminals. Coil and contact blocks shall be replaceable and the endurance shall be not less
than 10 million cycles.
Elapsed time meter and running status light shall be connected through a contactor auxiliary
contact connected in series (logical AND.
10.18.6Thermal Relays
Thermal relay shall provide overall protection for motor against overload and phase failure
with the contactor. It shall be compensated in such way that the disconnect time is not
depending on outside area temperature.
Thermal relay shall be connected to main circuit.
10.18.7Soft Starter
The soft starter is suited to control the starting and stopping of 3 phases squirrel cage motors
and will have the following characteristics:
 Power: rated to the pumps;
 Power supply 400/230 V +/- 10 %, 50 Hz;
 Starting current: 100 % to 500 %;
 Starting time: 3 s to 200 s;
 Stopping time: 3 s to 200 s;
 Thyristor module;
 Noise level: 55 db;
 Protection degree: IP 23;
 Output relay: default, powered motor;
 Integrated loss saving by-pass with internal control;
 Intermediate relay for switching the contactor;
 Keypad and display for mounting at the switchgear front, for setting parameter
and display data.
Protection features:
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
116
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova









IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Momentary supply failure < 100 ms;
Motor overload;
Motor underload;
Thermal;
Phase imbalance;
Phase rotation;
Phase loss;
Number of start;
PTC thermistor.
The item “Soft Starter” includes aligned protection devices (i.e. special fast fuses).
10.18.8Frequency Converter for Variable Speed Drive
The Frequency Converter shall be of an advanced Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) type
capable of achieving full motor performance with no derating of motor output due to current
waveform distortion. In addition, the Frequency Converter shall include the following
ratings, adjustments, and parameters:
 Power unit rating: 100 % continuous, 110 % intermittent for one minute when
previously operating at full load;
 Minimum efficiency: 98 % at max. Output; 92 % at 50 % output;
 Harmonic Distortion Factor > 0.85;
 Rated input voltage: 400 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz;
 Output voltage: 0-400 V 50Hz;
 Automatic motor tuning.
Singularly, each Frequency Converter may not produce more than 3 % harmonic voltage
distortion (THI) otherwise additional external devices or external filters are part of this item.
Each Frequency Converter shall consist of a converter, inductor, and inverter section. The
input of the Frequency Converter shall be ground fault protected and require no isolation
transformer. In addition, the input of the Frequency Converter shall be able to withstand
switching of the input line power up to 20 times per hour without damage.
The power section shall allow the following faults to occur without damage to the VFD:
 Single-phase fault or three phase short circuit;
 Phase to ground short circuits;
 Severe overloads.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
117
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The Frequency Converter must withstand unlimited switching of the output under full load
without damage to the Frequency Converter. Operation of code required disconnect switch
on load side of drive, whether motor is operating or not, shall not have any adverse effect on
the drive. Control conductors from the disconnector to the drive shall not be required for safe
and reliable operation of the drive.
Frequency Converter adjustments shall be set digitally via menu driven selections accessible
from the front panel of the VFD and include the following:
 Max. Speed: 50-100 % base speed (25 to 50Hz);
 Min. Speed: 50-100 % base speed (25 to 50Hz);
 Jog Speed: 50-100 % base speed (25 to 50Hz);
 Independent acceleration/deceleration time: 0.1 to 1,000 seconds;
 Current Limit: 0 to 100 % cont., 160 % for up to 1 minute;
 Torque Characteristics: Variable;
 Dynamic Slip Compensation: 0 to 100%;
 Speed regulation: 0.5% with up to 90 % load change;
 Starting Torque at motor shaft: 160 %;
 Flying Start into motor rotating in either direction without creating fault.
The item “Variable Frequency Drives” includes aligned protection devices (i.e. special fast
fuses).
10.18.9Control voltage transformer
The control voltage transformers shall comply with IEC 60076-11 standard and have the
following characteristics:
 Primary voltage 400 V, 50 Hz, Class I;
 Secondary voltage 400 V + N electrostatic screen;
 Isolation voltage between windings 3000 V;
 Isolation voltage between windings and ground 3000 V;
 Insulation class H;
 Ambient temperature 40 ° C;
 IP21 - IK08;
 Dyn11 index.
10.18.10
Main circuit breaker
The main circuit breaker shall comply with IEC 60947-2 standard and have the following
characteristics:
 Rated current between 100 and 630 A;
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
118
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova








10.18.11
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Number of poles: 4;
Protection and measurement: single magnetic, magneto-thermal, electronic;
Differential protection;
Degree of pollution 3 according to IEC 60664-1;
Rated voltage withstand 8 kV;
Insulation voltage 800 V;
Withdrawable version;
IP20.
Motor circuit breaker
The motor circuit breaker shall comply with IEC 60947-2 and IEC 60947-4-1 standards and
have the following characteristics:
 Normalized power motor AC-3 415 V;
 Triggering threshold of a short circuit 13 In;
 Setting range of thermal trips;
 Instantaneous auxiliary contacts;
 IP20.
10.18.12
Miniature circuit breaker
The miniature circuit breaker shall comply with IEC 60947-2 and IEC 60898-1 standards and
have the following characteristics:
 Two-phase, three-phase or tetra-phase;
 Rated current between 0.5 and 63 A;
 Curve B, C, D, K or Z (depending on use);
 Differential block (if needed);
 Operating voltage 500 V AC;
 Degree of pollution 3 according to IEC 60664-1;
 Rated voltage withstand 6 kV;
 Thermal and magnetic tripping;
 Visible sectioning;
 IP20.
10.18.13
Changeover switch
The changeover switch shall comply with IEC 60947-3 standard and have the following
characteristics:
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
119
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova







10.18.14
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Multipole switch for manual operation;
3 stable positions (I, 0, II) for no load switching;
Pre cut and signalling positions contacts;
Visible sectioning;
Rated voltage withstand 12 kV;
Insulation voltage 1000 V;
IP20.
Relays
Relay shall be reliable and shall have simultaneous action for all contacts. Wires shall be
possible to be connected with screws to terminals. Electrical endurance shall not be less than
10 million cycles.
10.18.15
Time Relays
Time relay can be either mechanical or electronic type constructed to provide either on or off
delay function for range demanded.
10.18.16
Operation Hours Meters
Running time meter shall consist of a mechanical display and be panel mounting type and
fulfil the requirements as follows:
 Input 220 V AC/50 Hz;
 8 digits;
 Hour and minute display;
 Non-resettable (respectively resettable only with special tools).
10.18.17
Totalizers
Totalizer shall consist of mechanical display and be panel mounting type and fulfil the
requirements as follows:
 Input signal 24 V DC, 25 ms (1 pulse);
 8 digits;
 Non-resettable.
The scale of the pulse converted to display shall follow the measuring device output range,
which could be for example 1 pulse = 100 m3.
The totalizer shall be agreed in Moldova Republic for billing purpose.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
120
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
10.18.18
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Selector/ Operating Switches
Selector and operating switch shall be of sturdy modular construction comprising a number
of similar switching elements operated by a single shaft and combined cam to ensure
simultaneous operation of the contacts shown on the Drawings.
The switch shall operate at angles of 00 - 300 - 450 - 600 - 900.
A suitable engraved position indicator shall be provided to clearly show the selected position
of the switch.
10.18.19
Push Buttons
Push buttons shall minimum size 20 mm, provided with a lens engraved with the text shown
on the Drawings and have electrical endurance of not less than 0.3 million cycles. The colour
of the lens shall be:
 GREEN: for start and open;
 RED:
for stop and close.
The push buttons shall fulfill the following requirements:
 UN = 220V AC;
 Number of contact as designed;
 Operating by pressing;
 Impulse function;
 Position indicating plate (engraved).
Luminous push button may be used having an integral lamp arrangement.
10.18.20
Current Transformers
Current transformers shall be a compact structure with primary and secondary windings
enclosed in an insulating box.
10.18.21
Current Transducers
Current transducer shall be a compact structure enclosed in an insulating box.
10.18.22
Indicator Lights
Indicator lights shall be round and minimum 20 mm diameter provided with lens engraved
with the text or figures shown on the Drawings and a nominal voltage according to the source
of control power supply. The colour of the lens shall be:
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
121
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova



10.18.23
Green:
Red:
White:
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
in operation and open;
alarm, fault and close.
under voltage.
Indication Displays
Indication displays shall be of same manufacturer as far is possible. The display shall be
panel mounting type.
Displays having operating contacts for alarm etc. shall have built-in relays with auxiliary
power supply 220V AC. Relays shall have one potential free contact for each operation.
Operating points shall be adjustable with screwdriver. Accuracy shall be ± 1.5 % of full
scale.
10.18.24
Locks
Where a lock is specified or shown it shall be of a cylinder type and provided with key.
Where a lock is provided for a particular group of items (e.g. a cabinet) key shall be
interchangeable.
A master key shall be provided for groups of essential locks. Keys shall be clearly and
permanently marked in such way that they are easy to be identified.
All keys shall be handed over in one metal key box to be fixed on wall as directed.
10.18.25
Alarm Bells
Alarm bells shall operate at 220 V AC/50Hz and have a sound level of minimum 100 dB
when energized.
10.18.26
Ammeters
Ammeters shall be of moving iron, spring controlled type and shall be capable of
withstanding overload under fault conditions.
Each ammeter shall be provided with separate peak indicator recording the full load and shall
be of the reset type.
Input current shall be 0 to 5 A when connected with current transformer.
Motor phase current shall be measured with the motor operating at normal load. The Engineer
shall be notified if the measured current exceeds the motor nameplate full-load current, or if
phase current of polyphase motors differ by more than 10 %.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
122
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
10.18.27
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Voltmeters
Voltmeters shall be moving iron spring controlled type and equipped with suitable resistors.
10.18.28
kWh and kVAR Meters.
The meters shall be suitable for operation with three phases. The regulations/specifications of
the regarding power supply company shall be considered.
10.19
10.19.1
WORKMANSHIP
Safety Features
All electrical Works shall be undertaken by professional and qualified electricians only.
The Works installed shall not be hazardous or dangerous to any personnel working or having
access to the Site.
Adequate warning notices shall be installed in those areas where unintentional contact with
electrically live parts is possible. Such notices shall be plastic and have black lettering
engraved on red background in both Moldovan and English.
10.19.2Precautions during Construction
All conduits and boxes shall be capped or closed when electrical work is not actually in
progress. A manufactured PVC cap shall be used. Switch- and control gears and other
electrical equipment shall be properly protected against the entrance of dust, dirt and
moisture and protected against mechanical damage during installation. Damage to electrical
equipment including painted surfaces caused by failure of the Contractor to properly protect
the equipment shall be promptly and properly repaired by the Contractor to a condition equal
to or better than the original condition.
10.19.3Cleaning
The interior of all enclosures, boxes, wiring areas and the like shall be cleaned of all dust, dirt
and the like and all water and moisture removed. All fastening screw holes provided in boxes
and enclosures shall have fastening screws installed.
10.19.4Switches, Socket Outlets and Boards
Socket outlets, switches, junction box and the like shall be mounted in an accessible location.
Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, the following devices shall be mounted at the
distance stated from the finished floor level to the device centre line:
 Lighting switches:
1.35 m;
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
123
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova



IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Motor safety switches:
1.35 m;
Distribution boards (top of trim):
1.80 m;
Socket outlets:
1.00 m.
Surface-mounted outlets, junction and switch boxes shall be rigidly secured to buildings,
structures and the like. Powder-activated anchors may be used provided the manufacturer's
recommendations with regard to size, penetration, and explosive's charge is strictly followed.
Surface-mounted boxes shall be installed past to painting to buildings, structures and the like.
Where luminaries are hung from surface-mounted boxes, these boxes shall be supported
independently. Conduits serving the box shall be securely fastened within 200 mm of each
side of the box.
The space around the recessed outlet, switch, junction boxes and the like serving
weatherproof devices shall be carefully sealed to prevent moisture or dirt from entering the
building or structure.
Conduits entering boxes shall have their openings effectively sealed to prevent dust and dirt
entering.
10.19.5Unused Openings
Boxes and boards shall have only those openings necessary to accommodate conduits or
cables at the time of installation. Unused taps in conduits, fittings, and boxes shall be plugged
with conduit plugs. Unused opening in sheet steel boards or boxes shall be plugged with
press-in plugs.
10.20
INSPECTION OF ELECTRICAL WORK
10.20.1General
Prior to requesting the final inspections, the Contractor shall ensure that all electrical systems
which have an effect on that part to be inspected are completed, tested and ready for use with
all equipment operating satisfactorily.
Approval of any work by the representative of the Local Electrical Network Company
(inspector) will not be regarded as reason for omitting any work shown on the Drawings or
specified herein, unless the inspector decides and presents in written form, that the work so
shown or specified is in violation of the Moldovan electrical rules and regulations.
10.20.2Certificate of Inspection
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, prior to requesting the final inspection, the
Certificate of Inspection signed by the authorized representative of the Local Electrical
Network Company.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
124
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
10.21
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
MEASURING INSTRUMENTATION
10.21.1General
All measurement instruments belonging to same sub-category shall be from one
manufacturer.
All instruments shall be of range and size specified in the Particular Specification or shown
on the Drawings and suitable for the chemical properties to be measured (e.g. temperature,
conductivity, etc.).
Instruments having remote display or a calculation function shall also record same values and
be readable at the instrument locally.
Accuracy ± 1 % of full scale if no special requirement, with transmission distance of
minimum 1 km.
Input voltage shall be 220 V AC if not specified different.
10.21.2Electrical measurement circuits
Maximum error in any measurement signal is 2 % from the real value. Standard 4 to 20 mA
current output/input signal shall be used for measurements.
10.21.3Ultrasonic Flow meters
The flow meter shall consist of a combined sensor and transmitter to convert input data to
analogue output 4 to 20 mA. Flow meter shall be equipped with device which shall send
output signal to a totalizer with pulse height 24 V DC and length 25 milliseconds equivalent
to measured amount.
The arrangement of flow meter measuring system shall be done in such way that total uninterfered transfer distance shall be maximum 200 m (e.g. built-in amplifier).
The meter shall be not resettable type after installation. Enclosure shall be minimum IP 68.
The characteristics of the flow meters shall be the following:
 Type: Ultrasonic, with inserted transducers. No maintenance shall be required;
 Diameter: according to discharge pipe (see on drawing and particular
specification);
 Pressure rating: according to discharge pressure (see on drawing and particular
specification);
 Measuring functions: flow rate, volume, totalizer for volume;
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
125
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova









IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Range: according to discharge flow (see on drawing and particular specification);
Measuring tube and sensor material: stainless steel 316L (1.4404 or 1.4435);
Accuracy: V ≥ 0.5m/s: 0.5%;
Resolution: 0.025 cm/s;
Repeatability: 0.2% of reading;
Enclosure of transducers and sensors: IP68;
HDPE weatherproof and crushproof box;
Output: 4-20 mA, 2 wires;
Signal damping: 0-100 s (adjustable).
The meter and the totalizer shall be agreed in Moldova Republic for billing purpose.
10.21.4Pressure Switch
Pressure switches having 2 adjustable thresholds over the whole measurement range will
perform the pressure detection.
The characteristics of the pressure switch shall be the following:
 Accuracy: +/- 1% of full scale;
 Signal with adjustable hysteresis;
 Sensor material: stainless steel 316L (1.4404 or 1.4435);
 Output: dry contact On/Off;
 Cable and sensor enclosure: IP68.
 Over Pressure Limit (OPL): 25 bar.
The switches should be installed in upper side of pipe, hydraulic connection by thread
diameter ¾" mounted on two-way valve manifold with double needle
10.21.5Pressure Sensors
The characteristics of the pressure switch shall be the following:
 Accuracy: 1% of full scale;
 Time drift < 0.5% relative to the measuring range;
 Sensor material: stainless steel 316L (1.4404 or 1.4435);
 Output: 4-20 mA, 2 wires;
 Cable and sensor enclosure: IP68.
 Over Pressure Limit (OPL): 25 bars.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
126
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
10.21.6Temperature sensors
Air temperature sensing is of passive type. It will be provided by a sensor designed to be
installed outdoors.
The characteristics of the temperature sensor shall be the following:
 Output NTC (Negative Temperature Coefficient): 1.8 kilo-ohms at 25°C;
 Operating temperature: -20°C to + 50°C;
 Accuracy: +/- 0.5°C at 25°C
 Enclosure shall be minimum IP 55.
10.21.7Water Level Switch
The characteristics of the water level switch shall be the following:
 Sensor material: stainless steel 316L (1.4404 or 1.4435);
 Output: dry contact On/Off;
 Cable and sensor enclosure: IP68.
10.21.8Water Level Sensors
The characteristics of the water level sensor shall be the following:
 Accuracy: 1% of full scale;
 Time drift < 0.5% relative to the measuring range;
 Sensor material: stainless steel 316L (1.4404 or 1.4435);
 Output: 4-20 mA, 2 wires;
 Cable and sensor enclosure: IP68.
10.21.9Pressure Gauges
Gauges shall be provided having mounting arrangements, scale ranges, designation and alarm
contacts as required. Gauges shall be of the Borden tube type with isolating diaphragm, brass
case with flanged neck and stainless steel bezels. They shall have removable backplate to
facilitate inspection and adjustment. Diameter of dial shall not be less than 100 mm. The dial
shall be calibrated in kPa. Pressure range shall not exceed system working pressure more
than 1.5 times. They will be supplied with their calibration certificate.
Each gauge shall be fitted with a stainless steel isolating cock.
Pump delivery pressure gauges shall be mounted directly on to the pressure tapping in the
delivery mains and be corrected to show actual pressure at the delivery flange of the pump.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
127
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
10.22
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
AUTOMATION AND REMOTE CONTROL DEVICES
10.22.1Programmable Logic Controller
The general characteristics of the installation of the PLC will be as follows:
 Console for operator interface;
 HMI display for information: measurements, defaults, parameter settings, etc.;
 Analogical Input protected with galvanic isolator;
 The Software and licenses for the PLC programming, including documentation,
and all cables required will be supplied with the equipment.
The technical characteristics of the PLC will be as follows:
 Voltage supply: 24 V DC;
 Memory capacity: 64 k words;
 Discrete I/O: in sufficient numbers to process the data corresponding to the
equipment indicated in the Particular Specification with an additional 20%
reserve, connected via modules equipped with LEDs for status indication;
 Analogical I/O: in sufficient numbers to process the data corresponding to the
equipment indicated in the Particular Specification with an additional 20%
reserve, connected via modules equipped with LEDs for status indication;
 Communication through standard protocol TCP/IP, Ethernet, JBus/Modbus/
ProfiBus, RS 232 Modem, RS 485, etc.;
 Rack for communication card;
 Rack for PCMCIA card;
 PID controller, adjustment of the PID loop parameters.
The general obligations of the Contractor include setting and programming of all the systems
in relation with the PLC. The Contractor shall provide:
 Software specifications and licenses;
 A laptop for the Software (one laptop per irrigation scheme);
 Summary descriptions of the handled functions;
 Block diagram of the equipment;
 Summary descriptions of the operating modes;
 SCADA and Automation configuration diagram;
 Complete PLC programming;
 Training systems;
 Technical architecture;
 Testing procedures;
 The description of user documentation.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
128
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The Contractor will conduct a detailed functional analysis of automaticity, to confirm the list
of inputs / outputs. This will be submitted to the Engineer for approval. The following
parameters are considered:
 Adjustable timing of changes in state of PLC inputs and storing of information;
 Memorization of all defects;
 Grouping and fault management of power supply;
 Grouping and fault management of hydraulic;
 Grouping and fault management of auxiliaries.
10.22.2Remote Terminal Unit
The technical characteristics of the RTU will be as follows:
 Voltage supply: 12 or 24 V DC;
 Communication through the same standard protocol as the PLC;
 Rack for communication card;
 Associated communication media according to the Particular Specifications: modem,
GSM antenna, radio antenna, etc.;
The general obligations of the Contractor include setting and programming of all the systems
in relation with the RTU. The Contractor shall provide:
 Software, Software specifications and licenses;
 Summary descriptions of the handled functions;
 Block diagram of the equipment;
 Complete RTU programming;
 Training systems;
 Technical architecture;
 Testing procedures;
 The description of user documentation.
If indicated in Particular Specification and drawings, the RTU shall be supplied by solar
panel / controller. The technical characteristics of the system will be as follows:
 Voltage supply: 12 V DC;
 Maximum voltage of solar panel: 17.5 V;
 Open circuit voltage: 22 V;
 Type of solar cell: mono-crystal;
 Solar glass with low iron content: minimal thickness of 3 mm;
 Junction Box IP 65 with three bypass diodes;
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
129
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova

IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Controller: constantly monitors the battery, regulate and optimize the load and
automatically switches off the load current from the solar panel to protect the battery
when it is charged.
10.22.3Uninterruptible Power Supply
It will consist of a rectifier-charger for battery, an inverter 230V AC / 24V DC and a battery
pack for the capacity described in the Particular Specification. It will be calibrated for 10 A
and shall deliver :
 The 24 VDC power inputs of the PLC, the HMI terminal, commands, signals,
analog sensors, digital indicators;
 The 230 V - 50 Hz for power flow meters, sensors, PLC.
The following will be installed:
 A 24 V battery charger with circuit breakers upstream and downstream. This unit
will provide simultaneous battery charging and UPS power supply;
 A 24 V sealed battery maintenance-free with circuit breaker on the liaison with
the charger;
 An inverter input voltage 24 V DC output voltage 230 V - 50 Hz, with circuit
breakers upstream and downstream. This device has an automatic bypass
ensuring the power supply from the AC network in case of default of the input
voltage.
10.23
SUPERVISORY CONTROL AND DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM
10.23.1SCADA Workstation
The Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition system workstation should have the following
minimum functionalities:

Monitoring Function. The system shall be capable to provide an effective visual
interface between the process and the operator, displaying process values and
incorporating them into animated graphic that shall represent the process on the
screen of a personal computer to be installed in the Operational Building;

Alarming Function. Integrated into the data and graphical displays alarm
functions should be present. The system shall be tied into Auto-Phone-dialling
that will automatically notify operating personnel of the occurred alarm (GSMSMS);
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
130
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova

IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Data Logging Function. Once data has been brought into the system, the
SCADA system will archive selected data into electronic records. The historical
data should be able to be exported from the SCADA system as a Comma
Separated Variable or .CSV file, which can then be drawn into a different
application like MS-Word or MS-Excel for further analysis and formatting into
reports.
The system shall receive the data and the alarm acquired by the following on-field devices:
RTU from the different pumping stations.
The SCADA system shall utilize one Personal Computer located at a control center to
provide the graphical display as well as the necessary computational and networking power.
The SCADA software shall be installed on PC and will operate under the operating system
Windows.
The computer hardware shall have the following minimum features:
 Processor Intel Core i5;
 4 GB DDR3-SDRAM memory;
 Hard disk min. 640 GB Serial ATA II;
 Graphic card 1 GB;
 Multiformat DVD burner;
 Microsoft Windows 7 Premium Edition 64 bits;
 Microsoft Office Pro software, latest version;
 RS232/RS435 connection;
 Telecommunication interface;
 LED screen 21.5”;
 Color ink jet printer A4/A3 + 5 sets of ink cartridges;
 B/W laser printer A4 + 3 sets of cartridges.
10.23.2SCADA Software
The SCADA software shall have the following minimum features:
 Open system architecture with relational database management system;
 Feature for checking the healthiness of the system and communication links;
 Sufficient capacity in terms of memory and I/ O to perform the required functions;
 User-friendliness using ‘Windows’ based applications;
 Keeping of statistics of errors encountered in communication;
 Prioritization of tasks like alarm processing;
 Database for storing and retrieval of various parameters, historical data etc.;
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
131
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova



IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Historical data archiving on hard disk as well as on removable media for at least
5 years. Multiple levels of security for users with predefined access rights and
password protected access. Alarm generation with time-stamping;
Trending of real-time and historical data in different user configurable formats;
Flexible reporting system providing pre-formatted standard reports for common
requirements as well as generation of free format reports configurable by the user,
available on demand, event/ application initiation or at pre-set time intervals;
 Information display in various formats including bar graph, chart etc.
All Software specifications and licenses shall be ready installed and additionally delivered on
DVD.
The SCADA software shall enable the following detailed functions:

Database creation: it must be possible to create database entries for each Remote
Terminal Unit by directly importing its configuration, or by copying / pasting
database objects;

Viewing: it shall be possible to select, for one or more Remote Terminal Units, the
data to view and to globally display the following values:
o Current data statuses;
o Historical values;
o Daily reports;
o Search criteria (start and end date) shall be used to view time-stamped values;

Administration: The SCADA Central Station must include database management
tools: backup, flush, or restore archived data (e.g.: for a Remote terminal unit, flush
each month those archived data that are more than 5 years old);

Operating reports: this function shall be used to transfer data from the SCADA
Central Station to an EXCEL spreadsheet in view of customizing:
o The viewing of current data statuses, historical values and daily summaries,
o The calculation of current data values (e.g.: set points);
o The presentation of data generated by Telemetry and SCADA in the form of
an EXCEL file for use in another Windows application;
o The printing of tables or any other EXCEL document representing the current
data statuses, historical values and daily reports;
o EXCEL reports can be edited by operator request, or triggered automatically
by the SCADA Central Station according to an activation schedule or
configurable period, or on event (appearance / disappearance of a digital
datum);
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
132
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03

Curve tracing: the SCADA Central Station can be used to view data in curve form
available either locally or remotely using a Web Browser. Two types of trace are
available: trend traces for dynamic real-time data representation or archived data
traces. The curves can be displayed on demand, or be based on predefined templates.
Each template shall offer the following possibilities:
o Choice of scale: single, alternating or superimposed;
o Zoom in and out, multi-level;
o Display actual coordinates;
o Punctual hiding of one or more curves;
o Display statistics (minimum, mean, maximum, time in active state, etc.);
o Transfer displayed value to Excel;

Graphical mimic diagrams: the SCADA Central Station shall possess a built-in
function for graphically representing a network's status. A drawing tool will allow the
on-screen creation of mimic diagrams, which can then be added to by importing
Windows objects (images, curve traces, Word files). Links to the SCADA Central
Station database can then be defined for any of the graphical objects created in this
manner. The mimic diagram offers the ability to insert control buttons that can be
used to run actions to trigger the querying of Remote terminal units, to issue set
points and to activate other mimic diagrams. During view, linked objects are
animated (appearance, disappearance, colour change, etc.) and the mimic diagram
thus graphically reflects the site or network, notifying:
o Current data status values;
o Tables and curves (reports, historical values, etc.);

Activation schedules: activations can be of various types: "hourly", "daily", "weekly",
"monthly", "yearly" and "single". Activation schedules also allow certain exceptions,
such as bank holidays, to be covered. Activation schedules shall allow a certain
number of actions to be run, such as:
o Querying Remote terminal units;
o Activating EXCEL reports;
o Printing curve traces and mimic diagrams;

Alarm reporting: in the event of a change in alarm status, the SCADA Central Station
shall archive the datum and can report it to remote stand-by agents via SMS, Email or
voice message. It shall be possible to define reporting schedules with exceptions for
bank holidays. Schedules can be simply configured in a graphical manner. The
SCADA Central Station's alarms log shall keep a record of all events associated with
the network's alarms (appearance, disappearance, acknowledgment, etc.). The
SCADA Central Station shall allow the on-screen display of 2 distinct lists:
o The list of unacknowledged alarms: this list contains all unacknowledged
alarms, whether present or not;
o The list of present alarms: this list contains all alarms whose status is active,
whether acknowledged or not.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
133
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
10.23.3Training
The Contractor shall at time of tender state any minimum levels of training/experience
required for participants, prior to attending the appropriate course. The Contractor may offer
training courses structured to meet his technical offering. These courses shall be subject to
the approval of the Engineer and shall be detailed at the time of Tender. The Contractor shall
provide all course materials and equipment needed. The training shall be organised such that
the Employer shall be able to operate and maintain the SCADA scheme following
completion of all training courses.
10.23.3.1 System Operators
The Contractor shall provide for the number of attendees as required with 4 no. operators
attending each course. This purpose-designed course is to be held at the Works Control
Centre. Training must be provided in advance of commissioning to enable the operating staff
to participate in the full process commissioning of the system and safely operate the plant and
maintain the SCADA system. System take-over shall not take place until satisfactory training
has been provided. This course shall be designed to familiarise the participants with the
general running of the standard operating system and the SCADA package to include but not
limited to:
 Loading and starting up the Operating System;
 System Operators interface;
 Operator control of program/task execution;
 Operator control of disc files;
 File transfer tasks - archiving, retrieval;
 Operator response to system failure, on-line/off-line diagnostics, transfer of control
between the computers synchronisation of the system database;
 SCADA system interrogation facilities - alarm lists, log printouts select mimic and
trend displays etc.;
 Alarm acknowledge accept/delete;
 Control actions, e.g. start pump, close valve;
 All functions associated with each access level of the SCADA system.
10.23.3.2 System Supervisor Personnel
The Contractor shall provide training at the Works Control Centre prior to the systems
handover and shall consist of all of the above tasks plus:
 Basic systems design overview;
 The use of computers to perform diagnostics and to tune other parts of the system;
 Changing passwords and access control;
 Sequence verification;
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
134
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova

IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Preventative maintenance.
10.23.3.3 Site Training
The Contractor shall liaise with the Engineer and the Employer on site as new areas of plant
are to be changed over to the new system, to establish the following:
 What training is required for operating and maintenance staff?
 Who is to be trained?
 Who will provide the training and when?
The Contractor shall supply O & M documentation prior to training. The installations shall
not be handed to the Engineer for operation until training on the control systems has been
completed. Should defects occur prior to Take-over of the whole scheme the Contractor shall
be responsible for rectifying the fault prior to any other phased hand-over of the scheme. This
training course/workshop shall be designed as a "reference" course rather than a formal
educational course, i.e. the Contractor's personnel shall be present to assist the operating’s
personnel, as necessary, with any technical difficulties.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
135
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
11 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
11.1
INTRODUCTION
The rates and prices inserted in the Bills of Quantities by the Tenderer shall be deemed to
cover all costs, expenses, risks, liabilities and obligations set forth or implied in the Contract
Documents.
The prices shall include all matters and things necessary for the proper construction, precommissioning, completion, operation and maintenance of the Works (if any) including, but
not by way of limitation:
 costs related with General and Specific obligations clauses as stated in the
Technical Specifications, not covered by a separate item in the BOQ, but otherwise
specified or required.
 all labor and material including samples, sampling and testing;
 all temporary work of every description required (including any that may be
required by sub-contractors); for the provision and use of all plant of every kind,
whether mechanical or non-mechanical, required for the expeditious carrying out
of the Works in their proper sequence.
The Contractor's attention is drawn to the fact the unit rates shall be deemed to include the
cost for sampling and the execution of the on-site and laboratory tests required to carry out
acceptance and quality control of the works. Various clauses of the Technical Specifications
state the types of tests which the Contractor shall carry out for the quality control of the
Works, together with the frequencies at which each type of test shall be conducted. The
Contractor's attention is drawn to the fact that the frequencies of testing specified in the
relevant clauses are intended to represent only a general guide. The Engineer shall be
empowered to vary the frequencies at which tests are conducted should he deem this
necessary for the proper control of the quality of the Works.
The prices shall also include any shifting, altering and adapting temporary works and plant as
may be required during the progress of the Works and removing at completion and making
good any surfaces disturbed; for full customs and other import duties; taxes and duties
(including VAT) of any nature (as applicable, in compliance with the Tender Documents);
for cooperation and coordination of his work, for the guarantees and bonds required, for all
necessary temporary services for the Works, for the costs of preparing a tender, for the work
in connection with measurements and the final account, for profit, and for all other
establishment charges and all costs of whatever nature.
The method of measurement used and which shall be used for re-measurement and for
measurement of any variations ordered in the Works are as stated in the present Method of
“Measurement and Payment”.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
136
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
These methods of measurement shall be strictly adhered to, non with standing any trade,
local or general custom. In the event of any item not being stated in the said Measurement
and Payment section, then such item shall not be considered to be additional to the work and
shall not be measured or paid for.
Unless otherwise stated, all measurements shall be applicable to finished work only as
completed and no allowance shall be made for wastage, working space, bulking, shrinkage,
overlaps and the like.
The units of measurement for each item shall be as shown in the Bills of Quantities. Unless
otherwise specifically mentioned, measurement shall be rounded up or down to the nearest
whole unit and exact half units shall be rounded up. Any thickness stated in this Document
shall be deemed to the finished thickness.
11.2
INCLUDED WORKS
The following are works which shall be deemed to be included in the unit rates of the
relevant items. However, other works and materials which have not been specifically
mentioned but could be reasonably implied or inferred from the drawings or the
specifications, or are required for the proper execution and completion of the Works, shall be
deemed included in the unit rates for the work item to which they relate:
(a)
Labor
(b)
Materials
(c)
Use of Plant
(d)
Execution of the on-site and laboratory testes included in the various clauses of the
Technical Specification, required to carry out the acceptance and quality control of
the works.
(e)
All shop treatment of materials (e.g. preservation of timbers, galvanizing, priming,
chrome plating, stove enamelling, anodizing and the like; pipe wrapping, coatings,
etc.)
(f)
Fitting and fixing materials in position
(g)
Connecting the work of the item to other works, including cutting and shaping,
fitting and jointing, and corporation valves, etc.
(h)
All fittings, connections, branches, couplings and joints, sleeves, plugs, caps,
stoppers, ties, fasteners and tappings as necessary, push-on or mechanical screws,
nuts, bolts, gaskets, seals, etc. as required, shall be deemed included with the item
to which they are installed
(i)
Square raking or curved cutting. Junctions between straight, raking and curved
work are in all cases included with the work in which they occur
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
137
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
(j)
Work in volumes, in areas and lengths of any size and at any location or height; no
separate items being measured for isolated work or work in small quantities, short
lengths, narrow widths, etc.
(k)
All incidental and temporary works and materials
(l)
Waste of material
(m)
Provision of samples
(n)
Earthworks, where required but not specifically mentioned or allowed for under
any work item in the BOQ shall be deemed included. Earthworks, wherever
needed, shall be deemed inclusive of:
 Cutting original surface and excavation in any soil, including concrete of any
type, rock and boulders, to any depth and at any location
 Protection of existing structures and facilities including repair and/or removal
and replacement of damaged structures and facilities as directed and to the
satisfaction of the Engineer
 Shoring, sheeting and bracing, and driving and removal thereof, including
what is left in place when directed
 Dewatering and drainage where needed
 Leveling and/or grading and compacting bottoms of excavations
 Removal and disposal of excess excavated materials
 Clearing and grubbing easements
 Backfilling in layers of specified material, including compaction
 Reinstatement of surfaces to original condition
 Removal or relocation of underground structures, pipes and facilities as
directed.
(o)
Replacement and restoration of any works removed or disturbed.
(p)
Concrete work, where needed or required but not specifically mentioned or
allowed for under any work item in the BOQ, shall be deemed included. Concrete
works, wherever needed, shall be deemed inclusive of any formwork needed and
other works and materials, in compliance with section 4 requirements, as
applicable.
(q)
Cleaning up, flushing and disinfecting the works during installation/construction
and final cleanup upon completion.
(r)
Testing of works and materials in factory and/or in-place, as specified, and
commissioning.
(s)
Spare parts and special tools not covered by a separate item in the BOQ, but
otherwise specified or required.
(t)
Start-up, pre-commissioning, commissioning, testing, operating and maintenance
of the facilities.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
138
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
(u)
Traffic Control.
(v)
Establishment charges, on-costs, overhead charges and profit.
Notwithstanding Specification requirements for materials and/or equipment to be
supplied under one division and fixed or laced in position under another division in the
Bills of Quantities, all such materials/equipment are priced as supplied and fixed in the
division in which they have been measured unless clearly stated as "Fix Only" or "Supply
Only" items.
11.3
PAYMENT
The compensation, as herein provided, shall be full payment for furnishing all materials,
labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary for the completed Work and for performing
all work intended and included under the Contract; for mobilization, demobilization and
clean-up (for the concerned work); for all temporary facilities and work (for the concerned
work); for all losses or damages arising from the nature of the Work or from the action of the
elements and/or from any unforeseen difficulties which may be encountered during the
prosecution of the Work, except for conditions as provided herein until its final acceptance
by the Employer.
Apart from imported construction materials, payment will be made for materials only when
installed in place after passing all specified tests, as part of the item to which they relate, and
no proportional payment shall be made for materials on the site but not yet installed.
11.4
GENERAL ITEMS
11.4.1 Measurement& Payment
The Lump Sum for the compensation of the Mitigation Measures listed in the ESMP, will be
paid monthly in proportion to the value of work completed during the month compared to the
total value of work under the contract.
11.5
EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORKS
11.5.1 Measurement
Measurement of the quantities of excavation and filling shall be measured net from the new
and existing levels and/or contours shown on the drawings on the basis that the gradient of
the existing surfaces between the nearest adjacent spot levels and/or between contours is
constant. Ground level means any level of commencement of excavation.
Measurement of clearing and grubbing shall be the removal of top soil over the site area,
inclusive of vegetation and roots, rocks, debris, etc. for the specified depth, and disposal of
the resultant soil and specified and directed. Measurement will be in square meters.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
139
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
Measurement of excavation for site grading over areas of buildings, pavements and roads,
process areas etc., and for foundations, shall be to the levels and grades specified and shown
on the drawings, to depths and levels determined as herein below. Measurement shall be
inclusive of stock piling satisfactory materials at approved locations (for reuse in backfilling)
and disposal of unsatisfactory materials as specified or directed. Measurement will be in
cubic meters.
Measurement of earth channels and ditches shall be itemized according to shape/internal
dimensions complete including shaping, compaction and lining, if any;
a) Earth ditches shall be measured in cubic meters
b) Lined ditches shall be measured in square meters, including gabion mattress lining
c) Diversion channels shall be measured in cubic meters. Gabion mattress lining shall
be measured separately in square meters
Slope and scour protection shall be measured in square meters of the actual area protected
using gabion mattresses, itemized according to location and thickness.
Measurement of excavation depth shall be the difference between cleared top soil elevation
and;
a) Subgrade level for roads and pavements
b) Finished grade level over and around buildings and open areas
c) Rough grading contours over and around process areas
d) Bottom formation levels of effluent and irrigation ponds
e) Bottom of blinding concrete
f) Bottom of base course.
Measurement of any kind of excavation, shall include removal of portions of unsuitable
excavation, as required to excavate the concerned area, as well as disposing of the resulting
materials, and clean-up of the site (measured on a lump sum basis).
Measurement of backfilling shall be for finishing site grading over areas of buildings, roads
and pavements, process areas, effluent and irrigation ponds embankments, etc., using
satisfactory excavated materials. Measurement shall include filling and compaction, forming
and trimming slopes, and preparation of subgrade, all as specified.
Included Works:
a) Additional excavation or filling required due to variation of the existing surface
differing from a constant gradient between spot levels and/or between contours
b) Hand or machine work or any combination of the two as may be found expedient
c) for carrying out excavations in stages where required
d) for segregation of excavated materials as required
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
140
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
e) for grubbing up roots and root matter
f) Getting out excavated material, shoring or planking and strutting
g) Removing surplus excavated materials to temporary spoil heaps, creating spoil heaps
and moving as required during the progress of the Works
h) Raised center to bottom of pit for plants, and loosening bottom of pit.
i) Blasting, where permitted, including removal and disposal of resulting rock and
boulders, and clean-up.
j) Execution of the material tests included in the various clauses of the Technical
Specification, required for carrying out acceptance and quality control of the works.
11.5.2 Payment
Payment for site clearance shall be made for clearing and grubbing the site as determined
above at the unit prices bid in the BOQ. The price and payment shall be inclusive
notwithstanding the method, equipment and tools used, inclusive of disposal.
Payment for site grading shall be made for excavations over the site for buildings, pavements
and roads, process areas, etc., as well as for foundations, shall be as determined above at the
unit prices bid in the BOQ. The price and payment shall be inclusive of stock piling
satisfactory materials and disposal of unsatisfactory materials as specified or directed,
notwithstanding the method, equipment and tools used.
Payment for excavation and earthworks, generally, shall include for:
a) Planking and strutting to uphold the sides of excavation by any means necessary.
b) Excavation in any ground including rock, concrete or asphalt to any depth, which
shall be removed with drilling equipment, compressors or rippers as approved
c) Sorting excavated material
d) Importation of additional material if insufficient is available on site and subsequent
additional disposal
e) Trimming, leveling and ramming bottoms of excavation
f) Double and multiple handling
g) Stockpiling
h) Keeping excavations free from storm water, percolating water and sub-soil water by
pumping or any other means.
i) Finishing and grading to any falls, crossfalls or slopes that may be required.
j) Benchmarks.
k) Backfilling and consolidating / compacting selected excavated materials and imported
granular filling in layers.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
141
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
l) Temporary spoil heaps, provision of any approved tip and payment of all charges in
connection therewith.
m) Warning markers.
Payment for rock and boulder etc. excavation and removal shall include in the price of the
excavation items.
11.6
CONCRETE WORK
11.6.1 Measurement
11.6.1.1 General
Concrete shall be measured net as placed and no deduction is made for voids not exceeding
0.l0m2 in square areas, voids not exceeding 0.50m3 in cubic areas, or for the volume of a steel
embedded in the concrete.
11.6.1.2 Concrete
Blinding concrete shall be measured in cubic meter.
Slabs on grade and suspended slabs shall be measured in cubic meters, and measurements
shall be taken over all bearings.
Foundations, wall footings and beams shall be measured in cubic meters as only that portion
below the slab to which they are attached.
Walls shall
be measured in cubic meter notwithstanding their thickness.
Columns shall be measured in cubic meters, from top of slab to underside of beams or slabs
above.
Reinforced, cast in-situ concrete box culverts if required shall be measured in cubic meters,
itemized in accordance with the type of culvert.
Cast in-situ concrete drop inlets (catch pits) shall be measured by the number, itemized
according to internal dimensions.
Reinforced concrete rectangular channels shall be measured for length along the actual center
line of the structure in linear meters. Measurement and payment shall be inclusive of grating
and frame installed complete, all earthworks, concrete works, pipe connections, and all
necessary and incidental works.
11.6.1.3 Reinforcement
Reinforcement, bar and fabric, shall be measured in ton.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
142
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
11.6.1.4 Formwork
Formwork shall not be measured as a separate item and shall be deemed fully included with
concrete.
11.6.1.5 Precast Concrete Units
Lintels shall not be measured as a separate item and shall be deemed fully included with the
item in which they are embedded or fixed
Rain water spouts shall be measured by the number
Barrier curbs and edge/flush curbs shall be measured in linear meters.
11.6.2 Payment
11.6.2.1 Concrete
Payment for concrete work shall include for:
a) Designing mixes, including any specified additives
b) Construction and control joints
c) Water-stops where installed
d) Laying in bays including temporary supports
e) Vibrating and packing around and between formwork
f) Curing and sprinkling
g) Work of any cross-sectional area and at any height
h) Cutting or forming grooves, throats, holes, chases, rebates, chamfers, splayed angles,
molding and the like
i) Cutting or forming mortises and grouting in
j) Making good holes left by other trades
k) Grading, tamping and toweling surfaces of unset concrete
l) Hacking or otherwise treating surfaces of concrete to receive finish
m) Support reinforcement bars not indicated on drawings and as required
n) All bar and fabric reinforcement, install complete in place
o) All formwork, notwithstanding its location, shaped size or surface finish it is expected
to provided including surface treatment to forms as specified
p) All surface finishes, including fair faced concrete and smooth surfaces (as required
and indicated with drawing).
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
143
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
q) All construction and expansion joints, inclusive on their treatment, fillers, any
temporary works and additional tying materials and all necessary works and materials
r) All vapor, moisture and water proofing works and materials (other than for roofs),
notwithstanding their location, depth or thickness, complete.
11.6.2.2 Precast Concrete
Rates for precast concrete shall include for:
a) Designing mixes
b) Lifting steel
c) Molds and surface finishes
d) Steel reinforcement, dowels and anchors
e) Concrete or mortar mix at in-situ joints
f) Transporting, hoisting, bedding and pointing in cement mortar
g) Temporary supports
h) Fair ends, stooled ends, returned ends, rounded ends, mitred angles, rebated angles,
intersection and the like.
i) Moisture protection including, laps, turn up at abutments, cutting and waste,
reinforcing to cracks, construction or contraction joints or the like and primers.
11.7
MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE
11.7.1 Measurement
Measurement for payment for concrete furnished and installed shall be the actual quantity
placed, irrespective of depth or location.
Concrete placed for miscellaneous purposes, where approved by the Engineer, will be
measured in cubic meters.
Steel reinforcement for miscellaneous purposes where approved by the Engineer, will be
measured in tons, to the nearest kilogram.
Thrust blocks/anchors, where required and directed, shall be measured, as miscellaneous
purpose concrete, net as the actual quantity placed in position.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
144
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
11.7.2 Payment
Payment for miscellaneous concrete will be made for the quantity as above-determined at the
unit price bid in the BOQ, and shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing the
concrete including formwork and other materials required, complete as shown on the
Drawings and as specified herein.
Thrust blocks and anchors shall be paid for, as the actual quantity placed, at the unit price bid
in the BOQ for miscellaneous concrete.
Payment for concrete blinding, concrete manholes, chambers and surface boxes and concrete
topping to pipeline below surface reinstatement are not included in this item, but with their
respective items.
Payment for reinforcing steel (bar and mesh) will be made for the quantity as above
determined at the unit price bid in the BOQ, and shall be full compensation for furnishing
and installing the reinforcement and other materials, as required, complete as shown on the
Drawings and as specified herein.
11.8
UNIT MASONRY
11.8.1 Measurement
All masonry works shall be measured net, in square meters with no deductions made for
voids not exceeding 0.l0m2 in the face of the walls. Fair faced work, if any, shall be deemed
included.
Masonry shall be measured and paid for as two separate items; masonry/ hollow concrete
cavity block walls 300 mm thick and one layer hollow concrete block walls.
11.8.2 Payment
Rates for masonry works shall include for:
a) Rebates, returns, thickenings and the like
b) filling ends-of hollow blocks or providing special solid closer blocks, jamb units
and the like
c) Providing special shapes and sizes
d) Constructing cavities, including ties
e) Control joints
f) Shaping, cutting or forming chases, grooves angles and rough and fair cutting and
the like
g) Raking out joints and pointing, as specified
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
145
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
h) Raking out joints and/or hacking face of walls as required for key
i) Raking out joints for flashings, caulking and the like
j) Bedding and/or pointing plates, frame surrounds, sills, lintels and the like
k) Temporary supports around windows, door frames and the like
l) Building in or cutting and pinning ends of lintels, woodwork, steel sections and
the like
m) Cutting or forming holes for pipes, tubes, bars, cables, conduits ductwork and the
like, and mortises sinkings, weep holes and the like, including grouting
n) Making good all walls and making good fair face
o) Tying in abutting concrete walls and columns
p) Lintels, notwithstanding their size
q) Individual ties, anchorages and inserts.
11.9
ROOFING
11.9.1 Measurement
Roofing works shall be measured in square meters. No deduction shall be made for voids not
exceeding 0.50m2. Measurement and payment for roofing works shall be made under two
items; Waterproofing, and; Lightweight Insulating Concrete.
11.9.2 Payment
11.9.2.1 Waterproofing
Rate for waterproofing shall include for:
a) Cleaning down and preparing surfaces, including primers
b) Any width or area
c) Laying to slopes, falls or crossfalls
d) Fair and rounded edges, drips, arrises and angle fillets
e) Cutting to line, overlapping
f)
Skirting, up stands and the like shall include for all additional material required,
turning into grooves and pointing, flashings and reglets where required
g) Working into outlets, channels, gullies and the like
h) Cutting, trimming, making holes and forming openings, eaves, verges, etc.,
including working around pipes and openings and making good.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
146
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
11.9.2.2 Lightweight Insulating Concrete
Rate for lightweight insulating concrete and screerd topping shall include for:
a) Cleaning down and preparing surfaces
b) Any width or area
c) Finishing top surfaces to slopes, falls or crossfalls
d) Working around outlets, gullies, pipes and the like
e) Any lean concrete corner fillets required or shown on drawings
f) Trowel smooth surface finish.
11.9.2.3 Flashings, Capings, Expansion Joint Covers, etc.
Flashings, capings, expansion joint covers and the like, complete, shall not be measured as
separate items but shall be deemed fully included with the works to which they are installed
or fixed.
Works shall include all laps, angles, returned ends and the like; soldered or welded joints and
the like; additional material at all dressings and labor; cleats, reglets, anchors, supports,
levelling shims, fixings and the like; pointing or caulking; and all mortars, grouts and other
bedding on levelling materials.
11.10
INSULATION
11.10.1Measurement
Rockwool insulation works (in cavity wall) shall be measured net as fixed, in square meters.
No deduction shall be made for voids not exceeding 0.50m2.
No measurement shall be made of insulation for equipment, piping and the like, which shall
be deemed included with the work to which they are installed.
11.10.2Payment
Rates for insulation shall include for:
a) Mechanical fasteners, adhesive tape and the like
b) Holes, clips, wires, etc. for through fixing of metal supports for other work
c) Working into outlets, channels, gullies and the like
d) Cutting, trimming, making holes and forming openings, eaves, verges, etc., including
working around pipes and openings and making good
e) Making good to coverings, including replacement thereof.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
147
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
11.11
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
METALWORK
11.11.1Measurement
Metalworks in general are measured by the number.
Steel sheet covers, complete, shall be measured in square meters.
Handrails shall be measured complete, including fixations, bolts, anchors, etc., in linear
meters.
11.11.2Payment
11.11.2.1 General
Rates for metalwork shall generally include for:
a) Cutting members to length
b) All scribing, rebates, grooves, chamfers, splayed and rounded edges, tongued angles,
beads, moldings, fair and returned ends, miters, housing, holes for pipes, etc. and for
all short or isolated lengths
c) For all shop and site welding
d) Grinding, drilling, countersinking, bolting and riveting
e) Assembling, adjusting and fixing complete
f) Cleaning and preparing surfaces to receive finishes including all treatments, primers
and finishes.
11.11.2.2 Doors, Windows and Louvers
Rates for doors, windows and louvers shall include for:
a) Members of any section as required
b) Welding,
brazing or the like at corners, intersections or the like
c) Openings for lights
d) Cutouts for ironmongery and hardware, etc.
e) Metal frames
f) Flyscreens or washable filters, as required
g) Hardware sets complete, including screws and fixing accessories; temporary fixing
and refixing; three keys to each lock, and the required number of master keys as
specified; rags, keyboards, etc.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
148
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
h) Work at jambs or heads including expanded metal lathing, fixing cramps, wall
anchors, grounds, bedding, filling frames with grout, galvanized mild steel plaster
guards, motor boxes, stops, beads and caulking sealant, as necessary
i) Reinforcement for hinges, hardware, etc.
j) Glazing
k) Glazing beads, strips, gaskets or other material as detailed
l) Weatherproofing
m) Cleaning and preparing surfaces to receive finishes including all treatments, primers
and finishes
n) Roll-up doors shall be measured complete, including operating mechanism, top, cover
and tracks.
11.11.2.3 Handrails, Grabrails, Balustrades, Grilles, etc.
Rates for handrails, grab rails, balustrades, grilles or the like shall include for:
a) All angles, bends, ends, returns, etc.
b) Extra material for supports and building into structure
c) Cleaning and preparing surfaces to receive finishes including all treatments, primers
and finishes.
11.11.2.4 Rails and Tracks for Cranes and Lifting Systems
Rails and tracks for monorails, overhead cranes and the like shall not be measured as separate
items, but shall be included with the rates for the cranes and lifting systems to which they
belong, and shall include for:
a) All steel beams, elements and the like
b) All fixings including embedded fixations, anchors and the like in other works
c) All necessary civil and builder's work in connection with other trades
d) Cleaning and preparing surfaces to receive finishes including all treatments, primers
and finishes
e) Accessories.
11.11.2.5 Miscellaneous Metal Works
Rates shall include for:
a) All as above where applicable.
b) As stated in B.O.Q items and specification.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
149
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
11.12
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING FINISHES
11.12.1Measurement
Finishes, in general, shall be measured in square meters, of the net quantity of finish works,
complete as installed and as herein specified. No deduction shall be made for voids not
exceeding 0.50m2.
All in situ wall finishes shall be measured to finished floor level except in the instance of a
turn up base where the finish is taken to top of base.
All thicknesses shall be regarded as minimum or average as necessary.
Plastering shall be measured from top of finished floor level to underside of slab/beam above,
whether a false ceiling is installed or not, except when a skirting is installed then the
measurement commences from top of skirting.
11.12.2Payment
11.12.2.1 In-situ Finishes
Rates for in-situ finishes shall include for:
a) Application to and preparation of any surface including guide screeds and the like
b) Wire mesh at junctions between differing materials and at construction joints
c) Any width or area, any location or height
d) Finish to surfaces, to falls, crossfalls and slopes, including making good after all
trades
e) Working into channels, around gullies, outlets and the like
f) Fair joints, fair edges, rounded edges, chamfered edges, sharp arises, rounded angles,
cover angle and the like
g) Plaster corner beads at external angles and casing beads
h) Admixtures
i) Control joints.
11.12.2.2 Tile, slab and paving
Rates for tile, slab and paving finishes shall include for:
a) Application to and preparation of any surface
b) Cleaning stone paving prior to laying
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
150
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
c) Any width, pattern or area, any location
d) Grouting and pointing, including color pigments are additives
e) Finish to surfaces, to falls, crossfalls and slope
f) Grinding, cleaning, polishing and waxing
g) Special sizes and shapes, as well as fair, rebatec rounded, chamfered, splayed,
beveled and molde edges, grooves, flutes and the like
h) Square, raking and circular cutting and waste
i) Cutting and fitting into any opening or recesse area, and fitting around any section
j) Edge and dividing strips at such intervals that the paving is divided into specified
bays, and are intersections between differing materials
k) All supports and fixation as specified and required
l) All mortar and other setting beds and additives, including the required and/gravel
layer to the required levels.
11.13
PAINTING (DECORATION)
11.13.1Measurement
All painting works, where not specified included with the item to which they are applied,
shall be measured in square meters. No deduction shall be made for voids not exceeding
0.50m2.
11.13.2Payment
Rates for painting shall include for:
a) Preparation of paint and preparation of surfaces to be painted, including any required
primers, sealers and the like
b) Any type of work in any area or width, in any location and at any height
c) Work in multi-colors
d) Cutting in edges and rubbing down between coats
e) Sealing all knots and end grain to timber sections
f) Making good after all trades
g) All masking work for paint application.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
151
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
11.14
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
GLAZING
11.14.1Measurement
All glazing, including mirrors, shall be deemed fully included with the relevant items into
which they are to be incorporated, i.e. Doors, screens, windows, toilet and bathroom
accessories, etc...
11.14.2Payment
The glazing work, which shall be deemed to include for:
a) Any pattern, size and area
b) Circular and square cutting with rounded edges
c) Spacers, beads, strips, gaskets and other materials required
d) Glazing to wood or metal
e) Mirror clips
f) Bedding edges and labors to edges, including rounded edges of all panels to prevent
damage to gaskets.
11.15
FENCES
11.15.1Measurement
Fences shall be measured as the actual length installed, in linear meters;
a) Measurement for length of chain link fences shall not include for gates.
b) Gates shall be measured as stated in B.O.Q.
Gates shall include as the follows:
a) Galvanized steel wire mesh gates of the wire diameter and opening size, width, height
and other details specified in the Contract Documents.
b) Gates will include for the wire mesh, frames, cross pipes, circular pieces, locking
devices, hinges, flat bars, gate posts and all civil works, materials, fixations and
accessories for a complete gate as specified and shown on the drawings.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
152
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
11.15.2Payment
Payment for furnishing and erecting galvanized steel wire mesh fencing will be for the
respective; quantities as determined above at the unit prices bid in the BOQ. This price and
payment shall be inclusive of gates, for all works and materials as mentioned herein above, as
applicable, and all other works and materials, and all else incidental thereto, for which
separate payment is not provided under other items in the Bill of Quantities.
11.16
LANDSCAPING
11.16.1Measurement
Trees and shrubs shall be measured by the number
Grass seeding, flower planting and ground cover plants shall be measured in square meters.
Planting soil shall be measured in square meters
Maintenance of trees, shrubs, ground covering plants, flower beds and grassed areas shall be
on a lump sum basis.
11.16.2Payment
Rates for grass seeding or planting shall include for:
a) Provision of top soil as necessary, including any additional excavation and disposal
b) Fertilizer, leaching and mulching
c) Tilling and raking
d) Watering, cutting and pruning
e) Anti-desiccant and pesticides
f) Stakes, guys, chafing guards
g) Waterproof identification labels to trees and shrubs with botanical and common
name.
11.17
ROAD WORKS
11.17.1Measurement
Measurement of road works items shall be in cubic meter for aggregates (sub-base and base
course) and square meters for surfacing
11.17.2Payment
Rates for road work items shall include for;
a) Spreading to the required thicknesses
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
153
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
b) Leveling and compacting to the required elevations, falls and cross falls.
11.18
PIPES AND, PIPE LAYING
The sitework piping works include HDPE pipe, steel pipe and UPVC pipe, manholes, and
valves and appurtenances. Measurement and payment for the piping work shall be divided
into three separate sections; one for the pipe and pipelaying works, another for manholes,
drop inlets and cleanouts, and the third for the valves and appurtenances.
11.18.1Piping Works
11.18.1.1 Measurement
Pipe of the type, class and size specified in the Contract Documents, as provided for in the
BOQ will be measured actual in place on a linear meter basis.
Measurement of pipe works for length will be along the actual centerline of the pipe inclusive
of minor fittings length (retainer rings, sleeves, tappings, etc. including glands, bolts, nuts, tie
rods, gasket and other accessories) irrespective of their weight, and exclusive of tees, bends,
crosses, reducers couplings, valves which are measured separately. No deduction of pipe
length shall be made for pipe within chambers. Measurement will be to the nearest ten (10)
centimeters.
No deduction shall be made for exposed valves and valves in surface boxes.
11.18.1.2 Payment
Payment for furnishing and installing pipes will be made for the respective type, size and
quantity as determined above at the unit prices bid under the relevant Items in the BOQ.
These prices and payments shall be inclusive of the following fittings, if not covered by a
separate item in the BOQ, but otherwise specified or required: laying, jointing and
connecting to other pipes (welding or coupling as specified and including fitting for joints);
lining, coating, packing and wrapping; cutting the pipe, if necessary; temporary plugging and
capping; flushing, disinfecting, cleaning and testing the pipeline during construction and
upon completion; and all incidental work and materials, and all else incidental thereto, for
which separate payment is not provided under other items in the BOQ.
Notwithstanding acceptance and/or measurement, a percentage of the payment due for
furnishing and installing pipeline may be retained on the partial payment requests until the
pipeline is tested as specified herein.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
154
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
11.18.2VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
11.18.2.1 Measurement
Valves and appurtenances of the type and size specified in the Contract Documents, buried,
manholes, in surface boxes or underground vault as provided for in the BOQ, will be
enumerated actually installed and accepted by the Engineer
Valves shall be measured as complete units of the following types:
a) Gate Valves
b) Plug Valves
c) Globe Valves
d) Air Release Valves
e) Pressure Relief Valves
f) Flap Valves
g) Pump Control Electric Check Valves
h) Check Valves
i) Sludge Valves
j) Drain Valves
k) Valve Actuators
l) Flowmeters
11.18.2.2 Payment
Payment for furnishing and installing valves will be made for the quantity as determined
above at the unit prices bid in the BOQ. This price and payment shall be full compensation
for setting and jointing, inclusive of all works and materials, including furnishing and
installing joints and fittings, faucets, standpipes and extension shafts operating nuts, valve
boxes with adapters and covers; operating keys and wrenches; fasteners, ring seals, bonnet,
tie rods and gland bolts and nuts; wedges, tapping sleeves, armored end gaskets and flanges;
converters, where required; wiring and controls, if applicable; position indicating devices;
surface boxes and covers, including reinforced concrete chambers complete, and blinding
where required; precast concrete extension and leveling rings, manhole frames and covers,
and manhole rungs; gravel pack were indicated; ventilation pipes; plywood, wood or heavy
duty cardboard covers; flushing, cleaning and testing the items during construction and upon
completion; and all work required for or incidental to the satisfactory completion of the items
for which separate payment is not provided under other items in the BOQ.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
155
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
11.18.3Manholes
11.18.3.1 Measurement
Manholes or the like measured by the number, complete on a lump sum basis.
Manholes or the like shall include for:
a) All formwork and reinforcement
b) All precast elements
c) Benchings
d) Step irons
e) Forming holes and making good for pipes
f) Testing.
g) Manhole covers, gratings and frames
h) One lifting key for each size of covers installed
i) Bedding in grease and sand
11.18.3.2 Payment
Payment for manholes will be made for the quantity as determined above at the unit prices
bid in the BOQ.
11.19
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTALLATION
11.19.1Measurement
Electromechanical works shall be measured at the unit shown in the BOQ for the concerned
item. The price payment shall be inclusive of installation, fittings, hangers and supports.
11.19.2Payment
Rates for installation generally shall include for:
a) Identification plates, discs, labels and key charts in English/Moldovan language as
specified in the Technical Specification.
b) Testing and commissioning including the provision of instruments, appliances, fuel,
water, light and attendance
c) Color coding
d) Marking out
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
156
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
e) Assembly, fitting and jointing component parts
f) Patterns, molds, templates and the like
g) Cutting away and making good and all the necessary builder's work
h) Fixing including screws, bolts and the like
i) Clips, pipe hooks, holder bat hangers, rollers, sleeves and wall, floor ceiling plates
j) Anti-vibration insulation, insulators and backing insulation,
anti-vibration
mountings, flexible connections, flanged, welded and screwed connections
11.20
EQUIPMENT
11.20.1Measurement
Equipment shall be measured at the unit shown in the BOQ for the concerned item.
11.20.2Payment
Rates for equipment shall include for:
a) Fixings
b) Timber grounds, bearers and framing
c) Water, waste, gas oil, electrical connections and control panels if required,
including maintenance valves, disconnect switches and all other incidentals as
specified or shown on drawings
d) Operating and maintenance manuals in English
e) Identification plates, discs, labels and key charts in English language
f) Painting
g) Cleaning
h) Testing
11.21
CRANES AND LIFTING SYSTEMS
11.21.1Measurement
Measurement of cranes, monorails and the like shall be by the number, inclusive of the metal
beams and supports, and operating mechanisms.
11.21.2Payment
Rates for crane and lifting installations shall include for:
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
157
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
a) Metal beams, rails and tracks
b) All fixations, anchors and the like
c) Identification plates, discs, labels and key charts English and Moldovan language
d) Operating and maintenance manuals in English
e) Accessories
f) All necessary builder's work in connection with other trades
g) Painting
h) Cleaning
i) Testing.
11.22
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
11.22.1Measurement
Electrical installations shall be measured at the unit shown in the BOQ for the concerned
item.
11.22.2Payment
11.22.2.1 General
Rates for installations generally shall include for:
a) Identification plates, discs and labels in the English and Moldovan Languages
b) Testing and commissioning including the provision of instruments, appliances,
lighting and attendance.
c) Colour coding
d) Marking out
e) Assembly, fitting and jointing component parts
f) Cutting away and all other necessary builders work
g) Painting
h) Fixing including, screws, bolts and the like.
11.22.2.2 Switch- and control-gears,
Rates for switch- and control-gears shall include for:
a) The complete units as specified in the PTS
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
158
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
b) Cable connection auxiliaries like glanding plates, cable glands, fixing structures and
the like complete.
11.22.2.3 Lighting and sockets
Rates for Lighting points and Sockets shall include for:
a) All conduits, conduit fittings, wiring, pull and junction boxes
b) All types of switches
c) The connection to the corresponding panel board.
d) Socket Outlet Points and Junction Boxes
e) Rates for Socket outlet points and junction boxes shall include for:
f) All conduits, conduit fittings, wiring and junction boxes
g) All types of sockets
h) The connection to the corresponding panel board.
11.22.2.4 Luminaries
Rates for Luminaries shall include for:
a) The supply and fixing of the enumerated items
b) All accessories relevant to the item
c) Lamps
d) Any necessary supports.
11.22.2.5 Cables
Rates for cable runs shall include for:
a) The supply and fixing of the enumerated cables with due consideration to cable
length;
b) All accessories relevant to the item, cable trays, conduits, protection tubes, clamps,
brackets, etc.
c) Warning tape for underground cables
d) The connection at both sides
e) All earthworks (trenches, excavation, backfilling, etc.) and concrete works associated
to the installation of cables.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
159
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
11.22.2.6 Grounding
Rates for grounding shall include for:
a) The complete grounding system as specified in the PTS and drawings
b) Cable connection and connection to the equipment, pipes, etc., with fixing structures
and the like complete.
11.22.2.7 Lightning protection
Rates for lightning protection shall include for:
c) The complete system as specified in the PTS
a) Connection to the earth and all fixing structures and the like complete.
11.22.2.8 Lighting Poles
Rates for the lighting poles shall include for:
a) Excavation for pole bases
b) The reinforced concrete base
c) The earthing rod for each pole
d) The lighting fixture
e) Fuses, wires.
11.23
PROVISIONAL SUM AND DAYWORKS
11.23.1Provisional Sums
Where in the Bill of quantities otherwise than in the Dayworks Part there is an item having
the words ‘Prov. Sum’ are items for which the Employer has reserved his right to order to be
executed, or canceled in whole or in part(s).
11.23.2Dayworks
The ultimate Part of Bill of Quantities (here in after called the ‘Dayworks Part’) includes
Provisional Sums for use when work is executed on a daywork basis. Work shall not be
executed as daywork except by written order of the Engineer.
11.23.2.1 Labour
The Labour in Daywork rates shall include for the cost of:
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
160
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
a) The actual net hourly wage paid to the worker in accordance with the appropriate
employment agreement;
b) All allowances paid to labor directly engaged on Dayworks (including those operating
mechanical equipment and transport) in respect of subsistence, feeding, housing,
gratuity, holidays, transport to or from Dayworks etc., in accordance with the
appropriate employment agreement;
c) Bonus
d) Supply, transport about the Site, use, maintenance and renewal of workshops and
stores, protective clothing, hand tools and portable power tools available on Site and
used on Dayworks, such as hammer, chisels, trowels, hand saws, buckets, crowbars,
picks, shovels, spades, wheel barrows, chain, ropes, hooks, blocks, pulleys, timber
putlogs, running planks, ladders, hand operated jacks, lamps, tarpaulins, the use and
repair of trestles, stagings, scaffolding, timber runways or platforms, and all items of
a like nature nit specifically referred to in the Contractor’s Equipment in Dayworks
section of Bill No 7;
e) Establishment charges and overheads in respect of recruitment and employment of
labor, time keeping and clerical office staff, camp administration , welfare, medical
treatment, insurance of labour, Contractor’s administration and superintendence
arrangements, Contractor’s facilities, water, lighting and power the use of consumable
stores;
f) Profit.
The cost of equipment operators are to be included in the daywork rates for Contractor’s
Equipment and will not be paid separately.
Where the Engineer orders work to be carried out on a Dayworks basis outside the Site,
necessary travelling time between the Site and such place of work shall be allowed as hours
worked.
The total amount from the extension of all labour items under Bill Items for Dayworks is a
Provisional Sum.
11.23.2.2 Materials
The Cost included in the Materials in Dayworks for purchased materials, shall be at the net
invoiced cost verified by the Engineer, plus a percentage to cover the Contractor’s
establishment charges, overheads and profit. Delivery to Site and Customs duties, if
applicable, shall be included as part of the net invoiced cost. Items for the cost of materials
shall apply only to payment for materials authorized by the Engineer for use on Dayworks.
The net quantities and weights verified by the Engineer in accordance with his instructions,
shall be measured, certified and paid under Daywork.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
161
Rehabilitation Works on CISs along Nistru River
Millennium Challenge Account – Moldova
IFB #PP6/THVAP/W/CB/03
The cost of distribution of authorized Dayworks materials from the Contractor’s store or
stockpile on Site to the position of Daywork will be paid for under the relevant items of
Daywork for Labour and Equipment.
Materials shall in all instances conform to the requirement of Contract. Nails, screws, tying
wire and other small items shall not be measured separately and the cost shall be held to be
included in the rates.
The total amount from the all materials items under Bill Items for Dayworks is a Provisional
Sum.
11.23.2.3 Constructional Plant
The item for the cost of Contractor’s Equipment shall apply to Equipment authorized by the
Engineer to be used on Daywork.
Payment shall only be made for the time each items of Equipment is actually working on
Daywork authorized by Engineer at the applicable rate state in the Contractor’s Equipment in
Daywork.
The cost of Contractor’s Equipment shall include:
a) Depreciation, mobilization, erecting and setting up of the items of Equipment
provided;
b) All appurtenances of whatever nature required for the efficient and safe working of
the Equipment;
c) Electric power, water, fuel, oil, grease, consumable stores;
d) Operating and maintenance cost, including spare parts, depreciation, repairs and
insurance of Equipment;
e) Operators, drivers and superintendence;
f) The cost of transporting each item of Equipment to and from the place of Dayworks;
g) Use of Contractor’s facilities, Temporary Works and administrative arrangements;
h) Overhead charges, profit and any other costs.
Daywork rates shall be paid only for the time during which the Equipment items are actually
working on Daywork authorized by the Engineer. Idle time due to breakdowns, inefficiency
or incompleteness of the Equipment shall not be paid.
The total amount from the extension of all the Contractor’s Equipment items under Bill Items
for Dayworks is a provisional Sum.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Section IX. Specifications – General Specifications
162